Home

Canon i-SENSYS LBP7210Cdn

1. TL Pmi 3 GE Peas 4 i A layout image of the printed paper appears on Preview NOTE If you cannot specify the setting If Spooling at Host in the Device Settings sheet 1s set to Disabled Page Layout is grayed out and cannot be specified See Changing the Setting for Spooling at Host and change the setting for Spooling at Host to Auto 306 705 Confirm the settings then click OK The Print dialog box reappears Click OK or Print The printer starts printing 307 705 F 31 Adding a Watermark to a Document to Be Printed Watermark Printing You can superimpose watermarks such as COPY and DRAFT over the documents created by an application Additionally you can add new watermarks as well as edit or delete the added watermarks e Printing with a Watermark e Adding Editing or Deleting a Watermark Printing with a Watermark 1 Select Print from the File menu in the application A gab Lio eure an an pot Est NOTE About the printing procedure The printing procedure may differ depending on the application you are using For details on the printing procedures see the instruction manual supplied with the application 2 Open the printing preferences dialog box m 1 Select this printer 2 Click Properties or Preferences 308 705 Tape Can LEFZZIOC D ecuam damp wt Pied Fare PREA K nT i F Pape cakp
2. info mat cn Faaurnes ob Manager 641 705 J Set a new password 1 Enter a new desired password Up to 15 characters can be entered 2 To confirm the password enter the entered New Password again 3 Click OK info nna on Faaures Ragm c User FTF Access rb Manager pT Links E 642 705 J 07 Specifying and Changing the Device Name or Administrator Information You can specify and change the device name or administrator information using the following software e Web browser Remote UI You can specify the settings by accessing the printer from your web browser via the network e FTP Client You can specify the settings by accessing the FTP server of the printer using Command Prompt NetSpot Device Installer You can specify the settings using the Canon software NetSpot Device Installer in the supplied CD ROM This section describes the procedure for specifying the settings using a web browser Remote UI NOTE Specifying the settings using FTP Client aa FIP Client Specifying the settings using NetSpot Device Installer a NetSpot Device Installer 1 Display the Printer Status Window Click i in the Windows task tray and then select the printer name NOTE When displaying the Printer Status Window from the printer driver Click E28 Display Printer Status Window in locations such as in the Page Setup sheet 2 Select Remote UI from
3. The Printer Driver oe tanna Paper Curls or Miscellaneous Cannot Be Installed the Network Cc Creases ol Problems C or Uninstalled Cc Printing Does Not A Message Appears in the Printer Status Window G The Alarm Indicator Is On or Blinking Cc 405 705 H 02 The Printer Driver Cannot Be Installed or Uninstalled This section describes solutions for when you cannot install or uninstall the printer driver e The Printer Driver Cannot Be Installed e The Printer Driver Cannot Be Uninstalled The Printer Driver Cannot Be Installed Select a problem during the installation from any of the following Connection with a USB cable When Installing the Printer Diver from the CD ROM the Printer Is Not Recognized Automatically after Connecting the USB Cable Connection with a LAN cabl ala When the Printer Driver Is Installed by Auto Setup the Printer Cannot Be Searched for he Printer to Be Used Cannot Be Searched for in NetSpot Device Installer Connection via the print server client s The Print Server for Connection Cannot Be Found 2 The Shared Printer Cannot Be Accessed The Printer Driver Cannot Be Uninstalled If you cannot uninstall the printer driver using the uninstaller implement the following solutions Solution 1 Uninstalling the Printer Driver in Control Panel 406 705 Solution 2 Only when connecting Uninstalling the USB Class Drive
4. NetSpot Device Installer runs and the target printer search starts NOTE If the License Agreement dialog box appears Read the contents of License Agreement and then click Yes If the User Account Control dialog box appears Windows Vista and Server 2008 Click Continue 17 Set the IP address 550 705 e If Status is set to Not Configured and the device of which Device Name is a MAC address is displayed e If any devices in which IP Address is set to 192 168 0 215 are displayed e If your case falls within neither of the above cases If Status is set to Not Configured and the device of which Device Name is a MAC address is displayed See Help of NetSpot Device Installer and specify the initial settings for the IP address T Help is displayed by clicking Help in the Help menu NOTE If you changed the IP address after installing the printer driver Specify the port to be used again in the printer driver After Changing the IP Address Changing the Port If any devices in which IP Address is set to 192 168 0 215 are displayed 1 Select the device Hurshar of Caviar 10 Select Protocol Settings from the Device menu ae B 991 705 F riran Faltiram k PZFIP Part Irira Changg PA Print rka Infra atn Restore bo Del audit err Web Link Dele Aires Opes 3 Set the IP address Ja 1 Specify each setting 2 Click OK
5. Password NOTE Gateway Address Manual Setting Allows you to set the IP address directly The IP address entered in IP Address is set for the printer Auto Detect Obtains an IP address using RARP BOOTP or DHCP RARP Obtains an IP address using RARP The RARP daemon needs to be running BOOTP Obtains an IP address using BOOTP The BOOTP daemon needs to be running DHCP Obtains an IP address using DHCP The DHCP server needs to be running Enter the IP address of the printer Enter the subnet mask as needed Enter the gateway address as needed Enter the administrator password for the printer the password that 1s specified in the Remote UI If the password is not specified it is not required to enter any value When selecting RARP You cannot enter any values in IP Address When selecting BOOTP or DHCP You cannot enter any values in IP Address Subnet Mask and Gateway Address If RARP BOOTP or DHCP cannot be used Select Manual Setting If you changed the IP address after installing the printer driver Specify the port to be used again in the printer driver After Changing the IP Address Changing the Port 558 705 After Changing the IP Address Changing the Port If you changed the IP address or name of the printer the DNS name to be registered on the DNS server after installing the printer driver you need to change the port to be used in the p
6. The Quality sheet reappears Click OK The Print dialog box reappears Click OK or Print The printer starts printing 328 705 F 37 Adjusting the Toner Density You can print with the toner density of each color black yellow magenta and cyan adjusted ICI an eon p a p Ext NOTE About the printing procedure The printing procedure may differ depending on the application you are using For details on the printing procedures see the instruction manual supplied with the application 2 Open the printing preferences dialog box 1 Select this printer 2 Click Properties or Preferences 329 705 Pied Erge eu Chsese Pape Source by POF pape aps C Pri tn fis Printing Tes 3 Display the Custom Settings dialog box E 1 Display the Quality sheet 2 Click Settings af Canon LUF 210C Properlie nes CEREREM ii Cii Tho meds boned essen pte dearth gena E o j te e 4 Adjust the toner density 1 Adjust the density by moving the Toner Density slider of each color from side to side 2 Confirm the settings then click OK 330 705 The Quality sheet reappears Click OK The Print dialog box reappears Click OK or Print The printer starts printing 331 705 F 38 Printing with Brightness and C
7. The Remote UI 1s displayed NOTE If you cannot select Remote UI You cannot select Remote UI if the printer and computer cannot communicate via a network When starting the Remote UI directly from a web browser Remote UI 3 Log in as Administrator a 1 Enter a password in Administrator Password 2 Click Log In E Sr LIE Tap Fip BE EIFLILMPERET TES ITE p Page Fia rk Wa Poet Teck Pip Om 6 xg Ef gp 6 3 Abbah B mie C Dut 218 ca tz aba Remote Ul Top Page Device Sale OO The printer it ready Device Hare i 4 Product Hame LBP P21 e 0 OD Location e Paper inl armatian Cimare Manager Pape Sauce Job Hanze Multi Purpose Tray NOTE If the administrator password is not set It 1s not required to enter any value in Administrator Password setting and Changing the Administrator Password 581 705 4 Select Network from the Device Manager menu E Ohl Firs eats Ul Heteeh LAP AIC DRE fe bdi am Pewee look Mab Que Q BA Dm frn O a ibus AE Fea 1182 Me EI Ice rt ahi Remote Ul Henvork iniearTace ss L7 mpm Interface Fart Ethernet 101 G0BaseT Ethemet Drier Setting Auto Datect Mac Address 00 66 DG Fi Se El Firmware Metwerh M E J Intesfuca Mame yan panaga version Support Lini a E Fia rk Vue Peri TE Akhani met 3C bon 20 Sica rat ahei Remote Ul Neberark Iriert acre interfaca Fast Eth
8. LIT WTA Mi sage Sor cerca car oree E c4 partes mall nor b abe acer Tur congue Seer Tr tage iam mirga m Em Hali anm D rr WA change shang ancor If the User Account Control dialog box appears click Continue About Share name Do not use spaces or special characters A Insert the supplied CD ROM User Software into the CD ROM drive of your computer and then click Additional Drivers If CD ROM Setup appears click Exit 134 705 Ep Canon LEPTHOC Popes Gene Feng Fua Award Coo Varagenert 5ecoty Deae Saing Pole NOTE About the download installation for client computers on which a 32 bit operating system is running If a 64 bit operating system is running on the print server the download installation for the following client computers on which a 32 bit operating system is running is not supported due to the Windows restriction e Windows XP on which no service pack or SP1 is installed e Windows Server 2003 on which no service pack is installed If you download and install the printer driver on any of the above 32 bit operating systems you may fail to install the driver and may not be able to open the printing preferences dialog box When updating an additional driver replacement driver Perform the following procedure 1 Uninstall the printer driver on the print server n Uninstalling the Printer Driver Using Canon LBP7210C Uninstaller 2 Install the new p
9. After Changing the IP Address Changing the Port If your case falls within neither of the above cases A device on the network may have the same IP address as that set for the printer In this case perform the following procedure 1 Turn off the device that has the same IP address or remove the device from the network 2 Repeat the procedure from the beginning 3 After completing the settings for this printer restore the devices to their original states T If you cannot set the IP address using NetSpot Device Installer including the case where this procedure is not possible set the IP address using the ARP PING command Setting the IP Address Using the ARP and PING Commands Setting the IP Address Using the ARP and PING Commands 1 Attach the ferrite core to the LAN cable as shown in the figure Attach the ferrite core at 6 cm or less from the end of the connector connected to the printer 953 705 Connector that connects to the printer Approximately 6 cm NOTE About a ferrite core A ferrite core is supplied with the printer 2 Connect the LAN cable to the LAN connector of this printer 4 Press the power switch to turn the printer on oe 554 705 Make sure that the LNK indicator B on the printer s network board is on j e Ifthe printer is connected by IOBASE T If the LNK indicator B is on the printer is connected prope
10. IMPORTANT Do not load the paper stack which exceeds the load limit mark lines 262 705 Be sure that the paper stack does not exceed the load limit mark lines If the paper stack exceeds the load limit mark lines this may result in misfeeds L Insert the paper drawer into the printer Push it into the printer firmly A CAUTION Precautions when inserting the paper drawer Be careful not to catch your fingers Step 2 Registering the Size of Paper This printer s paper drawer cannot automatically detect the paper size Therefore you need to register the size of the loaded paper Register the paper size using the following procedure 1 Display the Printer Status Window Click di in the Windows task tray and then select the printer name NOTE When displaying the Printer Status Window from the printer driver Click 3 1 Display Printer Status Window in locations such as in the Page Setup sheet P _ From the Options menu select Device Settings Drawer Settings 263 705 LENT EE FELT Joh Cip Hein Praa eih Preferences Arnacectraborz Corer lera founda hirra Lina Cusi Shop Sern Salta Lugs See karira eerie iire HERH fey Pee lerk Haha emet iz NOTE When registering a paper size As you cannot register a paper size while printing is in progress make sure that the printer is idle before registering the paper size Howe
11. You can print the e Manual e f you want to print all pages of the e Manual Select All Chapters Fari Sa qe ama ir Ba vum bp ppl n La m rg nm omg Ha ere ea r omn amt po eee be og nmn u e If you want to print all pages for one category of the e Manual Select the desired category 38 705 NOTE Be pa op eg ee Lee T LP LL eon rg Um dor es ie gee em be ee a If you want to print selected pages Display the page you want to print and then click Print This Page EL Pe LPS AC a AA ue Pate armed Sept Poe apy As Erg Tea 1 hue Prog AEA fii ioa Prine Dreher e qi Poire baria Pa c an par ai ae Be Cue Cet fe Chechen Pa Pricer Coun Tres ar x poing ee a ee ie Pe co be ORC k Hya Lee Pe PP ger ogee Legis aar Tog oe aed Pe 7 Tete Prey and pee Fide Fita Calor Oea m aci aed Ye IF CR Eire LC ie MAT a Aepuinqm che Doni TuS or tolled yat of coped Hurrzn E feos Tem Eos rs Ub be ped eee r E FES an eo ho rapt Lore thre l an 300 Here riri uate eg te nor p mE inagis e Ead ieu ma Prag Prela car Euri 1 Select Fris rem eie T8 mana bite opp coke 39 705 C 06 Uninstalling the e Manual The process of removing the e Manual to restore the computer to the same state as before the e Manual was installed is referred to as uninstallation To uninstall the e Manual perform the following procedure D IMPORTANT Uninstallatio
12. Manufacturer CAICOS Product Hame LE2 7214447 ob Maneger Version Ug pT Links E 694 705 D Click Change under Security a 713 mc 2 LI MED TH LEP IZLE NI ee poi ee Qe OQ MEH Ama drm O BE nudes QE mg EC LH E rain nca Display Language E Security AXdmirgstrator Paeerwoad User FTF amp cceaa SHNMP w 1 Access Rights Community Hare 5HMP 3 6 Select the Restrict User FTP Access check box Tf the check box for this option is cleared all the users can access using FTP Client Ji roe LIU Chang Saslarile SIE HH Fla rk Ven o Fuerte Took wap G O HEA Sart deem S a os Li de ii Remote Ll Change Security information The asinis wil be changed as fallen Adm hero Para info mat cn Faaurnes Lear FTF Actes ob Manager Support Links 7 Click OK 695 705 Une b IC Bins kler rel s pin El Remote Ul Change Security Information The senings wil be changed as faikava Log ud Aimat Paar Too Page Current Password Sis Confirm Information cb Manager Festi cf Ueo FTP Acces EJ 696 705 J 17 Obtaining and Checking the Security Access Logs You can obtain and check the security access logs information about the date and time when the access was blocked IP address port number and restriction type when access from a user restricted in IP Address Range Settings 1s blocked e Obtaining the
13. NOTE Toner and Toner Cartridge Availability Use There are four types of cartridges Each cartridge consists of one color toner zs Replacing Toner Cartridges Toner cartridge for this machine will be available for at least seven 7 years or any such longer period as required by applicable laws after production of this machine model has been discontinued 57 705 D 07 Location of the Serial Number The serial number for this printer can be found at the location shown in the following figure Inside of the Printer Unit Outside View of the Packaging Box IMPORTANT The serial number is required for receiving maintenance service The labels on which the serial number is indicated are required for printer service or maintenance Do not remove them 58 705 E Printer Installation and Software Installation Checking before Installing the Printer Installation Conditions Confirming the Supplied of the Printer Cc Accessories Cc Installing the Optlonal ae Accessories Installing the Printer Carrying the Printer to the aT Installation She ard Rerrov Preparing the Toner C thePackingMalerek Cartridges Cc Loading Paper and Registering the Paper Size e Connecting the Power Cord setting Up the Printing Environment Installing the Printer Installing the Printer Driver Driver USB Connection Cc LAN Connection Cc Installing the Printer Driver Print Serv
14. Printers 2 Right click the icon for this printer and then select Properties from the pop up menu i 3 Display the Ports sheet Li 4 Check whether the port to be used is selected properly 74 i CaonLBP 7210C Pr petr tis Bere Shang Fols Agemened Dou Haapai Device Settings Profle 9 Cea Conon LEFT 20OC Emi ie ihe Pecos posit Docunnecii ial iud te thee bol Fes chackad poi Par snm Pris Ll DHZ Seid Port O tM Sena ras Ll COM Serna Paw r1 Faa Larr RU 429 705 H 11 Checking Bi directional Communication Check bi directional communication using the following procedure 1 Open the Printers and Faxes or Printers folder Windows XP Professional and Server 2003 From the Start menu select Printers and Faxes Windows XP Home Edition From the Start menu select Control Panel and then click Printers and Other Hardware Printers and Faxes Windows Vista From the Start menu select Control Panel and then click Printer e Windows Server 2008 From the Start menu select Control Panel and then double click Printers 2 Right click the icon for this printer and then select Properties from the pop up menu fe 3 Display the Ports sheet 4 Check if the Enable bidirectional support check box is selected t ik Cason LBP7210C Pr petitk Bene Sheng Pods demens Cou Hasipi Device Sings Profle 4 Canon LEP72000 ert tet he leben
15. J 1 Product Hame LB 27210C eree ii Location Ese Paper infermatior Multi Purpose Tray Mona Lime Mangar lob Manager NOTE If the administrator password is not set It is not required to enter any value in Administrator Password Setting and Changing the Administrator Password 4 Select Network from the Device Manager menu Li db Bem d Halsemik LEP PSI bn real Ow O HAM 9 Jdem 5 i a ike Bp MRAZ IS oe rt abad Remote Ul DHT Friiti ee od NEIN Interface Fan Bthernet 101 Q0BaseT Ethenmet Driver Setting Auto Datect MAC Address 000085 DG Fj onain Feste aee men Inkezf dere Harie Jon hhenager Version Support Linc ur D Display the download site i E 1 Check the name and version of the current firmware 2 Click Download Site under Firmware 663 705 S Porno LIH hlc a LAO RT Ge Hi rali li i i je Th rm Qe Es Ej i fh gom uu emnt E t 4 be Akhani BD meg r 2 0 218 cana abel Tae Bi In La Erama Dr sane Fazen Interfac Fast EBharnaet 1D TOOB ass T Ethernet Drreer Setting Auto Detect MAC Address Firmware Infanmas on Faanins Heran Interface Hamit Version zl Print Esriar Hama CAHOHCEAR1BZI EI The firmware download site 1s displayed amp NOTE Download Site button link You can change the link in the Support Links page x
16. L5 2 1 IP Address Setting with Select the method for setting the IP address IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway Address NOTE When selecting RARP Manual Setting Allows you to set the IP address directly The IP address entered in IP Address is set for the printer Auto Detect Obtains an IP address using RARP BOOTP or DHCP RARP Obtains an IP address using RARP The RARP daemon needs to be running BOOTP Obtains an IP address using BOOTP The BOOTP daemon needs to be running DHCP Obtains an IP address using DHCP The DHCP server needs to be running Enter the IP address of the printer Enter the subnet mask as needed Enter the gateway address as needed 552 705 You cannot enter any values in IP Address When selecting BOOTP or DHCP You cannot enter any values in IP Address Subnet Mask and Gateway Address If RARP BOOTP or DHCP cannot be used Select Manual Setting When the message lt The device has been reset gt appears click OK es dence beard Dae eet Altur rezkartira As device get clesia riara wath Di Durst D ir er era inier To perform a reset operation properly wait for approximately 20 seconds or longer as is after clicking OK After completing the reset the settings are enabled NOTE If you changed the IP address after installing the printer driver Specify the port to be used again in the printer driver
17. e Printing with Arbitrary Scaling Printing with Automatic Scaling According to the Paper Size 1 Select Print from the File menu in the application I eer ano Zack fa pot Est NOTE About the printing procedure The printing procedure may differ depending on the application you are using For details on the printing procedures see the instruction manual supplied with the application 2 Open the printing preferences dialog box 1 Select this printer 2 Click Properties or Preferences 300 705 Pied Fare eM Cure page C Pages korr i baba 5l pages n iege K E 3 Pags Hasding EE Sa T n Botate anal Ceres L haeas Paper Source by POF page aps L Print tn Bla nero Tes 3 Specify the settings for Page Size and Output Size 1 Display the Page Setup sheet 2 Select the page size of the document created by an application 3 Select the size of the paper loaded in the paper source X Caman APH Prepertion P Source Wup DOMFIDXENT AL The print data will be automatically reduced or enlarged according to the settings specified in Page Size and Output Size 4 Confirm the settings then click OK The Print dialog box reappears D Click OK or Print r The printer starts printing 301 705 Printing with Arbitrary Scaling NOTE When Page Layout is set to a setting other than 1 on 1
18. 498 705 Return the manual feed transport guide to its original position Insert the paper drawer into the printer Push it into the printer firmly A CAUTION Precautions when inserting the paper drawer Be careful not to catch your fingers Open and close the front cover The 8 Paper Jam indicator turns off and the printer is ready to print IMPORTANT If the 3 Paper Jam indicator does not turn off even after removing the paper Paper may be jammed in another area Check another area also and remove the paper Also check if the paper drawer is inserted into the printer firmly 499 705 H 35 Clearing Paper Jams Output Area 1 Open the rear cover Open it completely 3 Open the paper output guide Open it by holding the green projection A 500 705 4 Remove the jammed paper by pulling it gently in the direction of the arrow Close the rear cover Close it securely The 8A Paper Jam indicator turns off and the printer is ready to print IMPORTANT If the 3 Paper Jam indicator does not turn off even after removing the paper Paper may be jammed in another area Check another area also and remove the paper 501 705 Also check if the paper drawer is inserted into the printer firmly 502 705 H 36 The Alarm Indicator Is On or Blinking When the Alarm indicator is on or blinking implement the following solutions Alar
19. 636 705 By Canas LAST Pi The Remote UI 1s displayed NOTE If you cannot select Remote UI You cannot select Remote UI if the printer and computer cannot communicate via a network When starting the Remote UI directly from a web browser Remote UI 3 Click Log In E TERTII Lil T ap LP d EE IN E TIrbTEE CERT LIMITI Fia fee ieee Poet Teck Pip Dm Q x E fn wet Gee 5 3 cmn B Mp LIC bal 2 It ira en abend Remote Ul Device Statue The printer it ready Device Name Product Name LBP TZ ii Location Paper information Paprs Sauce ma Paper Sire Multi Purpose Tray Mona are com kiani Job Manager NOTE About the default administrator password The administrator password is not set by default Log in to the Remote UI without entering a password A Select Information from the Device Manager menu 637 705 a 13 moe ii ET EH TH BELLI EM EI Qe OQ d d drm 3 3 addens itp HC 20 20 E care inseri Remote Ul Leewice Infanmation Device Hame Lezcation Administrator Fhena Commens Mantfacturer CANDELAS Product Name LBP 7210 ELE Ida TEX T M eraicey og aT Links E D Click Change under Security HH mur e LII Tr maliar i LEPI ZTE elie Qm O BBO P dre OS Sm mkha ME mp VHE H fairy nz foi Language Display Language zl Security AXdmirgstrator Paeerwosd User
20. Blank NO Accept Blank NO Security access logs to obtain 0 No Access Log to Obtain 1 Rejected TCP IP Print Jobs 2 Rejected SNMP Monitoring Setting Changes 3 Rejected TCP IP Print Jobs and Rejected SNMP Monitoring Setting Changes Log Types SEC LOG KIND i 4 Rejected Multicast 0 Discoveries 5 Rejected TCP IP Print Jobs and Rejected Multicast Discoveries 6 Rejected SNMP Monitoring Setting Changes and Rejected Multicast Discoveries 7 Access All the Logs The network transmission speed or transfer mode Ethernet Driver Setting AUTO SENSE AUTO_SENSE NETWORK SPEED 10 HALF DX 10 FULL DX B 100 HALF DX 100 FULL DX TCP IP Settings Item Description Default Setting Frame Type The frame type used by TCP IP Ethernet II TCP FRAME TYPE G ARP ENB Whether to use the Gratuitous ARP function YES DHCP Whether to use DHCP for the IP address setting NO DHCP ENB BOOTP Whether to use BOOTP for the IP address setting NO BOOTP ENB RARP l Whether to use RARP for the IP address setting NO RARP ENB IP Address l The IP address of the printer 192 168 0 215 INT_ADDR Subnet Mask Subnet mask 0 0 0 0 NET MASK Gateway Address Gateway address 0 0 0 0 DEF ROUT DNS Server Address 578 705 DNS ADDR DNS Dynamic Update DDNS ENB DNS Host Name HOST NAME DNS Domain Name DOMAIN NAMB WINS Resolution WINS ENB
21. Bs asas bg Foral Addewwa Liit Arciesi i t pericisbla Do iil all eeu iad IP Thee ETC Desig SNMP Reborn neering Changes C Bear Sad aad Saber ae Eb Seed baer d STE TI SEIL large 5e arg Alal EprTIOC dice bier re La pirer Fia rk Ven Parie Tek Piip Qe O a 6 Dem fr eh s Jude mp MHI ao Remote Ll Change Security Information The asinis wil be changed s Folks Log oui AR era Para Too Page info mat cn Fears betwen ob Hanger pT Links 673 705 J 13 Restricting the Users Who Can Monitor and Change the Settings Using the SNMP Protocol The following software allows you to restrict the users who can monitor and change the settings using the SNMP protocol e Web browser Remote UI You can specify the settings by accessing the printer from your web browser via the network e FTP Client You can specify the settings by accessing the FTP server of the printer using Command Prompt This section describes the procedure for specifying the settings using a web browser Remote UI NOTE Specifying the settings using FTP Client FTP Client 1 Display the Printer Status Window Click ti in the Windows task tray and then select the printer name Canon LBP7Z10C NOTE When displaying the Printer Status Window from the printer driver Click e Display Printer Status Window in locations such as in the Page Setup sheet 2 Select Remote UI from the Optio
22. Error 1s enabled Solution 2 Load appropriate paper 449 705 H 21 Registering the Paper Size for the Paper Drawer This printer s paper drawer cannot automatically detect the paper size Therefore you need to register the size of the loaded paper Register the paper size using the following procedure 1 Display the Printer Status Window Click ti in the Windows task tray and then select the printer name NOTE When displaying the Printer Status Window from the printer driver Click 831 Display Printer Status Window in locations such as in the Page Setup sheet 2 From the Options menu select Device Settings Drawer Settings Prahaa Arnacectraboz Corer Iber Courier biorra Port lab herer Dzzumard Hara Urner Maree Congue Haie Pri Pagar nil NOTE When registering a paper size As you cannot register a paper size while printing is in progress make sure that the printer is idle before registering the paper size However you can register a paper size while one of the following messages is displayed e Specified Paper Different from Set Paper gt e Out of Paper gt Register the paper size 1 Select the size of the paper loaded in the paper drawer Drawer 1 The paper drawer supplied with the printer unit Drawer 2 The paper drawer of the optional paper feeder 450 705 2 Click OK 451 705 H 22 The Printer Cannot
23. MAC Address Acca Gettinge DO Resna MAC Address Access A Deme Granad dimen 0b ne Ped Ar i remm Respond to Specified IP Only users specified in IP Addresses can respond to searches Addresses that used the multicast discovery function Do Not Respond to Users specified in IP Addresses cannot respond to searches that Specified Addresses used the multicast discovery function e Set the IP address E 1 Enter an IP address that can respond or cannot respond to searches that used the multicast discovery T Enter the IP address by separating the numbers with period for example AAA BBB CCC DDD 2 Click Add Bs actas ng Forst Aebsnkks Lirit Areriss i cs poh Do del all Sequential IP tree ee Reet ct Mulbcast Discovery Respond fo Spechad IP Addragsas Do Mot Respond to Spachad Addragsas IP Addresses Came 1 2 lg ashes rg Fori Aidaa Lant Aceh d ix pmi In sed ali quent w IP ACES M LEER MAC Address Acca Getinge D Resna MAC Address Accesz You can also enter IP addresses as follows Input example of the IP addresses Method for entering IP addresses 684 705 If you want to enter the IP addresses of consecutive numbers place hyphen between the address of the AAA BBB CCC 15 AAA BBB CCC 18 smallest number and that of the largest number AAA BBB CCC NOTE The example on the left is equivalent to entering addresses from AAA BBB CCC 15 to AAA BBB CCC 18
24. Primier Porte tesPort Tapa 441 705 9 Click Apply S4 amp Cason LHP 721DC P bper ies Madad TOPAP Pon Caren EPTO Caran L Sunkdas TEFAF Pu Bst TLRF Poit 1 O Click OK A ceon LEP P2100 Pi bper ries Eri bo the eleven pori Decanmeet call iind be es rai an checked pes Pander NOTE Deleting an unnecessary port Select the port you want to delete on the Ports sheet and then click Delete Port 442 705 H 19 Checking the Printer on the Print Server Check the printer using the following procedure 1 Display Windows Explorer Li e Windows XP Server 2003 Vista and Server 2008 From the Start menu select All Programs Accessories Windows Explorer 2 Select the print server from My Network Places from Network for Windows Vista and Server 2008 3 Check if the icon for this printer is displayed E Bl EX ge Ferie Took Heb QE teet mnes un amp Carum PTZ E M Pipis d Pe etek Pao m rara ate P biped Wiri Hanes 443 705 H 20 A Message Appears in the Printer Status Window This section describes solutions for when a message appears in the Printer Status Window Pier neri icis Piae Message Den ba anA dme ee eo n Icon To chee rens bo Eger ee agi ener nl od ny d pedit o HI Abnormality message e Service Error e Scanner Error e Fixing Unit Error o c9 War
25. n Pag Dobora Bestoe Dette ox J ca w The options for Page Order differ depending on the paper orientation and the number of pages to be printed on one sheet Confirm the settings then click OK The Print dialog box reappears 6 Click OK or Print L The printer starts printing NOTE Using Preview to specify the setting for page layout Using Preview to Configure the Printing Preferences ngrICVICW to X onigure une rrinung rICICTences 281 705 F 23 Printing a Color Document in Black and White Color documents can be printed in black and white using only black toner It is convenient if you use this option when printing a test page of color documents A Adobe Reader Sample git reglas cado PO irie jd ce gb ual ird Finn Deus Sree glory mhs F E an an ae po Est NOTE About the printing procedure The printing procedure may differ depending on the application you are using For details on the printing procedures see the instruction manual supplied with the application 2 Open the printing preferences dialog box I 1 Select this printer 2 Click Properties or Preferences 282 705 Pied Fare all Cures page Q Pages fore 1 baba 5l pages n iege Page Hrad Capac 1 ail Collate 77 Auta Rotate aral Corte L haeas Paper Source by POF page sips L Print tn Bla Friera Tes 3 Specify
26. ut Canon LIS FL raper bhes a CiLandiapa 4 lent 1 10S x52 2 COMAIDEH THL Lipian Papas 5 qus Confirm the settings then click OK Fw The Print dialog box reappears 303 705 6 Click OK or Print a The printer starts printing 304 705 F 30 Printing an Image Larger than A4 Size Poster Printing You can magnify and divide a single page image to print it out on multiple sheets of paper You can make one large poster by joining these printouts together III mT T t m LLL NOTE About the printing procedure The printing procedure may differ depending on the application you are using For details on the printing procedures see the instruction manual supplied with the application 2 Open the printing preferences dialog box a 1 Select this printer 2 Click Properties or Preferences 305 705 ternum Pied Erge PREA eM C Cursed yew Cure page Q Pages oe Dalbaek 5l pages n iege K E 3 Fap Aya i 1 E plate Pape icak Frac Feta danger 5a Bota ond Corte CU haces Pape Source by POF page ips L Print tn Bla Printing Tes 3 Specify the setting for poster printing 1 Display the Page Setup sheet 2 Select Poster N x N N 2 3 4 from Page Layout Canon lie rein l raperiies Custom Paper iu
27. 15 105 E 06 Connecting the Power Cord IMPORTANT Precautions when connecting the power cord e Do not plug the power plug of the printer into an auxiliary outlet on a computer e One AC power outlet should be used exclusively for the printer e Do not connect this printer to an uninterruptible power source This may cause printer malfunction or breakdown in the event of a power failure 1 Plug the supplied power cord into the power socket firmly a NOTE The form of the supplied power cord The form of the supplied power cord may differ from the one in the above illustration 76 705 E 07 Loading Paper and Registering the Paper Size This section describes only the procedure for loading standard size paper other than Index Cards and envelopes in the paper drawer and multi purpose tray e Loading Standard Size Paper Other Than Index Cards and Envelopes in the Paper Drawer e Loading Standard Size Paper Other Than Index Cards and Envelopes in the Multi purpose Tray See the following items when loading non standard size paper Loading Index Cards Loading Envelopes Loading Custom Size Paper Non Standard Size Paper Loading Standard Size Paper Other Than Index Cards and Envelopes in the Paper Drawer The following standard size paper other than Index Cards and envelopes can be loaded in the paper drawer Paper Type Paper Size A4 210 0 mm x 297 0 mm B5 182 0 mm x 257 0 mm
28. 3 Put the printer down at the installation site CAUTION Put the printer down slowly and carefully Be careful not to hurt your hands or fingers Step 2 Removing the Packing Materials of the Printer Remove all the orange tape if it is attached to the printer when performing the following procedure 1 Open the rear cover a Open it completely 68 705 IMPORTANT If a loud noise occurs when you open the rear cover If the packing materials inside the printer come off when you open the rear cover a loud noise occurs However this is not a printer malfunction Proceed to the following procedure 2 Remove the two packing materials with tape 1 Remove the tape 2 Remove the packing materials with tape gently and firmly in the direction of the arrow 69 705 IMPORTANT If a loud noise occurs when you remove the packing materials with tape A loud noise occurs when you remove the packing materials with tape However this is not a printer malfunction Remove the packing materials completely Make sure that the following packing materials are completely removed Packing materials Packing materials with with tape tape Protective sheet 3 Close the rear cover Close it securely 70 705 E 05 Preparing the Toner Cartridges Before using the printer pull out the sealing tape of the toner cartridges installed in the printer e Precautions when Preparing the Toner Cartridg
29. D ulpur Mesh d Pred x Ds 2 e Dui pul Sapa Bitch Page Sie id d Lopes 12 Dosey Demiin A D Pov A Clr Page Laan 1 tm w tia i Maui Scaling A Bowing Auz Tiera ee dearga ry ae JO IMPORTANT If the Page Size setting and Output Size setting are not the same The print is automatically reduced or enlarged to fit on the page When printing from the paper drawer Use the following procedure to check that the Output Size setting and Register Paper Sizes setting are the same 1 Click 4 Display Printer Status Window 2 From the Options menu select Device Settings Drawer Settings 3 Check that the Register Paper Sizes setting 1s the same as the Output Size 179 705 setting e Specify the settings for Paper Source and Paper Type E 1 Display the Paper Source sheet 2 Select the paper source you want to use 3 Select the type of the paper loaded in the paper source Canon LP T2100 l raperlies Page Saup Frane Peper cae i 1 Fre ml sel Ett ERPE aliu hd car Auda Paper lyga Pl Pages Cl Pages rtan Prinirz ien Esa Fl ulis purpeca Tas O Continue Parting sei tho Hi puss Tray NOTE When Paper Selection is set to a setting other than Same Paper for All Pages The Paper Source setting changes as follows e First Page e Second Page e Cover Page e Other Pages Last Page Cover Sheets select the pa
30. IMPORTANT Precautions when performing calibration or correction of Out of Register Colors The computer connected to the printer needs to be running before you perform calibration or correction of Out of Register Colors The print server for when the printer is shared on a network 1 Display the Printer Status Window Click i in the Windows task tray and then select the printer name NOTE When displaying the Printer Status Window from the printer driver Click 851 Display Printer Status Window in locations such as in the Page Setup sheet 349 705 2 From the Options menu select Device Settings Startup Settings foe Ey Canes LAST 2 Paaka Week Praia AXracectraborn Corea lera Counter hirra irl h CE e r Settings of fe Conc Job Eres Faurzin LU AH eg Ferz Serer Kaha Enr You can configure the printer operation for immediately after the printer is turned on 1 Select whether or not to perform calibration or correction of Out of Register Colors Execute Later Only correction of a phenomenon of Out of Register Colors 1s performed on completion of the first printing after the printer 1s turned On Execute Only correction of a phenomenon of Out of Register Colors is Immediately performed immediately after the printer is turned On Level 1 Execute Calibration and correction of Out of Register Colors are performed Immediately
31. LBP 210Cdn 1 705 A Important Safety Instructions A 01 Installation A 02 Power Supply A 03 Handling A 04 Maintenance and Inspections A 05 Consumables B Legal Notices B 01 Legal Notices B 02 Legal Limitations on the Usage of Your Product and the Use of Images C Using the e Manual C 02 How to Use the e Manual C 03 Installing the e Manual C 04 Viewing the e Manual C 05 Searching for Information C 06 Uninstalling the e Manual D Specifications and Parts D 02 Parts and Their Functions D 03 Optional Accessories D 04 Dimensions of Each Part D 05 Printer Specifications D 06 Consumables D 07 Location of the Serial Number E Printer Installation and Software Installation E 02 Installation Conditions of the Printer E 03 Confirming the Supplied Accessories E 04 Carrying the Printer to the Installation Site and Removing the Packing Materials E 05 Preparing the Toner Cartridges E 06 Connecting the Power Cord E 07 Loading Paper and Registering the Paper Size E 08 Paper Feeder E 09 Printer Driver System Requirements E 10 Installing from CD ROM Setup E 11 Installing with Plug and Play E 12 The Tasks That Should Be Performed to Print in a Network Environment E 13 Print Server Environment Printer Sharing E 14 Configuring the Print Server E 15 Installation on Clients E 16 To Check the Processor Version of Windows Vista or Server 2008 E 17
32. OD HBG dre ars alor Tams Reject Spechlied A dresses owe Bp asas ng Foret Addani Lact Acedia i t pericisbba Do ed all dagiana IP ltt ree es DO Rest cz SMP fetonitod ng sting Changes P Blea Seas Salter eae Bab Seed baa Mises aus to ender Shes Adm niirel er seen when satira the PME z 3 Un IP Address Range Setlings Reet ot TPA Printing Cr Parmt Specfiad Addresses Feject Specited A dresmes IP Addrewpes Euwe Bs asas pg Fare Adaeiia Lari Acciacca i t percisbba Do iid all dagiana IP ltt ee DTE DO Res of SNMP Montodngrsemim Changes C Glee Seas Sate DRE LB baa Permit Specified Addresses Only users specified in IP Addresses can perform printing Reject Specified Addresses Users specified in IP Addresses cannot perform printing ea Set the IP address 1 Enter the IP address of a computer of which you want to permit or reject to print T Enter the IP address by separating the numbers with period for example AAA BBB CCC DDD 2 Click Add 671 705 Un ii Pdi 51 2 BE hier ral Capi E Fia D Wa Pere Toh rip Qe D Ez f pan Jr D a s Admiriatrabor Paiiword Make mas to erder hs dmi risiralpr pas mwrril wher eating the UMP x a On IP Address Range Settings Resin ci TOP Pring Cr Parmt Spedfiad Addresses Reject Spec fed Adresses IP Address Bs actas tg Foret Ajai Lar Arrir ss d re puted l6 il all aaia IP
33. Remote UI 6 Download the firmware from the firmware download site Fe Updating the Firmware IMPORTANT Precautions when updating the firmware Make sure that the printer is not operating before updating the firmware Do not print during the firmware update Otherwise the firmware cannot be updated properly 1 Display the Printer Status Window Click i in the Windows task tray and then select the printer name NOTE When displaying the Printer Status Window from the printer driver 664 705 Click Display Printer Status Window in locations such as in the Page Setup sheet 2 Select Remote UI from the Options menu Ey Canan LASTIN The Remote UI is displayed NOTE If you cannot select Remote UI You cannot select Remote UI if the printer and computer cannot communicate via a network When starting the Remote UI directly from a web browser x Remote UI 3 Log in as Administrator d 1 Enter a password in Administrator Password 2 Click Log In E mrs LII T Ip Pzp BE FILI TES LIMITI Remote Ul Top Page Device Status The printer ia ready Device Hanmer 1 Product ame LBP P21 e 0 iO Location Paper Inf armatian raice Menia Papes Sauce Job Manager Multi Purpose Tray NOTE 665 705 If the administrator password is not set It is not required to enter any value in Administrator Password Setting and Chang
34. The View Settings dialog box allows you to check the current printer driver settings 4 Click OK The original sheet reappears Make sure that the name of the added Profile 1s 1n Profile Editing an Added Profile You can change information about an added Profile or export a Profile as a file 1 Click Edit af Ww nne IL I raperties Page Setup Finishing Paper Gaee Duas Besos Damis Ce ewes Lvs NOTE If you cannot click Edit 358 705 When the Allow Profile Selection and Allow Setting Edition check boxes in the Profile sheet are cleared Edit is grayed out and cannot be specified See Allow Profile Selection or Editing and select the Allow Profile Selection and Allow Setting Edition check boxes 2 Edit information about the Profiles Fail Prarika Polis Lie Hra ri EJ Deteat Settings En EH5 ss50sz i Ng 22e 17e Dower NOTE For details on the settings See Help How to Use Help 3 Click OK The original sheet reappears Deleting an Added Profile 1 Click Edit a Canon UW 7210C Properties Page Sup Fihi Paper aaee Cual Pe PS Co Ce Dept M aie d d Pee Ds Bl amie v upa Sirm Match Page ire Ex Lacu iz lix eed bee A i Posse A C Ladmcape 359 705 NOTE If you cannot click Edit When the Allow Profile Selection and Allow Setti
35. button 1s displayed in gray For details on each option in the Printer Status Window See Help How to Use Help Displaying the Printer Status Window There are the following two ways to display the Printer Status Window e Click i in the Windows task tray and then select the printer name e Click S Display Printer Status Window in locations such as in the Page Setup sheet in the printer driver 604 705 at Canon LIP P210E I raperties Fae Setup Fiebig Paper Sore Gua Ad March Page Sw iz ium AJ baira ad FS calra ik inset Pay oa I E ebs Ded auis o J cw ne NOTE Displaying the Printer Status Window automatically When the Printer Status Window is not displayed the Printer Status Window icon 1s displayed automatically under the following situations When an error has occurred while printing e When a toner cartridge needs to be replaced soon while printing e When a toner cartridge has reached the end of its life while printing Clicking this icon can display the Printer Status Window T The icon may not be displayed even under the above situations depending on the settings for the Preferences Users or Preferences Administrators dialog box in the Printer Status Window For details on the Preferences Users or Preferences Administrators dialog box see Help How to Use Help 605 705 J 03 Remote UI The Remote UI is softw
36. e The additional driver alternate driver is updated properly Configuring the Print Server e Printing can be performed from the print server Nevertheless 1f printing does not work proceed to Question 24 gt Not printable lt lt Previous question Question 24 gt Can you print a test page Printing a Test Page in Windows allt Windows XP foe Printer est Page Printing can be performed from the printer driver Check the printing preferences in the Printable ae application Not printable 425 705 lt lt Previous question Question 25 gt Is the printer on the print server displayed on the network n Checking the Printer on the Print Server Bl EX o de Ferie Took Heb oem peres D X i e a aren UPEI i2 Frinbers and Paco E Displayed Not displayed Ask your network administrator about the problem lt lt Previous question lt Question 26 gt Install the printer driver again a Uninstalling the Printer Driver Using Canon LBP7210C Uninstaller Installation on Clients Change the method for installing the printer driver Example If you performed the local installation last time change the installation method to the download installation Nevertheless if printing does not work proceed to Question 27 gt Not printable lt lt Previous question Question 27 gt Can you print from another computer client connected to the printer v
37. 185 705 NOTE If print jobs cannot be canceled even when the Cancel Job key is pressed e You cannot cancel the following pages or jobs Pages of which data has been received already Jobs of which print copy is one sheet of paper e Ifthe printer switches from one print job to another while the Cancel Job key 1s being pressed if the job when the key is pressed and the job when the key is released are different both the jobs cannot be canceled e Depending on the settings for the Settings of the Cancel Job Key dialog box in the Printer Status Window you may not be able to cancel a job About operation of the Cancel Job key When the key 1s released the printer begins canceling the job e The following are the meanings of the e Cancel Job indicator orange While the key is being pressed Blinking e While a job is being canceled On Specifying the types of jobs which the Cancel Job key can cancel You can specify the types of jobs which can be canceled in the Settings of the Cancel Job Key dialog box in the Printer Status Window For details on the Settings of the Cancel Job Key dialog box see Help How to Use Help Canceling a Print Job Using the Remote UI 1 Display the Printer Status Window Click ti in the Windows task tray and then select the printer name 186 705 NOTE When displaying the Printer Status Window from the printer driver Click Display Printer
38. 338 344 348 352 355 361 362 363 364 366 375 378 379 380 381 382 G 12 Performing Printing Appropriate for Particular Print Data G 13 Correcting Rough Textured Images G 14 Adjusting the Toner Density G 15 Printing with Brightness and Contrast Adjusted G 16 Adjusting the Color G 17 Matching the Color on the Display G 18 Calibrating the Printer G 19 Correcting Out of Register Colors G 20 Cleaning the Inside of the Printer G 21 Cleaning the Outside of the Printer G 22 Moving the Printer G 23 Paper Feeder G 24 Handling the Printer G 25 Location of the Serial Number H Troubleshooting H 02 The Printer Driver Cannot Be Installed or Uninstalled H 03 When Installing the Printer Diver from the CD ROM the Printer Is Not Recoanized Automatically after Connecting the USB Cable H 04 When the Printer Driver Is Installed by Auto Setup the Printer Cannot Be Searched for H 05 The Printer to Be Used Cannot Be Searched for in NetSpot Device Installer H 06 The Print Server for Connection Cannot Be Found H 07 The Shared Printer Cannot Be Accessed H 08 Printing Does Not Work H 09 There Is a Problem with the Printer Power Supply H 10 Checking the USB Port H 11 Checking Bi directional Communication H 12 All the Indicators on the Network Board Are Off H 13 The ERR Indicator on the Network Board Is On H 14 The ERR Indicator on the Network Board Blinks at an Interval of Four
39. 517 519 535 546 564 575 580 585 587 591 594 597 599 600 601 602 603 606 621 625 636 643 647 653 657 662 668 674 681 687 693 697 A Important Safety Instructions Please read these Important Safety Instructions thoroughly before operating the printer As these instructions are intended to prevent injury to the user and other persons or destruction of property always pay attention to these instructions Also as it may result in unexpected accidents or injuries do not perform any operation unless otherwise specified in the manual Improper operation or use of this machine could result in personal injury and or damage requiring extensive repair that may not be covered under your Limited Warranty Descriptions of Warnings and Cautions The following are descriptions of warnings and cautions used in this e Manual to explain handling restrictions precautions and instructions that should be observed for your safety A WARNING Indicates a warning about operations that can result in death or serious injury if not performed correctly You must follow the information in this warning to ensure safe use of the printer J CAUTION Indicates a caution concerning operations that may lead to injury to persons or damage to property if not performed correctly You must follow the information in this caution to ensure safe use of the printer Important Safety Instructions Important Safety Instructions e Ins
40. A WARNING Do not dispose of a used toner cartridge in open flames This may cause the toner remaining inside the cartridges to ignite resulting in burns or fire A CAUTION Precautions if you get toner on your hands or clothing If toner gets on your hands or clothing wash them immediately with cold water Washing with warm water sets the toner making it impossible to remove the toner stains D IMPORTANT About replacement toner cartridges For optimum print quality using Canon genuine toner cartridges is recommended Model Name Supported Canon Genuine Toner Cartridge Canon Cartridge 718 Black Canon Cartridge 718 Yellow LBP7210Cdn Canon Cartridge 718 Magenta Canon Cartridge 718 Cyan Be careful of counterfeit toner cartridges Please be aware that there are counterfeit Canon toner cartridges in the marketplace Use of counterfeit toner cartridge may result in poor print quality or machine performance Canon is not responsible for any malfunction accident or damage caused by the use of counterfeit toner cartridge For more information see http www canon com counterfeit 366 705 About disposal of the removed packing materials Dispose of the packing materials according to local regulations amp NOTE Handling toner cartridges Handling Toner Cartridges About the packing materials The packing materials may be changed in form or placement or may be added or removed without notice Replacing Toner Cartr
41. C E n appa dak mant d J M yor hardware come with an inslallalioe CO ree lab de uoc vet He ed In de colin a E ix gui len fuere Che e orminn ies err Om If the following dialog box appears 1 Select No not this time 2 Click Next Foalid Hin RS TETTE Wirard Welcome to The Found New Hardware Wizard rab ser wl cadiz h e conim arul upedabird oe boo brg on vou aiaiai en Pa Farbe ais chalga CO ix ori Ew eras Lisclete nh zie rth pour peor Eaad pur pers aeo sob Lan window connect he wendagswes Lipadabe ke peach or adhe tes thee hanes on ee a Le t l rrr E p eaea G Ha nal Har rr 1 Bez 3 Select Install from a list or specific location Advanced 4 Click Next 119 705 J 1 OQ Feund Mew Hardware Wizard The expand belies vou ned rois n Lamon LOPS ZOO ir I poe hademe come path an piglalslion C1 T m lappy dak maert di now lal de uoc vet Ha ced In de E Gidin a Ei ar pectic caen Palvancad Che Hed In conim mw remm 277 Perform the following procedure 1 Select Search for the best driver in these locations 2 Clear the Search removable media floppy CD ROM check box 3 Select the Include this location in the search check box 4 Click Browse Fouad Hi Hiraat Wired Plecare Bonin yeur teach and matallaten nplieeax d Liza ha check Expos bakra Oo bent p amar the defe marth vhs includes local ph anc iermcesber
42. Close or OK Gereci Teng Fus Acvances Caor Wegener Seco rece See P F you shee thes one ori dere on pour neta abt n el LENTETE NTITANISNLISS TID ae NT ee DUAE Dante soil nor bes as elapsis abun de congue Seen Tr orange ham mirga cna Sous Eats ar zara er I Sse thia pontes ene Canon LERTZVXC E Ende p nt jobs on oie conpulem Drr aen a re on Te ee suh Lae dae eT eee Virzicrm jou rry ant bo ie eo roam eo St do item c nci ae no Pina che cen ere adu dns ee ZT Has qaad porte The printer icon changes to the shared printer icon 7 Canon LBP7210C AM Ready TEL f B i ER ch i eg Sd y O IMPORTANT To clear the printer sharing settings To clear the printer sharing settings use the following procedures e Windows XP and Server 2003 Select Do not share this printer in the Sharing sheet e Windows Vista and Server 2008 Clear the Share this printer check box in the Sharing sheet Y If Change sharing options appears click Change sharing options 137 705 If the User Account Control dialog box appears click Continue 138 705 E 15 Installation on Clients There are two ways to install the printer driver on client computers Local installation and download installation Local installation You can install the printer driver using the supplied CD ROM e Installing from CD ROM Setup Download installation You can install the printer driver without using the
43. Cone yes piri Courier cran ELT d Cube Desis Geltirak L Cut o H eger Cose Correction Cesninm L Carina 2 Bele Li i a p j Beral Shae Priva Aerei LE A Click OK 655 705 Network Status Print is printed NOTE Sample of Network Status Print T This is a sample of Network Status Print The contents may differ from the Network Status Print printed by your printer If Network Status Print is not printed properly Printing Does Not Work 656 705 J 10 Setting the Energy saving Mode You can reduce power consumption of the printer efficiently by using a sleep mode or by shutting down the printer when it is not used for a certain time e Sleep Mode You can configure the printer to enter the sleep mode when data is not sent from the computer or when the printer status remains as it 1s longer than the specified time e Auto Shutdown You can configure the printer to shut down when the specified time is elapsed after entering the sleep Zz OFF mode IMPORTANT Power consumption when the power is off when the power switch is not pressed Even if the power of the printer is turned off power is consumed only slightly while the power plug is inserted into the AC power outlet To cut the power consumption completely unplug the power plug from the AC power outlet Sleep Mode You can specify the settings for sleep mode using the following procedure IMP
44. Daip Bj misc di d Fit Ww Prd lade ra C3 1 ded Print t E Frade Printing 9 Bookie Pring Prgl in Diii 7 darse Bede ocsion ll Lon Edga Lai wi v3 aaa Ad Poor Auk yea etin F LE m 2 bdesnped fetingr Hesh Defui NOTE Using Preview to specify the setting for Finishing 292 7 705 You can also specify the setting for Finishing using Preview Using Preview to Configure the Printing Preferences Confirm the settings then click OK The Print dialog box reappears Click OK or Print The printer starts printing 293 705 F 27 Printing with the Page 180 Degrees Rotated You can print with the print data rotated 180 degrees when the orientation of the paper loaded in a paper source differs from the orientation of the document This option is useful for printing envelopes and Index Card that can be fed only in specific orientations NOTE About the printing procedure The printing procedure may differ depending on the application you are using For details on the printing procedures see the instruction manual supplied with the application 2 Open the printing preferences dialog box 1 Select this printer 2 Click Properties or Preferences 294 705 Pied Erge eu Chsese Pape Source by POF pape aps C Pri tn fis Printing Tes 3 Display the Advanced Settings dialog box E 1 Display the Finis
45. Daylight Saving Time to On If the DNS server is not configured 1 Enter the IP address of the SNTP server in SNTP Server Name 2 Select Time Zone 571 705 3 To set daylight saving time set Daylight Saving Time to On amp NOTE If an SNTP server is not available e You can notify the printer of the time set on the computer using the following procedure 1 Display the Printer Status Window a Printer Status Window 2 Select Preferences Administrators from the Options menu 3 Select Always in Monitor Printer Status and then select the Notify the Printer of the Time check box e Time Zone The standard time zones of the world are expressed globally in terms of the difference in hours up to 12 hours from GMT 0 hours A time zone is a region throughout which this time difference is the same The time at the Greenwich Observatory in England is called GMT Greenwich Mean Time Daylight Saving Time In some countries and regions time is advanced throughout the summer season Proceed to Step 7 if you do not specify the settings for the other options Configuring the Multicast Discovery Settings NOTE Multicast discovery This is a function that searches for certain devices using Service Location Protocol SLP By using the multicast discovery function you can search for only the devices whose values in Scope Name are verified using the service location protocol SLP
46. Dese Siting Moral Face Sous D piri tk iha Spare ad Hp adn mcm em o jJ tw ae J we j The status of the paper feeder 1s obtained automatically NOTE If the status of the paper feeder cannot be obtained automatically select the 250 Sheet Drawer check box in Paper Source Options Loading Paper in the Paper Feeder and Registering the Paper Size Load paper in the paper drawer of the paper feeder Drawer 2 in the same manner as you load paper in the paper drawer supplied with the printer unit Drawer 1 For details on the procedure for loading paper in the paper drawer see the following procedures Loading Standard Size Paper Other Than Index Cards and Envelopes a Loading Envelopes Loading Custom Size Paper Non Standard Size Paper T This printer s paper drawer cannot automatically detect the paper size Therefore you need to register the size of the paper loaded in the paper drawer of the paper feeder Drawer 2 97 705 Removing the Paper Feeder A WARNING When removing the paper feeder Be sure to turn the printer off unplug the power plug and then disconnect all the interface cables and power cord from the printer Otherwise the power cord or interface cables may be damaged resulting in a fire or electrical shock A CAUTION Do not carry the printer with the paper drawer installed If you do so the paper drawer may drop resulting in personal injury Do not carr
47. Do not use spaces or special characters Insert the supplied CD ROM User Software into the CD ROM drive of your computer and then click Additional Drivers If CD ROM Setup appears click Exit 129 705 amp CaonLBP721DC Properties Gere Sheng Pads AdesepeS Col Hea Ear Dee ekia Poodle ours deae they inte ides oes cata hon our neben To Cad erab Serg ca Ben eater clk Shore ther prer incon Vall iz mreowk oon ales Pn doing ol pede pai hee Goes n das cutem C3 Do pot dans haz preces 2 Shae Er inne Share nan Lond IP Dirman V dbz puentes h dunes ihn ot b ara eed ra ol Vi ior ru lz Seger zai ha tee ip do a eem s Fn ine parent dris Pers The connecl b Har rad zona NOTE When updating an additional driver replacement driver Perform the following procedure 1 Uninstall the printer driver on the print server n Uninstalling the Printer Driver Using Canon LBP7210C Uninstaller 2 Install the new printer driver on the print server If the printer and print server are connected by a USB cable Installine from CD ROM Setup Installing with Plug and Play If the printer and print server are connected by a LAN cable Auto Setup Recommended Method a Manual Setup Windows XP Server 2003 Only 3 Reinstall the additional driver D Select the additional driver 1 Select the x64 check box 2 Click OK Tira can ari Lal a arid hrr a ea wee
48. Frrsra Tes 3 Perform the following procedure 1 Display the Finishing sheet 2 Select the Print in Different Orientations check box af Canon LIF 2 00 E 8s 4 Specify the paper alignment and gutter settings for output 1 Click Details 2 Specify the settings for each option as needed 3 Confirm the settings then click OK 286 705 3 if anon l ILE fi Ut Pr Ta Eg p ree re m Er For details on the settings See Help How to Use Help 5 Click OK The Print dialog box reappears Click OK or Print The printer starts printing 287 705 F 25 Printing with a Gutter You can specify a gutter of 0 to 30 mm for the paper to be printed When a gutter is specified the position of the page image 1s adjusted to make room for the gutter At this point you can select whether to reduce the image size to fit the remaining space 1 Select Print from the File menu in the application Lio eure an Zaccaria pot Est NOTE About the printing procedure The printing procedure may differ depending on the application you are using For details on the printing procedures see the instruction manual supplied with the application 2 Open the printing preferences dialog box S 1 Select this printer 2 Click Properties or Preferences 288 705 Jp AIF rera spel iras v Press K
49. Handle paper carefully not to cut your hands with the edges of the paper IMPORTANT Be sure to load paper in portrait orientation Paper drawer capacity Paper Type Paper Capacity Plain paper Ex 80 g m Approx 250 sheets Heavy paper Ex 91 g m Approx 200 sheets Heavy paper Ex 128 g m Approx 150 sheets 260 705 When using paper that has been poorly cut If you use paper that has been poorly cut multiple sheets of paper may be fed at once In this case fan the paper thoroughly and then align the edges of the stack properly on a hard flat surface NOTE When printing paper with a letterhead or logo See Paper Loading Orientation and load the paper in the proper orientation Align the paper guides with the loaded paper Slide the side paper guides 1 Hold the lock release lever 2 Slide the paper guides to be aligned with the width of the loaded paper T The side paper guides move together Slide the paper guide at the front center 1 Hold the lock release lever 2 Slide the paper guides to be aligned with the length of the loaded paper 261 705 IMPORTANT Be sure to align the paper guides with the width of the paper If the paper guides are too loose or too tight this may result in misfeeds or paper jams A Hold down the paper then set it under the hooks A on the paper guides Make sure that the paper stack does not exceed the load limit mark lines B
50. Heavy Paper 1 Heavy Paper 1 Heavy Paper 2 Heavy Paper 2 Heavy Paper 3 Envelope Envelope H Coated Paper 1 Coated Paper 2 Coated Paper 2 Coated Paper 3 Coated Paper 3 Coated Paper 4 TIf you perform the above procedure residual images may appear on non printed areas So lution 4 Perform the following procedure in the printer driver 1 Display the Finishing sheet 2 Click Advanced Settings 3 Set Special Print Mode to Special Settings 6 Normally use the printer with Special Print Mode set to Off Specify Special Settings 6 only if the described problems occur A A problem has occurred inside the printer A problem has occurred inside the printer occurred inside the printer Solution When the Alarm indicator is on perform the solution using the procedure in The Alarm Indicator Is On ae Is On The Printed Paper Has Smudge Marks The fixing roller inside the printer 1s dirty Solution Clean the fixing roller n Cleaning the Inside of the Printer IMPORTANT Cleaning the fixing roller 471 705 e The cleaning process takes approximately 80 seconds to complete e The cleaning process cannot be canceled The Back of the Printed Paper Has Smudge Marks The size of the print data was larger than that of the loaded paper Check if the size of the print data matches that of the loaded paper Poor Print Quality Including Spotty or Scaly Prin
51. Luton ape NITE sping E md DE ia Fede gt iiid i 1620 a 2230 17E0 258 Di F 1590 Sa i Tee D TOC ma 7E25 2055 i il PS aa DN Leia C E Ce NOTE The number of custom paper sizes which can be registered The number varies depending on the system environment 2127 105 F 21 1 sided Printing and 2 sided Printing You can select whether to print on one side or both sides of each sheet of paper The default setting 1s 2 sided printing V2 gt lt r gt ins The following paper can be used for automatic 2 sided printing Paper Type Paper Size A4 210 0 mm x 297 0 mm B5 182 0 mm x 257 0 mm Plain paper 60 to 90 g m Legal 8 50 in x 14 00 in Letter 8 50 in x 11 00 in Executive 7 25 in x 10 50 in Foolscap 8 50 in x 13 00 in Heavy paper 86 to 163 g m AA 210 0 mm x 297 0 mm Coated Paper 100 to 110 g m 120 to 130 g m 155 to 165 g m Leur 850 1 x 11002 D IMPORTANT Precautions when performing automatic 2 sided printing e You cannot perform automatic 2 sided printing on paper other than the above e Do not touch the paper during automatic 2 sided printing until it is output completely The paper is first output partially after the front side is printed and then it 1s fed again to be printed on the reverse side NOTE In the case where the last page is 1 sided printing In cases such as where the last page for the 2 sided printing is 1 si
52. New Port Primjer Porte ow Beat yao 5 Click Next Add Standard TOANE Printar Pari Wizard Welcome to the Add Standard TCP IP Printer Port Wizard f ure thet ead bo acl in quud in dac rece parti Bajom conirumg be sa Hui d The dera n buried ori 2 The rmk connected andconhguaned To continue chck Mix 6 Enter the new IP address or name of the printer 1 Enter the IP address or name of the new printer in Printer Name or IP Address The DNS name to be registered on the DNS server up to 78 characters 2 Click Next 560 705 Add Standard TORN Primo Pari Wizard di Po Fo vh deris din qeu vont 50 ail a pos Enter tha Prin Hera or IF akban and a pst rana for tha dezrad devia n Por amer I 182 168 1 215 Cire oe J im IMPORTANT If the printer cannot be detected The following screen appears Perform either of the following operations Follow the on screen instructions and search again for the printer Specify the settings for Device Type 1 Select Standard and then select Canon Network Printing Device with P9100 2 Click Next Add Standard TORAP Prior Part Wizard Adiba Poot Er icemalsnin Rieqened The deere cdid int be renie Tha draa o rod Found ori thes nebreork Em mane that The The ere caer EO Thecdden on Ghee pesos page is coneck li pou band Bee address i6 nok consol clc Bae b So rep So Eis peira p
53. Power supply 220 to 240 V x 1096 50 60 Hz 2 Hz e Maximum 1 170 W or less e Average during operation 430 W or less e Average during standby Approx 20 W l e Average during sleep mode Approx 3 2 W Power consumption at 20 C 68 F T Even if the power of the printer is turned OFF power is consumed only slightly while the power plug is inserted into the AC power outlet To cut the power consumption completely unplug the power plug from the AC power outlet e Canon Cartridge 718 Black e Canon Cartridge 718 Yellow gt Consumables Toner Cartridges e Canon Cartridge 718 Magenta 2 54 705 e Canon Cartridge 718 Cyan Printer unit and included e Printer unit excluding toner cartridges Approx 22 3 kg parts e Toner cartridge each Approx 0 7 kg Weight e Toner cartridge each 9 Approx 0 7 kg Consumables and optional e Paper Feeder Unit PF 701 including the drawer Approx 4 0 kg accessories The print speed may slow depending on the paper settings for the size type and number of copies 2 If the printer is used continuously for an extended period of time the internal temperature of the printer may increase activating a safety mechanism and pausing printing temporarily 3 May vary depending on the usage conditions such as the availability of the optional accessories and installation environment 4 May vary depending on the output environment 5 The average yield of the toner ca
54. Printers folder e Windows XP Professional and Server 2003 From the Start menu select Printers and Faxes Windows XP Home Edition From the Start menu select Control Panel and then click Printers and Other Hardware Printers and Faxes Windows Vista From the Start menu select Control Panel and then click Printer e Windows Server 2008 From the Start menu select Control Panel and then double click Printers 2 Right click the icon for this printer and then select Properties from the pop up menu I 3 Display the Device Settings sheet A Select Auto for Spooling at Host te amp Coton LEPA DC Prepertkes Gere Shan Pods Asana Toke Haapt Device Sings Pranks Devine 5 ektinos Marais Pace 5008 D poni 5 ges hant Coat Spare ad Hp Taib Co Cera C e NOTE If the setting cannot be changed You need administrative rights to change the setting Contact your system administrator 913 705 P Click OK 514 705 H 41 Allow Profile Selection or Editing If selecting or editing Profiles 1s not allowed change the setting using the following procedure 1 Open the Printers and Faxes or Printers folder e Windows XP Professional and Server 2003 From the Start menu select Printers and Faxes Windows XP Home Edition From the Start menu select Control Panel and then click Printers and Other Hardware Printers and Faxes e
55. Profile e Deleting an Added Profile IMPORTANT The settings that cannot be added as a Profile The settings using the following options in the Quality sheet Custom Settings dialog box cannot be added as a Profile Color Halftones B amp W Halftones Use Pure Black Prioritize Printing of Colored Lines and Text Selecting a Profile 1 Select Print from the File menu in the application NOTE About the printing procedure The printing procedure may differ depending on the application you are using For details on the printing procedures see the instruction manual supplied with the application 2 Open the printing preferences dialog box 355 705 1 Select this printer 2 Click Properties or Preferences Print m 2 Firmi Fare PREA a K 3331 3 C Cured yew Pages Sor 1 Debt si page ee Fay Hasc Copan 1 TFT Page Seale Fades b Pita Mages w v Sut Exil seed Certe U Cheese Pape Ease by PDF page aps L Print tn fle Listi ram iii rib yt rita Te n 3 Select a Profile at Canon LIF 20 Properties Page Setup Finishing Paper Seuee Qual i d Pe w Oa l Page dos ad L3 NLIS A Fort NOTE If you cannot select a Profile e When the Allow Profile Selection check box in the Profile sheet is cleared Profile is grayed out and cannot be specified See Allow Profile Sele
56. Start menu select Run 2 Enter D English MInst exe and then click OK e Windows Vista and Server 2008 1 Enter D English MInst exe in Start Search under the Start menu 2 Press the ENTER key on the keyboard If the AutoPlay dialog box appears Windows Vista and Server 2008 Click Run AUTORUN EXE 522 705 If the User Account Control dialog box appears Windows Vista and Server 2008 Click Continue Click Easy Installation The printer driver and the e Manual are installed LBP7210C ERERRRRARARRSAZRGAZRZGAGSRSRSESEEREEEREELERRRRBRARABRZIZIAGAGAGRGSEEREEREREREREREREEELRLEERRRRBAG CD ROM Setup Tou Caninstal sofware programs atc on ths screen Select a manu on the right NOTE If you do not want to install the e Manual Click Custom Installation D Click Install Easy Installation Esplanatesee of Extware i README tiie n3 gj Printer Driver i 110 MB d e Manual il 13 MB The software programs shown above will Ex installed Click install and then Folloe the instructions displayed on seren To view the quick explanatio or README fila of a program click the icon on the right af the program C Free Dirk Space 114527 MB Spese Required te Install 178 MB NOTE If you selected Custom Installation in Step 4 923 705 1 Clear the e Manual check box 2 Click Install Custom Installa
57. WINS Server Address WINS ADDRI WINS Host Name WINS HOSTNAME Scope ID NBT SCOPE ID SNTP Server Name SNTP_ ADDR SNTP_ CHECK INTERVAL x2 Multicast Discovery Settings SLP ENB Scope Name SLP SCOPE USE IP PORT NAME FTP Settings FTP ENB Restrict User FTP Access FTP_ LIMIT GENUSR Time Zone TIME ZONE Daylight Saving Time DAYLIGHT SAVING The IP address of the DNS server Whether to register this device in DNS dynamically The host name of this device 0 to 63 characters The name of the domain to which this device belongs 0 to 64 characters Whether to use WINS Resolution The WINS server address Registration of the WINS host name 0 to 15 characters The identifier for determining the communication range of the printer and computer 0 to 220 characters The IP address or name of the SNTP server 0 to 64 characters The time interval for SNTP updates 10 min 30 min 1 hour 3 hours 6 hours 12 hours or 24 hours Whether to respond to multicast discovery searches The scope name to be used in multicast discovery 0 to 32 characters Whether to use the unicast communication mode Whether to use the FTP server Whether to restrict the FTP access from end users Time Zone Whether to set the daylight saving time 579 705 0 0 0 0 NO Blank Blank YES 0 0 0 0 Blank Blank Blank
58. Xena A CAUTION Be careful when handling paper Handle paper carefully not to cut your hands with the edges of the paper D IMPORTANT Be careful when handling transparencies labels or coated paper e Be sure to fan the transparencies labels or coated paper thoroughly before loading them If they are not fanned enough multiple sheets of paper may be fed at once causing paper jams When fanning or aligning the transparencies or coated paper try to hold the edges to avoid touching the printing surface e Take care not to mark or stain the printing surface of the transparencies or coated paper with fingerprints dust or oil This may result in poor print quality Gently load the paper stack under the load limit guides A until it touches the back of the tray Make sure that the paper stack does not exceed the load limit mark lines B 86 705 J CAUTION Be careful when handling paper Handle paper carefully not to cut your hands with the edges of the paper IMPORTANT Be sure to load paper in portrait orientation Multi purpose tray capacity Paper Type Paper Capacity Plain paper Ex 80 g m2 Approx 50 sheets Heavy paper Ex 91 g m Approx 30 sheets Heavy paper Ex 128 g m Approx 20 sheets Transparency black and white printing only Approx 20 sheets Label Approx 20 sheets Coated paper Approx 20 sheets 87 705 Be sure that the paper stack does not exceed the load limit mark
59. You cannot specify the scaling factor arbitrarily 1 Select Print from the File menu in the application Cree Sekar POP inig jd ee gU uat Lied Elba oes Za g T eee cee L at be Dat Lair s F Lio eer an en a NOTE About the printing procedure dal The printing procedure may differ depending on the application you are using For details on the printing procedures see the instruction manual supplied with the application 2 Open the printing preferences dialog box 1 Select this printer 2 Click Properties or Preferences Type Cams LEFT2IOC Frei Farge e C Cured yim OPa for 1 Fajar Fag Hadra Capa 1 Pam Lcalag Fads eF Mage ow Auta Folate ara Cert haee Pape Esci by PDF page ipa Print tn fis e 2 une 5 largi we FEA K 38 31 3 liati rar ait jil C9 Cem 302 705 3 Specify the settings for Page Size and Output Size 1 Display the Page Setup sheet 2 Select the page size of the document created by an application 3 Select the size of the paper loaded in the paper source as needed Canon API HE Prepertion E P NN z CE s 09 Diipa Mela ui Prd 3 2 3 Lopes TE mse Demiin COH FEIERT aL Edit h i oe C rex ate 4 Specify the scaling factor 1 Select the Manual Scaling check box 2 Specify the desired scaling factor
60. a 3 Pape isik DET Eu lur 2 Suto Extat ral Carden Chesees Papas sace by POF page dps Di Print to fle Lili ram 1 2 jil rete NE 3 Specify the setting for Binding Location 1 Display the Finishing sheet 2 Select an edge on which the gutter is to be located at Canon USAF 210E Properties Pope Satu Frang Pa 1 ace Due JE Cotaud Sabine add Em Chott the d d Pint 7 Piri Sai Ed CI T tided Printing t 5 Fid Prinimg C Bris Prinimg 15nni in ieee J erator 2 j onm ad i Cola Lo Jf cw 9 NOTE Using Preview to specify the setting for Binding Location You can also specify the setting for Binding Location using Preview Using Preview to Configure the Printing Preferences 4 Set the gutter 1 Click Gutter 2 Specify the settings for each option as needed 3 Confirm the settings then click OK 289 705 om nl Llano LAPS Fie Praperlmz CD Pins in Dieser Drienie Erri Locator syl 2 Ce Ce 3 The Finishing sheet reappears amp NOTE For details on the settings See Help How to Use Help Click OK The Print dialog box reappears Click OK or Print The printer starts printing 290 705 F 26 Selecting the Paper Output Method You can select the paper output method before printing e f you do not specify the paper output meth
61. a Printing Does Not Work 182 705 F 05 Canceling a Job This printer allows you to cancel a print job using any one of the following methods e Canceling a Print Job Using the Print Queue e Canceling a Print Job Using the Printer Status Window e Canceling a Print Job Using the Cancel Job Key e Canceling a Print Job Using the Remote UI Canceling a Print Job Using the Print Queue 1 Display the Printer Status Window Click ti in the Windows task tray and then select the printer name NOTE When displaying the Printer Status Window from the printer driver Click 831 Display Printer Status Window in locations such as in the Page Setup sheet Print Queue 2 Click NOTE 183 705 Displaying the print queue You can also use the following procedure to display the print queue 1 Open the Printers and Faxes or Printers folder e Windows XP Professional and Server 2003 From the Start menu select Printers and Faxes e Windows XP Home Edition From the Start menu select Control Panel and then click Printers and Other Hardware Printers and Faxes e Windows Vista From the Start menu select Control Panel and then click Printer e Windows Server 2008 From the Start menu select Control Panel and then double click Printers 2 Double click the icon of this printer For details on the print queue See Windows Help 3 Right click the job that you wa
62. correct it e Correcting Out of Register Colors Immediately Manual Correction of Out of Register Colors e Automatically Performing Calibration or Correction of Out of Register Colors Immediately after the Printer Is Turned On NOTE Correction time It takes approximately 50 seconds Correcting Out of Register Colors Immediately Manual Correction of Out of Register Colors O IMPORTANT Precautions when correcting Out of Register Colors If Out of Register Colors are corrected frequently this may affect the life of the toner cartridges 1 Display the Printer Status Window Click i in the Windows task tray and then select the printer name NOTE When displaying the Printer Status Window from the printer driver Click ih Display Printer Status Window in locations such as in the Page Setup sheet 2 From the Options menu select Utility Out of Register Colors Correction 348 705 Ey Canse LAST ii Jh Erang nein Profercrces eih Preferences A rnacectraborz Cerar pia Dair Page Perd Hibar Eea Fri 3 Click OK E I l Jo Mdami e erji be a Cal o Automatically Performing Calibration or Correction of Out of Register Colors Immediately after the Printer Is Turned On You can specify whether calibration or correction of Out of Register Colors should be automatically performed immediately after the printer is turned on
63. dng liecatiori of rica papers aes ac lala Er Long Edges ferr ALI E Long Edo T op Lx mm imm remm aw 3 at use v nn LE ruga Proce x Adare aeu Barr C Stagger image eth Sirm aris x ce ne 6 1 Combining Jobs before Printing 2 Using Preview to Configure the Printing Preferences 3 Printing with a Gutter 4 1 sided Printing and 2 sided Printing 5 Booklet Printing 6 Printing Data with Different Orientations in the Same Job 7 Selecting the Paper Output Method 8 Printing with the Page 180 Degrees Rotated amp NOTE 194 705 For details on the settings See Help How to Use Help Paper Source Sheet E Nu Lohr FAI Printing Pretlerrnc rr 1 2 Fam Taper Pian Pape w Pain sh Pirro one Pre Horner pepe Tage Tm a tear Siga Farigi Dai 1 Combining Jobs before Printing 2 Using Preview to Configure the Printing Preferences 3 Selecting Paper for Each Page NOTE For details on the settings See Help How to Use Help Quality Sheet 195 705 Pies anms Daiga OED 195 fave Lise Pise Ecl Lada Made Samar Miri Pn VIELE vi TI Farce Dama 1 4 i O Use Carol ren Saag qoc Den Peg 1 Combining Jobs before Printing 2 Performing Printing Appropriate for P
64. hamak Shotus Print 3 Click OK The message lt Cleaning gt appears in the Printer Status Window and the printer starts cleaning the transfer belt The cleaning 1s finished after the preceding message disappears T Cleaning the transfer belt cannot be canceled Please wait until it is completed NOTE Cleaning time for the transfer belt It takes approximately 50 seconds 393 705 G 21 Cleaning the Outside of the Printer Periodically clean the outer surfaces and ventilation slots of the printer to maintain the optimal printing quality When cleaning the printer be careful of the following points in order to prevent electrical shocks or printer malfunctions A WARNING Turn off the printer and unplug the power plug from the AC power outlet Failure to do so can result in a fire or electrical shock Do not use alcohol benzene paint thinner or other flammable substances If flammable substances come into contact with electrical parts inside the printer this may result in a fire or electrical shock IMPORTANT Precautions when cleaning the outside of the printer e Do not use a cleaning agent other than water or a mild detergent diluted with water as this may deform or crack the plastic materials 1n the printer When using a mild detergent be sure to dilute it with water e This printer does not need grease or oil Do not apply grease or oil 1 Turn the printer off then disconnect th
65. hour YES default NO YES NO GMT 0 00 NO 1 07 Initializing the Network Settings If you want to reset the network settings for the printer to the default values use any method from among Remote UI FTP Client and NetSpot Device Installer Even if none of the above methods work you can initialize the network settings by using the reset button on the printer e Initializing the Network Settings Using the Remote UI e Initializing the Network Settings Using FTP Client See FTP Client e Initializing the Network Settings Using NetSpot Device Installer See NetSpot Device Installer e Initializing the Network Settings Using the Reset Button IMPORTANT Precautions when initializing the network settings Make sure that the printer is not operating before initializing the network settings If you initialize the network settings while the printer is printing or receiving data the received data may not be printed properly or may result in paper jams or damage to the printer Initializing the Network Settings Using the Remote UI 1 Display the Printer Status Window Click i in the Windows task tray and then select the printer name NOTE When displaying the Printer Status Window from the printer driver Click 3j j Display Printer Status Window in locations such as in the Page Setup sheet 2 Select Remote UI from the Options menu 580 705 By Canas LAST Pi
66. on the lower right on the preview pane Finishing Right click on Preview Print Style Right click on Preview pn L lade wj i 2 kel Zon 1 zee amp pn 2 scs Black arsi erties Color ef Aug Cosr esos f you have selected any one of the following in Paper Selection you can specify the paper source for each page Select the page to be specified by right clicking e Different for First Others and Last e Different for First Second Others and Last e Different for Cover and Others If Transparency Cover Sheets in Paper Selection is selected you can specify a paper source paper drawer used for Cover Sheets The use of the buttons at the bottom of the preview pane is as follows Button Use By clicking the button you can switch the mode between 1 sided Printing and 2 sided Printing 23 2 re y E 1 sided Printing 353 705 y oP 2 sided Printing By clicking the button you can specify the setting for Color Mode F3 El tJ Auto Detect gd ay m e SEA A m Black and White 2 0 4 Color 354 705 F 44 Saving Frequently Used Printing Preferences Profiles If you save frequently used printing preferences as a Profile you can perform printing using the saved preferences by simply selecting the Profile Also some are registered as the default Profiles e Selecting a Profile e Adding a Profile e Editing an Added
67. see Help T Help is displayed by clicking Help in the Help menu Initializing the Network Settings Using NetSpot Device Installer D IMPORTANT Precautions when initializing the network settings Make sure that the printer is not operating before initializing the network settings If you initialize the network settings while the printer is printing or receiving data the received data may not be printed properly or may result in paper jams or damage to the printer 1 Select the printer for which you want to initialize the network settings V Cansa Hersaal Derice bestellen TCP E Ix group Deke ma ok Options Hep O ai Carica gj rami irka LAZ ERE hrr ct Ceca 1 2 From the Device menu select Restore to Default Settings i 633 705 V Cansa Herzsaol Device Psstaer TCPUIS Gon DECR vene Took Options Heb D BED Par Chi H F jhen End Sertinge F riian Falliram Prabacrl Try Daia rdi ORF Part Irira 3 Click Yes Rees pet Device Installer The Faiterorke iba oca bisd wll be reborn hs def anl sat brass Are qon Sune voci sant bo do Hier A Perform the following procedure i g If the message lt The device has been reset gt appears Click OK To perform a reset operation properly wait for approximately 20 seconds or longer as is after clicking OK After completing the reset of the printer s network board the settings are effective If the message
68. select Utility Cleaning 1 391 705 EU Capan LASTUN Praa eh Praa pz Arnacectraborz Corearasisr lera Crurdur Nu Casia Satlig Rarzcin LU 4 Click OK The paper is fed into the printer and the printer starts cleaning the fixing roller The cleaning is finished when the paper is output completely T Cleaning the fixing roller cannot be canceled Please wait until it is completed 2 IMPORTANT Do not touch the paper until it is output completely while cleaning the fixing roller The paper is once output partially after the front side is printed and then it is fed again to clean the fixing roller NOTE Cleaning time for the fixing roller It takes approximately 80 seconds Cleaning the Transfer Belt Cleaning 2 If the transfer belt of the ITB unit has dirt this may result in deterioration in print quality In this case clean the transfer belt using the following procedure 1 Display the Printer Status Window Click i in the Windows task tray and then select the printer name 392 705 NOTE When displaying the Printer Status Window from the printer driver Click El Display Printer Status Window in locations such as in the Page Setup sheet 2 From the Options menu select Utility Cleaning 2 U Canan LAZTAN j Praia e Preface Am ndehr store Pes r Cruninur EmTe Lr cbe Desis Seti 1 Cut H eger Ome Correction
69. setting TWhen EMF Spooling is set to On the Printer Status Window may not be displayed automatically In this case display it manually For details on methods for displaying the Printer Status Window see Printer Status Window The Printer Takes a Long Time to Start the Next Print Job after Printing Cause The fixing unit is being cooled down especially after printing narrower paper to maintain print quality Solution Please wait a moment The printer cools down the fixing unit automatically Printing resumes after cooling down the fixing unit The Printer Pauses during Printing and then Printing Repeatedly Starts and Stops Cause Ifthe printer is used continuously for an extended period of time the internal temperature of the printer increases activating a safety mechanism and pausing printing temporarily T When performing 1 After continuously printing for approximately 6 minutes sided printing on at a room temperature of 27 C 80 6 F the printer stops A4 size paper for approximately one minute When performing 2 After continuously printing for approximately 3 minutes sided printing on at a room temperature of 25 C 77 F the printer stops A4 size paper for approximately one minute cools down sufficiently the printer resumes the normal printing speed The time until the Solution Please wait a moment When the inside of the printer cools down printing resumes If the internal temperature of the
70. 10 Normally use the printer with Special Print Mode set to Off Specify Special Settings 10 only if the described problems occur Paper Is Output in a Certain Color with Nothing Printed on It Cause 1 The drum in any of the toner cartridges has deteriorated Solution Replace the toner cartridge with a new one Replacing Toner Cartridges A problem has occurred inside the printer When the Alarm indicator is on perform the solution using the procedure in The Alarm Indicator Is On Multiple Sheets of Paper Are Fed at a Time 510 705 Cause You are using paper which tends to be fed at a time Solution 1 If you are using transparencies labels or coated paper fan them thoroughly before loading them Solution 2 Perform the following procedure in the printer driver 1 Display the Finishing sheet 2 Click Advanced Settings 3 Set Special Print Mode to Special Settings 10 Normally use the printer with Special Print Mode set to Off Specify Special Settings 10 only if the described problems occur The Printout Is Different from What Is Displayed on Screen or The Printer Takes a Long Time to Print This problem may occur in some applications depending on the spooling type of the print data Solution Performing the following procedure in the printer driver may be able to solve the problem 1 Display the Finishing sheet 2 Click Advanced Settings 3 Change the EMF Spooling
71. 18 gt Try the following points e Connect the printer and computer with a cross cable Nevertheless if printing does not work proceed to Question 19 gt Not printable lt lt Previous question Question 19 gt Install the printer driver again Uninstalling the Printer Driver Using Canon LBP7210C Uninstaller Auto Setup Recommended Method Manual Setup Windows XP Server 2003 Only Nevertheless if printing does not work proceed to Question 20 gt Not printable lt lt Previous question Question 20 gt Can you print from another computer connected to the printer with a LAN cable Try the following point Printable e Disable resident software including security software 423 705 Not printable Contact your local authorized Canon dealer lt lt Previous question Question 21 gt Is the printer connected to the print server properly The cable is connected properly The cable is not connected properly Connect the cable properly lt lt Previous question Question 22 Can your computer be connected to the print server or the shared printer Can be connected 424 705 The Print Server for Connection Cannot Be Found Cannot b ted The Shared Printer Cannot Be Accessed lt lt Previous question Question 23 gt Is there any problem with the print server Check the following points e The print server is connected to the network properly
72. 50 cm long straight in the direction of the arrow gently A CAUTION Be careful not to allow the toner to scatter Do not pull out the sealing tape forcefully or stop at midpoint as this may cause toner to spill out If toner gets into your eyes or mouth wash them immediately with cold water and consult a physician IMPORTANT Pull the sealing tape completely out of the toner cartridge e Do not pull out the sealing tape in the direction other than the arrow If the tape is severed this may become difficult to pull out completely e Ifthe sealing tape stops at midpoint pull it out of the toner cartridge completely e If any tape remains in the toner cartridge this may result in poor print quality Do not touch the toner cartridge memory A 73 705 This may result in damage to the cartridge Pull out the sealing tapes of all the toner cartridges Make sure that all four sealing tapes have been removed 6 Close the toner cartridge tray Push it into the printer firmly 74 705 A CAUTION Precautions when closing the front cover Be careful not to catch your fingers IMPORTANT If you cannot close the front cover Make sure that the toner cartridge tray 1s closed Do not try to forcefully close the front cover as this may damage the printer Do not leave the front cover open for a long time with the toner cartridges installed This may result in deterioration in print quality
73. About the printing procedure The printing procedure may differ depending on the application you are using For details on the printing procedures see the instruction manual supplied with the application 2 Open the printing preferences dialog box Jl i B 1 Select this printer 2 Click Properties or Preferences 319 705 Prini reis iow SE em Sur Fead Wr DeTG Doom UC impr Fred Pange c Pre or K a 3 3 C Cursed yew Cunt page Organ O L Cheese Papas Source by PDF page aps L Print to il Printing Tes uy Ji Digg acu ad FS caira ud CONFDEHT Edi wagen Cision Peper 5 ios Bestoie Des sili 9 J c J jJ NOTE If you cannot select Edit and Preview If Spooling at Host in the Device Settings sheet is set to Disabled Edit and Preview 1s grayed out and cannot be specified See Changing the Setting for Spooling at Host and change the setting for Spooling at Host to Auto 4 Click OK AJ cha a E e d di s and ed s Pe i Pria 320 705 Specify the printing preferences in each sheet then click OK Canon LP 210C Properties Fie Saup Fateh Paper aaee Gua Prati a Daini airg Match Page ira iz xm AJ C kaimas al i lon The Print dialog box reappears 6 Click OK or Print The list of jobs are displayed in the Canon PageComposer di
74. Address manually If you cannot obtain information from the servers of DHCP BOOTP and RARP the values specified manually are used When using DHCP If you cycle the power of the printer you may not be able to print This is because a different IP address from the one that has been used is assigned When using DHCP consult your network administrator and perform either of the following settings e Specifying the DNS Dynamic Update function Configuring the DNS Settings e Specifying the settings so that the same IP address is always assigned when the printer starts up Proceed to Step 7 if you do not specify the settings for the other options Configuring the DNS Settings Specify the settings for DNS Settings 568 705 E Ares U Cl eaepe TOPE Pro sl Sell ng BE Urb eet le ETETE Fia rk Wa Perie Tehk Pip Qe J ix fh PR Yu reae c x9 em LLL racy ee eai bard DANS Settings OMS Server Address DHS Dynamic Update DHS Hast Hana DNE Domain ame zi LLL OOO O WIHE Resolution WMS Server Address WHS Hogt Hae Scope ID DNS Server Enter the IP address of the DNS server Address DNS Dynamic If you want to use the DNS Dynamic Update function set the option to Update On If you do not want to use the DNS Dynamic Update function set the option to Off DNS Host Name Enter the host name to be added to the DNS server DNS Domain Enter the name of the domain to which the
75. Be Connected to the Network Question 1 gt Is the LAN cable connected properly The cable is connected properly The cable is not Connect the cable properly connected properly Question 2 gt Check the indicators on the network board 100 Indicator LNK Indicator ERH Indicator The LNK or 100 indicator is on To Question 3 gt C All the indicators are 452 705 lt lt Previous question off All the Indicators on the Network Board Are Off The ERR indicator i v l Pen 2 he ERR Indicator on the Network Board Is On The ERR indicator blinks at an interval of zThe ERR Indicator on the Network Board Blinks at an Interval of Four Times four times The ERR indicator is AE he ERR Indicator on the Network Board Is Constantly Blinking constantly blinking lt lt Previous question Question 3 gt Can you print a test page Printing a Test Page in Windows d Windows XP abi Bram l Page Printable Printing can be performed from the printer driver Check the printing preferences in the application Not printable lt lt Previous question Question 4 gt Is the IP address set properly 453 705 e Checking the IP Address The IP address is set properly The IP address is not Set the IP address properly set properly s Setting the IP Address lt lt Previous question lt Question 5 gt Is the port to be used selected correc
76. Driver Installation 1 Select LBP7210C 2 Click Add Erick Prinier bo rr di Bint iha prin zz acc arri curi check cd et Frir amp ur rl cota NOTE If 192 168 0 215 is displayed in IP Address in Printer List The value is the default IP address of the printer If you want to change the IP address change it after the installation Setting the IP Address If you changed the IP address after the installation Specify the port to be used again in the printer driver a setting the IP Address JJ Proceed to Step 10 W dh 526 705 If Unknown Device is displayed in Product Name 1 Display the Set IP Address dialog box 1 Select Unknown Device 2 Click Set IP Address CADT Printer eiver LIE Wizard Sek Prind es bo rei abrt Sa primi ba acd ams Har ick Fed erie er Acta daaih Ages Marnsa Search by Beebe if Revver LEA Fn Deer Lena Peat Mara Fer Addam NOTE If Unknown Device appears for multiple devices Perform the following procedure 1 Turn off all other devices except the printer or disconnect them from the network 2 Click Auto Search Again The printers on the network are searched for again 3 After installing the printer restore all existing devices to their original condition Set the IP address m 1 Enter the IP address of the printer Get automatically Obtains an IP address using DHCP Use the following
77. Entering asterisk is equivalent to entering the numbers from 0 to 255 The example on the left is equivalent to entering addresses from AAA BBB CCC 0 to AAA BBB CCC 255 The specifiable number of characters for the IP address Up to 255 characters can be set T The number of characters 1s counted as follows e Example 192 168 0 215 13 characters e Example 192 168 0 215 192 168 0 218 27 characters When deleting a set IP address 1 Select an IP address you want to delete 2 Click Delete d Ta a LI C lappe 5e arg flores Fia rk Ve Fuertes Took sap Qe O HAM Laon irre S Gi Akha tp MPI en 20 rai od recurts ator 9 Click OK Bs asiain Forst Adinia Law Arriss i b perisela Do det all sequat ial IP a nii id rriv Resto Mulbcast Discovery O Respond o Specfigd E Addresses E Do Mor Respond fo Specfiad Addregsas IP Addresses ez BBE fp eden rg Formi Aidanas Lak Arrian d rx pamti In sad adi quent ad IP ACRE OS M ne MAC Address Acca Settings DOR Resma MAC Address Access A Derme Granad dirnar 01b nme Ad Br ii rmn 685 705 EpTIOC RE nme nier ral IET E Q Q id id f Pan drm i a ades M met FID aun 215 anri Remote Ul Change Security Information The satinga wil be changed as faikava amp lraalgratnr Paar Spas Confirm CRA d Uer FTP Access EJ Informar on ob Hanger 686 705 J 15 Restricting the Users Wh
78. FTF amp cceaa SHNHP x 1 Access Rights Community Hare 5HHMP 3 6 Set the administrator password 1 Enter a desired password Up to 15 characters can be entered 2 To confirm the password enter the entered New Password again 3 Click OK 638 705 erate Ul thangs Securily inia rme m reru eee n IE eer Fl pir Ves Remie bok Heb Qe Q iz fs 0x deve an Perens gi leg ie un briis sea deed Remote Ul ora NOTE Setting the administrator password for the first time It is not required to enter any value in Current Password Changing the Administrator Password 1 Display the Printer Status Window Click di in the Windows task tray and then select the printer name NOTE When displaying the Printer Status Window from the printer driver Click Display Printer Status Window in locations such as in the Page Setup sheet 2 Select Remote UI from the Options menu 639 705 By Canas LAST Pi The Remote UI 1s displayed NOTE If you cannot select Remote UI You cannot select Remote UI if the printer and computer cannot communicate via a network When starting the Remote UI directly from a web browser Remote UI 3 Log in as Administrator P a 1 Enter a password in Administrator Password 2 Click Log In E 7 m d lij p Per LH 22 n La Lees T E r Fia D a P
79. IP address as needed E Pra LIH Charge TOPE Pivotal ell BE EEG E DEI S LEB LEE E EI Fia rk ieee Perie Teh Pip Quer x E f sn Gree Ry S n 3 sien i s 12 ES gated scs itae Remote ll Change TCP IP Protocol Settings The settings val be changed as follis Frame Tyga aj IF Address IF Address 182 TEED ETS Subnet hlask HGT 2255 Gateway Address 132 WEED I Job Manager Support Links 567 705 As well as by assigning the IP address directly you can set the IP address by using DHCP BOOTP or RARP When restarting or resetting the printer whether the options for which On is selected are available is checked and the IP address is assigned by the method that is determined to be available the soonest The options for which Off is specified are not checked If you can use none of these assign the IP address set in IP Address IMPORTANT For details on the procedure for setting a port when using DHCP BOOTP or RARP See Settings for Adding a Port or ask your network administrator NOTE When using DHCP BOOTP or RARP e Because it takes one to two minutes to check whether DHCP BOOTP and RARP are available it is recommended that you set the unused protocol s to Off e Each server or daemon the DHCP server BOOTP daemon or RARP daemon must be running on the network e Even if you are using DHCP BOOTP or RARP specify the settings for IP Address Subnet Mask and Gateway
80. If you are using Windows Vista and Server 2008 The following dialog box appears Read the contents of the message and then click Yes or Yes To All lh De ytu want io Sika Seu ror package of Canen LEF 27IC 2057 5 Click Exit To dat daing salci Ha prim yeu eami iz dakia ard han check D sita Pander Pas Duras Bae VOD 6 Open the Printers and Faxes or Printers folder i e Windows XP Professional and Server 2003 From the Start menu select Printers and Faxes Windows XP Home Edition From the Start menu select Control Panel and then click Printers and Other Hardware Printers and Faxes e Windows Vista From the Start menu select Control Panel and then click Printer Windows Server 2008 From the Start menu select Control Panel and then double click Printers Make sure that the icon for this printer is not displayed in the Printers and Faxes or Printers folder 166 705 LE rS ard Tanri tle nc mee hyri ook pe j d s deme DE ue d Frirzcn ang om ial feb s perder x Crete so rri porri a Se Se oSDARTMAE filter arr PES Pe phy zonis i el ear ea E Pr Draen TL 4p Petal IMPORTANT If the icon for this printer is displayed 1 Right click the icon and then select Delete from the pop up menu 2 Click Yes A A EN Era ou wear Er delete Hear printer Cann LIPTZ1077 es Le T Be sure to delete the icon Unless you d
81. Laugh Dace Deng Prada oa Lozano Lone Focal Comoe LET DC Frater Leir Yaa Dabe an nime Ha Spid 20 pp Md eee iere dl D che Pwirg Prim meet T Pant 25 Pom e Device Settings Sheet e Profile Sheet NOTE About the sheets displayed by Windows The following sheets are displayed by Windows e General Sheet Sharing Sheet Ports Sheet e Advanced Sheet Color Management Sheet Security Sheet For details on the above sheets see Windows Help About the printer driver The functions of the printer driver may be changed due to upgrade Page Setup Sheet 192 705 Cama DAR FFIDL Priaiing ets ne rat Lot Walernark 1 Combining Jobs before Printing 2 Using Preview to Configure the Printing Preferences 3 Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet 4 Printing an Image Larger than A4 Size Poster Printing 5 Scaling Print Output 6 Adding a Watermark to a Document to Be Printed Watermark Printing 7 Printing Borders the Printing Date etc 8 Loading Custom Size Paper Non Standard Size Paper NOTE For details on the settings 193 705 See Help How to Use Help Finishing Sheet 1 fe 3 4 3 Choe LBP TTC p Haina P rel renz M Balu Finishing apa ie fu Detailed Saring Cisonildge 1 E i Ld Lu
82. Manager Papr Saure cb Manager Multi Purpose Tray NOTE 618 705 If the administrator password is not set Leave the Current Password field blank n Setting and Changing the Administrator Password 2 Select Support Links Jd 713 ru z U S ppert Links I iro L Fia rk Ven fasten Took Piip Qe Q AA rem oit s Remote Ul Support Links e m Tm i LOCA See OE Lindate nae mera oo Fage mr wq ra y b Managei Cag CANC ES UEM AJ nights renard 3 Click Edit Support Links Comet m Wi d HIT RE Update neha Mme loo Fee Cewire M anger ob Mane Copyngri ANKE XEM 2 raghte reared A Change the link 1 Specify each link as needed 2 Confirm the settings then click OK 619 705 Jj LTTE e LII E Suppan l Ore ee ZIBITE TES bler rel Cope EF Pe mA ye Peria Qe O AG Joe ou Ajba M tp ER bau Remote ll Edit Support Links The senings wall be changed as mier Lig Dui T20 Fage Tarina Manager Job Manager Comments Link 2 Link URL Comments Limi Ciowricad Sonion un hij Soest caira Pec ac Es genie nenori brace Link Enter the link name URL Enter the URL of the link Comments Enter a comment for the link amp NOTE About Download Site The setting for Download Site are reflected to the link that 1s accessed by clicking Down
83. Mode About the Unicast Communication Mode The unicast communication mode makes communication by using the unicast method in sending status from the printer which is not normally performed by the broadcast communication mode If you want to use the printer in a network environment in which the broadcast communication mode is not used you need to switch the mode to the unicast communication mode If you want to use the unicast communication mode set the printer settings to enter into the unicast communication mode using FTP Client IMPORTANT When using the Unicast Communication Mode Because this affects the administration of your network environment be sure to consult your network administrator Setting the Printer to Enter into the Unicast Communication Mode 1 Run Command Prompt B e Windows XP Server 2003 Vista and Server 2008 From the Start menu select All Programs Accessories Command Prompt 2 Enter ftp the IP address of the printer then press the ENTER key on your keyboard e Input Example ftp 192 168 0 215 NOTE If you are not sure about the IP address of the printer Refer to the Network Status Print printed in Printing Status Print to Check the Printer Status or ask your network administrator 3 Enter root as the user name then press the ENTER key on your keyboard oO 4 Enter the administrator password then press the ENTER key on your keyboard a If the adminis
84. NOTE When all the indicators are off All the Indicators on the Network Board Are Off When the ERR indicator C is on or blinking ss The ERR Indicator on the Network Board Is On as The ERR Indicator on the Network Board Blinks at an Interval of Four Times aa The ERR Indicator on the Network Board Is Constantly Blinking Step 2 Installing the Printer Driver from CD ROM 921 705 NOTE If Windows Firewall is enabled If the IP address is not set for the printer you need to configure Windows Firewall to unblock communication during the installation process If you do not want to unblock Windows Firewall set the IP address for the printer in advance a setting the IP Address 1 Turn on the computer and start Windows u 2 Log on as a user with administrative rights IMPORTANT If you are not sure about your administrative rights Contact your system administrator 3 Insert the supplied CD ROM User Software into the CD ROM drive of your computer Ifthe CD ROM is already in the drive eject the disk and reinsert it into the drive CD ROM Setup appears T It may take time to display CD ROM Setup depending on your environment NOTE If CD ROM Setup does not appear Display it using the following procedure The CD ROM drive name is indicated as D in this manual The CD ROM drive name may differ depending on the computer you are using e Windows XP and Server 2003 1 From the
85. NetSpot Device Installer T You can use NetSpot Device Installer without installing it Running NetSpot Device Installer Directly from the Supplied CD ROM IMPORTANT Precautions when installing NetSpot Device Installer e Close all the other applications before the installation e A user without administrative rights cannot perform installation To perform installation be sure to log on as a user with administrative rights T Contact your system administrator if you are not sure about your administrative rights If Windows Firewall is enabled You cannot search for printers on a subnet that is different from that of the computer using NetSpot Device Installer To search for a printer on a subnet that 1s different from the one that the computers using NetSpot Device Installer are on add NetSpot Device Installer to Windows Firewall during the installation 1 Insert the supplied CD ROM User Software into the CD ROM drive of your computer When the following screen appears click Exit 626 705 Canon LBP7210C ERRRRRRRG A4d4d44AASERSEEEREEEEEERERRARREG SEGRE RRR ERR REPRE PRRs CD ROM Setup YOU Caninstal software programs atc onthis BCraen Select a manu on amp right NOTE If the AutoPlay dialog box appears Windows Vista and Server 2008 Select Open folder to view files and then proceed to Step 4 2 Open My Computer or Computer e Windows XP and Server 2003 From the Start menu se
86. OD T ided Prinimg E erka Fh e AMemedidinp etre ets NOTE If you cannot specify the setting If Spooling at Host in the Device Settings sheet 1s set to Disabled Booklet Printing 1s grayed out and cannot be specified See Changing the Setting for Spooling at Host and change the setting for Spooling at Host to Auto 4 Specify the detailed settings for booklet printing as needed 1 Click Booklet 2 Specify the settings for each option as needed 317 705 3 Confirm the settings then click OK d Canon LO 210C Properties Page Setup Frithin Paper Seasca Dui Frakes JE Diui dating Ada v apt Maint il Pi CO Tides Painiin C d uded Prin Di Peg 1 tetra e kja The Finishing sheet reappears NOTE For details on the settings See Help How to Use Help D Click OK The Print dialog box reappears 6 Click OK or Print The printer starts printing 318 705 K 34 Combining Jobs before Printing You can combine two or more jobs into one You can also change the settings for the combined job and edit jobs of different applications You can also preview the job LIE v Cree saiia PO Tiri jene o Leal Paa Elba Tat g Coy eee Prepeartes Aw ail HE a he T ko IELE a FIFE FONTE eee Lio eer an ee fae pot Ent Tac NOTE
87. Page Setup sheet in the printer driver amp Canon LIN 7210C Properties Page Setup Faiihin Paper Sore Gua E Daia 3 nar Marth Pag ire iz fi te Al acelerar uk en Set 1 Pays piora Fests Ded anis o fl cem Displaying the Printer Status Window automatically When the Printer Status Window is not displayed the Printer Status Window icon 1s displayed automatically under the following situations e When an error has occurred while printing When a toner cartridge needs to be replaced soon while printing When a toner cartridge has reached the end of its life while printing Clicking this icon can display the Printer Status Window 199 705 T The icon may not be displayed even under the above situations depending on the settings for the Preferences Users or Preferences Administrators dialog box in the Printer Status Window For details on the Preferences Users or Preferences Administrators dialog box see Help How to Use Help Checking the Printer Status The Printer Status Window allows you to check the printer status such as the operation status and job information 1 3 4 1 Consumables Information Displays the Consumables Information dialog box You can check the status of the toner cartridges in the Consumables Information dialog box About the Consumables Information Dialog Box 2 Icon Displays the printer status Er The p
88. Replacing Toner Cartridges 2 Multi purpose Tray 3 Manual Feed Transport Guide Open when removing paper jammed in the multi purpose tray Clearing Paper Jams Multi purpose Tray Area 4 Paper Drawer 5 Output Tray 6 Power Switch 7 Control Panel The control panel has the indicators which show the printer status and the key which can cancel a job 8 Ventilation Slots Ventilate air to cool the insides of the printer Provide sufficient clearance around the ventilation slots so that heat can dissipate 9 Lift Handles 45 705 Rear View 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Reset Button To initialize the network settings turn on the printer while pressing this button Initializing the Network Settings LAN Connector USB Connector 100 Indicator Green Turns on when the printer is connected to the network by I100BASE TX Does not turn on when connected by IO0BASE T LNK Indicator Green Turns on when the printer is connected to the network properly ERR Indicator Orange Turns on or blinks if the network board of the printer 1s not operating properly Ventilation Slots Ventilate air to cool the insides of the printer Provide sufficient clearance around the ventilation slots so that heat can dissipate Lift Handles Power Socket 10 Rear Cover Open when removing paper jammed inside the printer x Paper Jams 11 Rating Label The current value indicated i
89. Security Access Logs e Checking the Security Access Logs Obtaining the Security Access Logs You can specify the settings to obtain the security access logs using the following software e Web browser Remote UI You can specify the settings by accessing the printer from your web browser via the network e FTP Client You can specify the settings by accessing the FTP server of the printer using Command Prompt This section describes the procedure for specifying the settings using a web browser Remote UI NOTE Specifying the settings using FTP Client aa FIP Client 1 Display the Printer Status Window Click ti in the Windows task tray and then select the printer name NOTE When displaying the Printer Status Window from the printer driver Click 1 Display Printer Status Window in locations such as in the Page Setup sheet 2 Select Remote UI from the Options menu 697 705 By Canas LAST Pi The Remote UI 1s displayed NOTE If you cannot select Remote UI You cannot select Remote UI if the printer and computer cannot communicate via a network When starting the Remote UI directly from a web browser Remote UI 3 Log in as Administrator 1 Enter a password in Administrator Password 2 Click Log In E mre LII ip Viper LAST FIOS TES ITE Fla rk Ven Perie Toh ep Q O BG Pe jr 63 Remote Ul Top Page Device Status
90. Status Window in locations such as in the Page Setup sheet Select Remote UI from the Options menu fy Canas ELIT ro oon EZ NOTE If you cannot select Remote UI You cannot select Remote UI if the printer and computer cannot communicate via a network When starting the Remote UI directly from a web browser x Remote UI 3 From the Job Manager menu select Print Job E Ji Berncic ul Pred Jak LEED Hoe IIT D pit jia Pigeons Dogs de Que o D ze a S manh y temin e 5 Akbess il fap raba 2r riya abee o cran Remate Ll Tita HH 3312 114 i NOTE 187 705 About Document Name A job file name of up to 20 characters can be displayed If the number of characters exceeds 20 the characters after the limited number are not displayed or some characters are not displayed properly Also depending on the application the application name may be added to the beginning of the file name About Interface Name If you print via USB Local is displayed in Interface Name If you print via the network nothing 1s displayed in the field 4 Clicking Delete cancels the print job T berre s Ul Friri Jah LI NOL Aerssen bieri Lxpipenr El QE qe Cuaexbi ak Hel Qm Q x fi paws prm D OG Aba aO rep i oan ee snpra Remote Ll Toc Page Ls ce Manager NOTE About the pages in process of printing The pages in process of printing when Delete
91. TEE Product Mame LBP 72118 ob Manager Veraicn nos ST Links E 3 Click Change under Language 613 705 E III Display Language Ej Security Administrator P aaawerd User FTF hccess ZHMP wt Access Rights Community Mame ERIE T mite LII Charge Drplrg Largaeg ILS Pio Fia Ek Yew feri Took Pap Remote Ll Change Display Language The sening wall be changed aa folis Display Language ob Manger Spot Links D Click OK mu UN Change Mapki Largaege IL FIBI Fia rk Ven Perbes Took rap E oig ao Pede S m na Remote Ul Change Display Language The sening all be changed aa tliras Display Language ob Hanger Spa Links 614 705 Managing Print Jobs e Displaying and Deleting Print Jobs e Displaying Print Logs Displaying and Deleting Print Jobs You can check the job currently being printed or delete jobs 1 From the Job Manager menu select Print Job ul Pre Jak LBP TITEL Miere Prriareeei Lapierar Ee pit gem Pipe pah oe O 2 fb meh fee 45 c3 Adhe LA Ferpa M ric 188 CE TRAC MR dace 00 can Remote Ll The job currently being printed is displayed NOTE About Document Name A job file name of up to 20 characters can be displayed If the number of characters exceeds 20 the characters after the limited number are not displayed or some characters are not displayed properly Also depending on the appli
92. Tera The had dier ined val he nid um Search icsevable ipexka Topps CD ROM E incidi shes kpc in he nec 2 3 C2 Dan snatch 1 sil checa tha direar Fe rial Chasse thi epli n ko calci Heg dee dirai Paria beet ur rider dieser sul auis ar Hl iha dover pou choses veil ba tha basi rasis lor your hadecan Select the folder in which the printer driver is included If you are using 32 bit Windows XP or Server 2003 1 Select the folders in the supplied CD ROM English 32bit Driver 2 Click OK Fo viene afro iuba oiii din a cei in ab Grm If you are using 64 bit Windows XP or Server 2003 120 705 1 Select the folders in the supplied CD ROM English x64 Driver 2 Click OK Jroa For bolee Select the Forces that contains drivesz for pour haras gh CANON BP IOC Dx H Cy dumihin T i oy baea cc a plus ign aiai Een Fi Click Next Found Mew Hardware Wizard Piesa choose pout search and matelisteon opina Ct Sash bow habei dra n them liccat Line Bee check boers below bo let of epar Ere default search whick includes local patho sed bemowabke reia Tite bes dires ford wal be irlak Search wreresbls meda Hoop CD ROM 7 Kreuz ihre Kazan ri hee ian Dh Erg P ob Debes a C Dont seach sal choose the dhes Io aris Dhana Bhp opbon bp pelescl Hes devices diee bore lich PEINE ee E erence Bn lee gie eo choose ual ba Hs bct eioh For oae harh
93. USB hubs or switching devices NOTE About the USB cable This printer does not come with a USB cable Have an appropriate one available for the computer you are using Use a USB cable with the following symbol 103 705 1 Make sure that the printer and computer are off T Do not turn the printer on during the following procedure unless instructed 2 Connect the B type square end of the USB cable to the USB connector on the printer oe Step 2 Installing the Printer Driver from CD ROM 1 Turn on the computer and start Windows 2 Log on as a user with administrative rights D IMPORTANT If you are not sure about your administrative rights Contact your system administrator If a wizard or dialog box appears through the Plug and Play automatic setup Click Cancel turn off the printer and then use this procedure to install the printer driver 104 705 3 Insert the supplied CD ROM User Software into the CD ROM drive of your computer Ifthe CD ROM is already in the drive eject the disk and reinsert it into the drive CD ROM Setup appears T It may take time to display CD ROM Setup depending on your environment NOTE If CD ROM Setup does not appear Display it using the following procedure The CD ROM drive name is indicated as D in this manual The CD ROM drive name may differ depending on the computer you are using e Windows XP and Server 2003 1 From the Start menu se
94. Ulad 1 Select Print from the File menu in the application a ICI an eon p a p i Ext NOTE About the printing procedure The printing procedure may differ depending on the application you are using For details on the printing procedures see the instruction manual supplied with the application 2 Open the printing preferences dialog box C 1 Select this printer 2 Click Properties or Preferences 313 705 hus E Fiant Tope Cans LEFTZIOC Pied Fare e Pap Es ar DET Eu lur 2 Suto Extat ral Carden Chesees Papas sace by POF page dps Dri inge Tei iii rib mmy NE 3 Display the Page Options dialog box Fa 1 Display the Page Setup sheet 2 Click Page Options a Canon USA 7210C Properties ceo 5 1 Paper Seuee Quay ud Parii 4 pho uice Sim aca gend eben Al fa Peatuse Paga Liia L Hapus Ss Cowen C o a 9 NOTE If you cannot click Page Options If Spooling at Host in the Device Settings sheet is set to Disabled Page Options is grayed out and cannot be specified See Changing the Setting for Spooling at Host and change the setting for Spooling at Host to Auto 4 Specify the settings for borders the printing date etc 1 Specify the settings for each option as needed 2 Confirm the settings then click OK 314 705 Gaan C 3 The Page Setup sheet reappears NOTE For deta
95. Ute CareFis 5 Specify the setting for Matching Method 1 Set Matching Method to Perceptual Monitor Color Matched 2 Select a profile you want to use 3 Confirm the settings then click OK m L iles raira The Quality sheet reappears NOTE About the options for Monitor Profile The profiles registered in your computer are displayed About Application Color Matching Priority If the check box is cleared you can prioritize the color matching process specified in the printer driver If you want to prioritize the color matching in the application select the check box 6 Click OK E The Print dialog box reappears 340 705 Click OK or Print The printer starts printing Adjusting Color by Brightness Gamma Adjustment You can adjust the brightness of the printout results without spoiling the lightest parts and darkest parts of the image data Use this option when the printout result is brighter than the original image or when you want to change the brightness of the image 1 Select Print from the File menu in the application a Leer an en fa pot Eri NOTE About the printing procedure The printing procedure may differ depending on the application you are using For details on the printing procedures see the instruction manual supplied with the application 2 Open the printing preferences dialog box fe 1 Select this printer 2
96. Weraion og E pom L mike E EI a LII AMET IH TH LEG Cece Infanmation Device Hame Lecation Administrator Fhena Comments Manufacturer CANC Product Hame ce De 6 Specify and change the device name or administrator information 1 Specify and change each setting 2 Click OK 645 705 Devica Name Location i Xudministra nr Fhaons Commania Job Manager ST Links Device Name Enter the printer name Location Enter the location to install the printer Administrator Enter the name of the printer administrator Phone Enter the telephone number of the printer administrator Comments Enter the comments of the printer administrator 646 705 J 08 Checking by the Remote UI e Displaying the Remote UI e Checking the Printer Settings Displaying the Remote UI 1 Display the Printer Status Window Click i in the Windows task tray and then select the printer name NOTE When displaying the Printer Status Window from the printer driver Click E Display Printer Status Window in locations such as in the Page Setup sheet 2 Select Remote UI from the Options menu Preferences Arnacectraborz Cpranshier Ier Counter informatie Lina Dwvica Salting Dscurard Hara ner Pere Cogie Hani iri Pager The Remote UI is displayed NOTE If you cannot select Remote UI You cannot sel
97. When fanning or aligning the transparencies or coated paper try to hold the edges to avoid touching the printing surface e Take care not to mark or stain the printing surface of the transparencies or coated paper with fingerprints dust or oil This may result in poor print quality Gently load the paper stack under the load limit guides A until it touches the back of the tray Make sure that the paper stack does not exceed the load limit mark lines B 240 705 J CAUTION Be careful when handling paper Handle paper carefully not to cut your hands with the edges of the paper IMPORTANT Be sure to load paper in portrait orientation Multi purpose tray capacity Paper Type Plain paper Ex 80 g m Heavy paper Ex 91 g m Heavy paper Ex 128 g m Transparency black and white printing only Label Coated paper Paper Capacity Approx 50 sheets Approx 30 sheets Approx 20 sheets Approx 20 sheets Approx 20 sheets Approx 20 sheets 241 705 Be sure that the paper stack does not exceed the load limit mark lines If the paper stack exceeds the load limit mark lines this may result in misfeeds Precautions when loading paper in the multi purpose tray e Load the paper so that it is straight e Ifthe rear edge of the paper stack is not properly aligned this may result in misfeeds or paper jams e Ifthe paper is curled or folded at corners flatten 1t before loading it in the pri
98. aCe owe x DTE Dest cg SMP NioniterdingEsering Changes P Blea Seaweed Saltese Baad Seed BR dort You can also enter IP addresses as follows Input example of the IP addresses Method for entering IP addresses If you want to enter the IP addresses of consecutive numbers place hyphen between the address of the AAA BBB CCC 15 AAA BBB CCC 18 smallest number and that of the largest number The example on the left is equivalent to entering addresses from AAA BBB CCC 15 to AAA BBB CCC 18 Entering asterisk is equivalent to entering the numbers from 0 to 255 The example on the left is equivalent to entering addresses from AAA BBB CCC 0 to AAA BBB CCC 255 AAA BBB CCC NOTE The specifiable number of characters for the IP address Up to 255 characters can be set T The number of characters 1s counted as follows e Example 192 168 0 215 13 characters e Example 192 168 0 215 192 168 0 218 27 characters When deleting a set IP address 1 Select an IP address you want to delete 2 Click Delete 672 705 9 Click OK J HEIL s LII i largas 5e args Alertan SP TAO dice lle el La pirer Fia D a Perie Toh Pip Qm Q idi fs Am rem i a us Aides g bhp VIC en H rabo recur bs ator Wisin pes tn ender hs sdri nidra pns end when satira the PME z 3 Un IP Address Range Setlings Resto TORI Pinang Cr Parmt Specied Addresses S Reject Sosciied Address P Adress 1 2 EXTT
99. adacbad ia pint canes J ub Pri Local pihti apis xe es Perform the following procedure 151 705 1 Select Connect to this printer or to browse for a printer select this option and click Next 2 Click Next Add Primio Wizard Cecily a Penizi b pui chor E rereo he nare cr siem o the packen waa cen reach kx a prim Vea mant prar rasie lathe printer iio goa veent bo orad bot C hepr o a prim 2 Connect m this printer for Rc breves for a prints salen this aphan and click esit 1 Hair E cni pino C Cgrrseed to a pania ars the indeed as on a foni it alc retake URL 1 Esp Hip Aree eene prd pande Cet Caec Jr Fx Lu r m Je Select a shared printer 1 Select a shared printer on the print server 2 Click Next Bresso for Pirmie When du lie ood pnnberz spe celeci Ehe pne yag ae bo use Bite PFMTSERVER Lanon LEP reo Shaved order of Biz nrcit rdr hate amp WOR EG Fo qm PCT IUT E Prie miyman Comment Beau lesd NOTE If the Connect to Printer dialog box appears Follow the directions in the message Specifying the network path directly Specify the network path as the print server name the computer name of the print server the printer name If you are not sure about the print server name the computer name of the print server Ask your print server administrator about the problem ej When the following screen appears sele
100. as this may result in a fire or electrical shock e A damp or dusty location e A location exposed to smoke and steam such as near a cookery or humidifier e A location exposed to rain or snow 61 705 A location near a water faucet or water A location exposed to direct sunlight A location subject to high temperatures A location near open flames Do not install the printer in the following locations as this may cause the printer to fall or tip over resulting in personal injury Unstable surface A location subject to excessive vibrations IMPORTANT Do not install the printer in the following locations as this may result in damage to the printer A location subject to dramatic changes in temperature or humidity A location subject to condensation A poorly ventilated location If you use the printer for a long time or to perform a large amount of printing in a poorly ventilated room the ozone or other odors generated by the printer may create an uncomfortable working environment In addition chemical particles are dispersed during printing therefore it is important to provide adequate ventilation A location near equipment that generates magnetic or electromagnetic waves A laboratory or location where chemical reactions occur A location exposed to salt air corrosive gases or toxic gases A location such as on a carpet or mat that may warp from the weight of the printer or where the printer is liable to s
101. browser Make sure that the IP address or hostname domain name is correct If the Remote UI top page is not displayed even when the value is correctly entered consult your network administrator When using a proxy server On the settings for the proxy server of the web browser add the IP address of the printer to Exceptions the addresses that do not use the proxy server The settings vary depending on the network environment Consult your network administrator About Cookies Configure your Web browser to enable cookies Starting the Remote UI If the Remote UI is running on multiple computers at a time the latest settings are valid If you want to log in as Administrator it is recommended that only one Remote UI should be running at a time If the Remote UI is not displayed using the above procedure Enter http the IP address of the printer cab top shtml in the address field to redisplay the Remote UI Screen Layout of the Remote UI 610 705 E Gk Yen Fuere ok po Qe Q x Xp 9 ose S os addens E np sae 162 0 2L ical mp abad 1 Seer el m 7 E 2 1 Device Bate The printer le teacty Device Hama 3 ET Praduct Hama LBEP7210C Location 4 Paper Information Dae bel a ec Job Manager n Multi Purpose Tray Piona Support Links Cassette 1 Lomded Ad gie gager 5 l Remaning Toner Type ure Cyan Toner Ard eth Magenta Toner Aera
102. can specify the settings by accessing the printer from your web browser via the network e FTP Client You can specify the settings by accessing the FTP server of the printer using Command Prompt e NetSpot Device Installer You can configure the basic protocol settings using the Canon software NetSpot Device Installer in the supplied CD ROM If you want to configure the settings such as the DNS server settings use the Remote UI or FTP Client This section describes the procedure for specifying the settings using a web browser Remote UI NOTE Specifying the settings using FTP Client FTP Client Specifying the settings using NetSpot Device Installer a NetSpot Device Installer 1 Display the Printer Status Window Click i in the Windows task tray and then select the printer name C anon LBP7210C NOTE When displaying the Printer Status Window from the printer driver Click E28 Display Printer Status Window in locations such as in the Page Setup sheet 2 Select Remote UI from the Options menu o Ei Cans LAPT Prak eih Prae Ana Corres bian uriar hirra iiy Carta Hiig 564 705 The Remote UI is displayed NOTE If you cannot select Remote UI You cannot select Remote UI if the printer and computer cannot communicate via a network When starting the Remote UI directly from a web browser Remote UI Log in as Administrato
103. cannot be accessed The user of the computer to be used has not been registered or the password has not been specified yet Contact your network administrator for more details The path to the network is not correct Solution 1 Check the following Register the user of the computer to be used or specify the password on the print server 1 Display Windows Explorer e Windows XP Server 2003 Vista and Server 2008 From the Start menu select All Programs Accessories Windows Explorer 2 Select the print server from My Network Places from Network for Windows Vista and Server 2008 then confirm the icon for this printer E ic Ay Donar E M Py Conese Eal Phi etek Poco al Enon tees Uo Microsoft aries Heck fy Workipcag m M Cons 3 ai Prinbesz mni Faits B fens Ga e If you cannot find the icon for this printer Ask your network administrator about the problem e If you can find the icon for this printer You can install the printer driver by performing either of the following procedures and following the instructions on the screen e Double clicking the icon for this printer e Dragging and dropping the icon for this printer into the Printers and Faxes folder or Printers folder Solution 2 If you want to specify the network path directly check if the network path 1s specified correctly as the print server name the computer name of the print server the printer name
104. click Yes 141 705 EE License Agreement Liht Aug Pantene Flease read tha folkwirg icange agreamarnt completaly and em carefully bafore installing thia software programs lasiall STATEMENT OF AGREEMENT BETWEER os AHD CANON SIE a CONCERN THE SULAECT MATTER HEREXH AR SUPERSEDES ALL PROPOSALS OF PRHA AGREEMENTS VERBAL OR WRITTER AHi BAGREEMEMNT SHALL BE EFFECTIVE IRHLES S SIGHED By DIR AUTHORISED REPRESEHTATIVE WF CAMOR Sheed you he aay questions prere mig thie Agema as if yom dere te contact Canon for aeg reaesm please write 82 Canon s calles subsidiary or eibuion dealer serving the commtry where you obtained the Product To accept the terms af this exraemert click ras To dacima the tans of this agreameant cick Mo To use this program the tans of this agresment must be acaptar Fi Click Next a ue k a i 9 Cil T Primer Grier Seto Wizard 3 Aeon bo Hhes Setup mad Po ife CAPT Fims Drrear Thi retard nell inched tha CARET prinber deese oni pour DNAT To cordiram bhs iretalishion rick jet 8 Select the method of installation e n 1 Select Manually Set Port to Install 2 Click Next E CAPT Printer Griver Seep Mirari Seedy a pert ka intel kra cr maah printer Tou can aio pady other ilira wach an etin pini cz chos prinbesr 9 Click Add Port s 142 705 52 CAPT Printer Driver LUI Wirard Printer Jabes met ihe ipo bo Des ied For bhs coterie prii
105. correcting Out of Register Colors e When cleaning the printer e When the front cover is opened or closed Auto Shutdown You can specify the settings for auto shutdown using the following procedure NOTE Precautions when sharing the printer You cannot change the settings with the shared printer Change the settings from the environment in which a local printer 1s installed 1 Turn on the computer and start Windows 2 Log on as a user with administrative rights IMPORTANT If you are not sure about your administrative rights Contact your system administrator If a wizard or dialog box appears through the Plug and Play automatic setup Click Cancel turn off the printer and then use this procedure 659 705 3 Insert the supplied CD ROM User Software into the CD ROM drive of your computer If the CD ROM is already in the drive eject the disk and reinsert it into the drive CD ROM Setup appears T It may take time to display CD ROM Setup depending on your environment NOTE If CD ROM Setup does not appear Display it using the following procedure The CD ROM drive name is indicated as D in this manual The CD ROM drive name may differ depending on the computer you are using e Windows XP and Server 2003 1 From the Start menu select Run 2 Enter D EnglishMInst exe and then click OK e Windows Vista and Server 2008 1 Enter D EnglishMInst exe in Start Search under th
106. environment NOTE If CD ROM Setup does not appear Display it using the following procedure The CD ROM drive name is indicated as D in this manual The CD ROM drive name may differ depending on the computer you are using e Windows XP and Server 2003 1 From the Start menu select Run 2 Enter D English MInst exe and then click OK e Windows Vista and Server 2008 1 Enter D English MInst exe in Start Search under the Start menu 2 Press the ENTER key on the keyboard If the AutoPlay dialog box appears Windows Vista and Server 2008 Click Run AUTORUN EXE If the User Account Control dialog box appears Windows Vista and Server 2008 549 705 Click Continue 9 Click Additional Software Programs o Canon LBP7210C CD ROM Setup You Caninstal sofware programs atc on ths screen Select a manu on the right 1 0 Click Start for NetSpot Device Installer for TCP IP E Additional Software Programs Explanatsee of Sesars o README amp e zj p Metspot Device Installer tor TOP E j d ps EN Manual Uninstaller 2 e La Auto Shutdown Too ee ee Hara vou cen start ar instal programs atc Thase programs mast of which may not be inckudex in Easy and Custam Installation hal ou make ra most of ra mam functons of ris device Operations vary depending on the program Click the button on the nght of gach program to Ge Tn Back
107. following operations which are required for printing all at once setting the IP Address Creating a Port ne ae n Printer Driver Manual Setup Windows XP and Server 2003 Only Performs the following operations which are required for printing one at a time Setting the IP Address Creating a Port end p Printer Driver Setting the IP Address Manual Setup Windows XP Server 2003 Only T If you are using Windows Vista or Server 2008 you cannot print using a port created by Manual Setup Be sure to install the printer driver using Auto Setup 123 705 E 13 Print Server Environment Printer Sharing If you share the printer in the print server environment you can perform printing from other computers that are not directly connected to this printer J Network Environment dee FOr Printing 4 Download Mp ui B DE Installation Client Local Installation Download Installation T Tem al e DU EL m le The term Print Server is the computer directly connected to the printer 2 The term Client is a computer connected to the printer via a network 3 The term Local Installation indicates that the printer driver is installed using the supplied CD ROM 4 The term Download Installation indicates that the printer driver is downloaded from the print server to client computers and is installed without using the supplied CD ROM 5 Ifa 64 bit operating system is running on t
108. following screen appears Click Yes Hri pal Device Installer Setup Te uie Fee o Device rv aller an i campaign its nacaatary to requkar the apckcaben in Windeon Frari application Depry sant in negater the ma T If you click No you cannot search for the printers in which the IP address has not been set yet or printers on a subnet that is different from that of the computer using NetSpot Device Installer 1 O Click OK NsP5pol Devire Installer Setup X Wst5pok Device Inchaller Fuer bean installed orram 1 1 Click Cancel HeiSpat Device Installer Plig in Setup Delect plug Sa india Plug in ence Hole PA Fimi Siva Sul ing Spee D ence Ls Sure ern PEL Stag NOTE About Plug ins You can expand the functions of NetSpot Device Installer by adding Plug ins For more details on Plug ins see Readme of NetSpot Device Installer T To display Readme of NetSpot Device Installer click 8 in NetSpot Device Installer for TCP IP in the Additional Software Programs screen in CD ROM Setup Running NetSpot Device Installer You can run NetSpot Device Installer in either of the following two ways e Running NetSpot Device Installer from a Computer e Running NetSpot Device Installer Directly from the Supplied CD ROM 630 705 Running NetSpot Device Installer from a Computer e Windows XP Server 2003 Vista and Server 2008 From the Start menu select All Programs NetSpot De
109. for Cover and Others can be selected only if Print Style in the Finishing sheet 1s set to Booklet Printing Canon LP F21 I raperires Page Setup rune Peper soc 1 Lawl ang Hiuie purpeca T ue Cramer Lager a Paper Tura Plain Pagus Faga rtan Pring fare Esa A uli purpeza Trans ru CI Continue Parii sth the Haii pues Tray NOTE If you cannot specify the setting If Spooling at Host in the Device Settings sheet 1s set to Disabled settings other than Same Paper for All Pages are grayed out and cannot be specified See Changing the Setting for Spooling at Host and change the setting for Spooling at Host to Auto 4 Select the paper source to be used for each page 298 705 Canon LIP 210C Properties Fui JE Daia dating rm Papen Type I Pn sahen Pani fren Ehe Mullipurpone Trey Congr Fetra path be EE uib purprzs T us Pink ces Pre hs 55 che NOTE Using Preview to select a paper source You can also select a paper source using Preview Using Preview to Configure the Printing Preferences Confirm the settings then click OK The Print dialog box reappears Click OK or Print The printer starts printing 299 705 Le F 29 Scaling Print Output You can print with automatic scaling according to the paper size or arbitrary scaling e Printing with Automatic Scaling According to the Paper Size
110. for each page 227 705 When printing paper of a type other than plain paper or envelopes from the paper drawer select Drawer 1 or Drawer 2 optional T If you select Auto you cannot print from the paper drawer Paper is fed from the multi purpose tray How to display the printer driver Printing Basic Procedure Changing the Default Values for Printing Preferences P Click OK Precautions for Handling the Multi purpose Tray or Paper Drawer Be careful of the following points when handling the multi purpose tray or paper drawer e Be sure to turn the printer on once when loading paper in the paper drawer for the first time after installing the paper feeder e Observe the following points during printing This may result in paper jams or damage to the printer e Do not pull out the paper drawer e Do not touch the paper in the multi purpose tray or pull it out e Refill the paper drawer after all the loaded paper runs out If the paper drawer is refilled when paper still remains in the drawer this may result in misfeeds e Do not put anything other than the printing paper on the multi purpose tray Also do not press on top of or apply excessive force to the multi purpose tray This may result in damage to the multi purpose tray e Do not touch the black rubber pad A in the paper drawer This may result in misfeeds e If you are printing from the multi purpose tray or Drawer 2 optional make sure
111. hore cni 2 The reest connects and configured To contre chck Ned 9 Enter the IP address or name of the printer 1 Enter the IP address or name of the printer in Printer Name or IP Address The DNS name to be registered on the DNS server up to 78 characters 2 Click Next Add Standard TORN Printor Pari Wizard di Poet Fr vhi devis din eu wasnt 50 acil a post Enter tha Prier Hera or IF abban and s pod rana for the dezradd device a Pori Har IP 121681215 mW ams D IMPORTANT If the printer cannot be detected The following screen appears Perform either of the following operations Follow the on screen instructions and search again for the printer Specify the settings for Device Type 1 Select Standard and then select Canon Network Printing Device with P9100 2 Click Next 540 705 Add Standard TOR Primiar Part Wiad Jd Poot Enioem alin Reseed Tihe deere rdi not bs menie Tha dern i ned fanden ha racer Hatua tha H A d j iei TE oriya EO The adden on he pens page ie onat li pau band beshies h oh consol oki Back b rebum io Fe peira page Thes omet Pe addons end peo ahs seach on e nebisodk a ane ae Hee addiess d oa Eesi mea h PA Cue ecd NOTE If you are not sure about the value to enter The value to be entered varies depending on how the IP address of the printer was set For more details see Settings for Adding a Port or ask your
112. i Register the paper size 1 Select the size of the paper loaded in the paper drawer e Drawer 1 The paper drawer supplied with the printer unit e Drawer 2 The paper drawer of the optional paper feeder 2 Click OK 253 705 Loading Envelopes in the Multi purpose Tray The following envelopes can be loaded in the multi purpose tray e Envelope Monarch 98 4 mm x 190 5 mm e Envelope No 10 COMIO 104 7 mm x 241 3 mm e Envelope DL 110 0 mm x 220 0 mm e Envelope C5 162 0 mm x 229 0 mm e Envelope B5 176 0 mm x 250 0 mm IMPORTANT Loading orientation of envelopes Load envelopes in the correct orientation as follows m Feeding direction Envelope No 10 COM10 Envelope C5 Envelope DL and Envelope Monarch With the front side facing up Close the flap and load envelope C gt With the front side facing up gt Close the flap and load envelope Detailed information about usable paper Usable Paper and Unusable Paper Handling the multi purpose tray Paper Source 1 Open the multi purpose tray Holding the opening at the center of the printer open the multi purpose tray 254 705 IMPORTANT Be sure to insert the paper drawer If the paper drawer is not inserted you cannot print from the multi purpose tray 2 Pull out the auxiliary tray LI D IMPORTANT Be sure to pull out the auxiliary tray Be sure to pull out the auxiliary tray when loading paper in the mul
113. interface cables and power cord from the printer Otherwise the power cord or interface cables may be damaged resulting in a fire or electrical shock IMPORTANT Do not touch the connector A on the paper feeder This may result in damage to the printer or misfeeds When printing from Drawer 2 paper feeder Make sure that Drawer 1 is set before printing from Drawer 2 89 705 Moving the Printer When installing the paper feeder in the printer after installing the printer move the printer to an appropriate location temporarily using the following procedure A WARNING When moving the printer Always turn off the power switch and unplug the power plug and interface cables Failure to do so can damage the cables or cords resulting in a fire or electrical shock A CAUTION Do not carry the printer with the paper drawer installed If you do so the paper drawer may drop resulting in personal injury 1 Turn the printer off then disconnect the cables from the printer 1 Turn the printer off 2 If the interface cables are connected turn the computer off and then disconnect the interface cables from the printer 3 Unplug the power plug from the AC power outlet 2 Remove the power cord from the printer I 3 Pull out the paper drawer 90 705 Move the printer from the installation site Carry the printer with two or more people by holding the lift handles on the lower p
114. jewelry or other metal objects to touch the inside of the printer There are some areas inside the printer which are subject to high voltages If metal objects touch the inside of the printer this may result in a fire or electrical shock A CAUTION Precautions when removing jammed paper Make sure that the fixing unit is completely cool before removing the jammed paper Touching the fixing unit when it is still hot may result in burns The output slot is hot during and immediately after printing Do not touch the area surrounding the output slot as this may result in burns Printed paper may be hot immediately after being output Be careful when removing the paper and aligning the removed paper as this may result in burns Be careful not to get any toner on your hands or clothing If toner gets on your hands or clothing wash them immediately with cold water Washing with warm water sets the toner making it impossible to remove the toner stains When removing jammed paper be careful not to allow the toner on the paper to scatter If toner scatters and gets into your eyes or mouth wash them immediately with cold water and consult a physician When removing jammed paper be careful not to cut your hands with the edges of the paper Keep your hands and clothing away from the roller in the output area after removing jammed paper The roller may suddenly rotate and catch your hands or clothing resulting in personal injur
115. not been specified yet do not enter any value but press the ENTER key on your keyboard Enter get defaults then press the ENTER key on your keyboard Fa The defaults file the list of the default values of the network settings is downloaded amp NOTE If the defaults file cannot be found Search for the defaults file using the file search function of your operating system The download directory for the defaults file varies depending on the operating system or settings 6 Enter put defaults CONFIG then press the ENTER Key on your keyboard Hu 623 705 Enter get reset then press the ENTER key on your keyboard After completing the reset of the printer s network board the network settings are initialized T The network settings are initialized also by restarting the printer Turn off the printer once wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it on Enter quit then press the ENTER key on your keyboard Enter exit then press the ENTER key on your keyboard Command Prompt closes 624 705 J 05 NetSpot Device Installer NetSpot Device Installer 1s the software to configure the basic protocol settings as well as display the statuses of various printers on a network Install the software on your computer or run the software directly from the supplied CD ROM e Types of Devices That Can Be Configured e NetSpot Device Installer System Requirements e Installing NetSpot Device Inst
116. order C COH Seial Pon O GM Sena Por LJ FILE Feriis Fide O usi Vies pria pest in Foi Seared TOP AP Pie The port is selected correctly The port is not Select the correct port selected correctly The port to be used Create the port cannot be found Specifying Standard TCP IP Port You changed the IP Create the port address Specifying Standard TCP IP Port You are using a port created by Manual Install the printer driver again 421 705 Setup on Windows Auto Setup Recommended Method Vista or Server 2008 lt lt Previous question Question 16 Is there any problem with the computer that is trying to print a document Check the following points e The printer is specified as the default printer e The TCP IP protocol is running e The users who can print are not restricted Restricting the Users Who Can Print with IP Addresses Nevertheless if printing does not work proceed to Question 17 gt Not printable lt lt Previous question Question 17 gt Is the unicast communication mode specified Checking and Specifying the Unicast Communication Mode The normal mode the broadcast communication mode is specified 422 105 The unicast mU Reset it to the normal mode or contact your network administrator communication mode Checking and Specifying the Unicast Communication Mode is specified lt lt Previous question Question
117. printer belongs Name e Input Example example com T In the following case DNS is to be used When performing name resolution using the SNTP server name to set the SNTP client function When you specify the SNTP server name Configuring the SNTP Settings Notifying the printer of the Time via an SNTP Server IMPORTANT DNS Dynamic Update DNS Dynamic Update is a function that adds the IP address of the device and the names specified as the host name and domain name to the DNS server automatically This function can be used in the environment in which a Dynamic DNS server is being used When using the DNS Dynamic Update function Y ou need to set the IP address host name and domain name of the DNS server For details on the procedure for setting a port when using DNS See Settings for Adding a Port or ask your network administrator 7 Proceed to Step 7 if you do not specify the settings for the other options 569 705 Configuring the WINS Settings 1 Specify the settings for WINS Settings Qe is x Ba Fi FPE urea e Pm Fh P cmn EJ cC BOE Z LS g rae scc nhal DHS Domain Fame WME Singa WINS Rerolutsan WINS Server Address WIFE Host Hame Scope ID FTP Settings d n DO I EHTP Server dams Fima ona a man es an If you want to use WINS Resolution 1 Set WINS Resolution to On 2 Enter the IP address of the WINS server in WINS Server Address 3 Enter the
118. printer properly e For details on handling the printer also read Handling e Do not place any objects other than printing paper on the printer trays or covers This may result in damage to the printer e Do not leave any covers open longer than required Exposing the printer to direct sunlight or strong light may result in deterioration in print quality e Avoid shaking the printer This may result in poor print quality or damage to the printer e Do not open the covers on the printer during printing This may result in damage to the printer e Handle each cover gently when opening or closing it Failure to do so may result in damage to the printer e f you want to put a cover on the printer to prevent dust from entering the printer turn the power off and allow the printer to cool down sufficiently before covering the printer e f you do not plan to use the printer for a long period of time unplug the power plug from the AC power outlet e Do not use or store the printer in a room where chemicals are used e The output tray and its surroundings become hot during or immediately after using the printer Do not touch the output tray and its surroundings when removing the jammed paper or performing the related operation 402 705 403 705 G 25 Location of the Serial Number Click the following link to view the contents Location of the Serial Number 404 705 H Troubleshooting Printer
119. printer s paper drawer cannot automatically detect the paper size Therefore you need to register the size of the loaded paper Install the printer driver and then register the paper size using the following procedure 82 705 1 Display the Printer Status Window Click di in the Windows task tray and then select the printer name NOTE When displaying the Printer Status Window from the printer driver Click El Display Printer Status Window in locations such as in the Page Setup sheet From the Options menu select Device Settings Drawer Settings Ey Canan LAPT Praa eih Praia Arnacectraborz Cerar lera Cpundar hirren iras Custa 1 REHE ej Ferd Serer lee raa NOTE When registering a paper size As you cannot register a paper size while printing is in progress make sure that the printer is idle before registering the paper size However you can register a paper size while one of the following messages is displayed e lt Specified Paper Different from Set Paper gt e lt Out of Paper gt 3 Register the paper size 1 Select the size of the paper loaded in the paper drawer e Drawer 1 The paper drawer supplied with the printer unit Drawer 2 The paper drawer of the optional paper feeder 2 Click OK IU 83 705 Loading Standard Size Paper Other Than Index Cards and Envelopes in the Multi purpose Tray The following standard size pape
120. rena EE Aidean fy Pred oad tons J Printer Tasks z m ipm a Bald 5 monies T Printing Fret sonne gl Sea rear printing a Sabes pirg Pii Ferre iei T harg uj Pays prirding bes ione Princes Offline dj Dara Eas printer serene Herz Sri Conse 3hartcuk Dalai DEI E MD Dein hic zer gi 5e perwer inaperties 3 Perform the following procedure 1 Display the Ports sheet 2 Click Add Port LE DIN FLU Pr pertks bere Stain Fais 1 Do keeper Geo Dee ga Fake as Cren LEFT Ei ie ihe haa pa Daa ual ard be thee irai Fes chackad poi same Ponder Ll FILE Peal te File O i58 toad peter pot n 2 E rabia binc cuppa JE pestle printer perenne 439 705 4 Select the port type E g 1 Select Standard TCP IP Port 2 Click New Port epo Taa 2 u Click Next Add Standard TOA Printoe Pari Wizard Welcome to the Add Standard TCP IP Printer Port Wizard Wit wean thet ead bo kd in quud Pin iac rece parti Bajona conirumg be sm Hui To conte chck Ned 6 Enter the IP address or name of the printer 1 Enter the IP address or name of the printer in Printer Name or IP Address The DNS name to be registered on the DNS server up to 78 characters 2 Click Next Add Standard TOANE Primior Pari Wizard Add Po Far vh ea din qeu a 50 acil a post Enter tha Prie Hera or IP akban ond s pst rana for
121. security access log is recorded when access from a user who Jobs is rejected to perform the TCP IP printing is blocked Rejected SNMP The security access log is recorded when access from a user who Monitoring Setting is rejected to monitor change the SNMP setting is blocked Changes Rejected Multicast The security access log is recorded when access from a user who Discoveries is rejected to perform the multicast discovery is blocked Click OK 700 705 J Prose U Carpe eariy hieraan LEDTATOC Hinaao later re Capire Fia Cee Aa Poet Teck rip Qe Oe Ff power cree O a us een E p Spee recur d Remote Ul The senings wl be changed as fake Adina tetrad or Piria Current Paseaord Hew Pasaward Confirm information Faanurns Lear FTF Acces Metak Joh Manager L iResmic Ues FTP Access Support Links E m a 7 IMPORTANT The number of security access logs that can be obtained Up to 100 logs can be obtained When the number of logs exceeds 100 the logs are deleted starting from the oldest one Checking the Security Access Logs You can check the obtained security access logs using the Remote UI It also allows you to save or clear the security access logs 1 Display the Printer Status Window Click i in the Windows task tray and then select the printer name NOTE When displaying the Printer Status Window from the printer driver Click Display Printer St
122. sheet 2 Select the Manual Scaling check box then specify an appropriate scale factor according to the paper size to be used 480 705 The position of the paper 1s incorrect C Solution Load the paper properly Loading Standard Size Paper Other Than Index Cards and Envelopes C Loading Index Cards a Loading Envelopes Loading Custom Size Paper Non Standard Size Paper A document with no margins was printed Solution 1 Data is printed with a margin of 5 mm 10 mm for envelopes Provide a margin around the data IMPORTANT When printing on Index Cards or envelopes Printing data in the entire printable area may result in a deterioration in print quality Adjust the data to a size slightly smaller than the printable area Solution 2 Perform the following procedure in the printer driver 1 Display the Finishing sheet 2 Click Advanced Settings 3 Set Print with Upper Left of Sheet as Starting Point to On However depending on the print data to be printed the edge of paper may be missing partly during printing or may blot during color printing The Printing Position Is Skewed Gutter 1s specified Solution Perform the following procedure in the printer driver 1 Display the Finishing sheet 2 Click Gutter 3 Set Gutter to 0 Top Margin and Paper Position in the application are not specified properly Solution Specify the settings for Top Margin and Pa
123. softrare tor yeu CanonLBP r Z1 Locate and install driver oftware recommended Wri vet Vel Gaia vnu throwghithe proces of incen dose sol tsane pede 3 i a loypur deis Ask me again later Varese Fal ark gan the eed ee qa pug is wor ee ae Hs an Don t shew this message again for this device Your damon will not fumecteen eet you inia dzscar wefbeare Cased IMPORTANT If you have previously installed the printer driver for this printer to your computer The printer driver is installed automatically without displaying the preceding dialog box If you want to update the printer driver or want to install it manually install the printer driver after uninstalling it once n Uninstalling the Printer Driver Using Canon LBP7210C Uninstaller NOTE If the User Account Control dialog box appears Click Continue If Allow Windows to search online for driver software for your CanonLBP7210C appears Click Don t search online Fd q Click I don t have the disc Show me other options E i F und Mas Hirden CanenL BETZIOC Insert the disc that came with your CanonL BP 7210 T yes hras the disc that came with yos desee inseri it ede Wiedees wil sitomar need the decor dris spon don t have the disc Show me other options D Click Browse my computer for driver software advanced 115 705 Windows caulda t find driver software for your device Check far a solution Windir wall chec
124. stress 1s being applied to the power outlet or the connection part e Applying a shock to the power connector e Do not use power cords other than the one provided as this can result in a fire or electrical shock e As a general rule do not use extension cords Using an extension cord may result in a fire or electrical shock A CAUTION e Do not use a power supply voltage other than that listed herein as this may result in a fire or electrical shock e Always grasp the power plug when unplugging the power plug Do not pull on the power cord as this may expose the core wire of the power cord or damage the cord insulation causing electricity to leak resulting in a fire or electrical shock e Leave sufficient space around the power plug so that it can be unplugged easily If objects are placed around the power plug you may be unable to unplug it in an emergency 9 705 10 705 A 03 Handling A WARNING e Do not disassemble or modify the printer There are high temperature and high voltage components inside the printer which may result in a fire or electrical shock e Electrical equipment can be hazardous if not used properly Do not allow children to touch the power cord cables internal gears or electrical parts e Ifthe printer makes an unusual noise or emits smoke heat or an unusual smell immediately turn off the power switch and disconnect the interface cables if they are connected Then unplug the power
125. take time to install the software depending on your environment Installation of the e Manual starts automatically after the printer driver installation Wait until the following screen disappears T It may take time to install the software depending on your environment Install Manuals Instaling the manjas wart a moment NOTE If you selected Custom Installation in Step 4 The e Manual is not installed 1 Check the installation results and then click Next a 931 705 install d we Piia Disgi kisballed ww Onkra Kamida Installed d TIER J Esdr Check the installation results shown above and then chek Mer NOTE If the printer driver is not installed properly Ihe Printer Driver Cannot Be Installed or Uninstalled 1 6 Restart your computer Li 1 Select the Restart Computer Now Recommended check box 2 Click Restart Exit CD ROM Setup NOTE Removing the CD ROM You can remove the CD ROM from the CD ROM drive after the installation 1s completed When viewing the e Manual aa Viewing the e Manual a searching for Information 532 705 Step 3 After the Installation The following icons folders etc are added to the following locations e Printers and Faxes folder Printers folder for Windows Vista and Server 2008 Printer icon for this printer e Task tray Printer Status Window icon EE 73 T The icon does not appear if you did not r
126. that Drawer 1 is set before printing e Remove the paper loaded in the multi purpose tray before closing it Also keep the multi purpose tray closed when it is not used 228 705 F 16 Output Tray e Output Tray e Paper Capacity of the Output Tray Output Tray Printed paper is output to the output tray on the top of the printer with the printed side facing down A CAUTION Keep your hands and clothing away from the roller in the output area Even if the printer is not printing the roller may suddenly rotate and catch your hands or clothing resulting in personal injury Precautions when removing jammed paper Printed paper may be hot immediately after being output Be careful when removing the paper and aligning the removed paper especially after continuous printing Failure to do so may result in burns O IMPORTANT Do not touch the paper until it is output completely during automatic 2 sided printing The paper is first output partially after the front side is printed and then it is fed again to be printed on the reverse side Do not touch the output tray and its surroundings when removing paper The area surrounding the output tray is hot during and immediately after printing Do not touch the area surrounding the output tray when removing paper or clearing a paper jam 229 705 NOTE If the message lt Output Tray Is Full gt appears If the message lt Output Tray Is Full gt appears in the Printer S
127. the Options menu a EG Canas LASTUN Praa eih Prahaa Ana Corres ian Counter informatie iin Cavia altigi The Remote UI is displayed 643 705 NOTE If you cannot select Remote UI You cannot select Remote UI if the printer and computer cannot communicate via a network When starting the Remote UI directly from a web browser Remote UI 3 Log in as Administrator oO 1 Enter a password in Administrator Password 2 Click Log In E TETTE TIE Lil I ip LP d ED IE EFIrETEE TESTS TMITETE 38 3 1 IET Fia rk ieee Poets Teck iip Ome Q x E f eet Gee A n 3 deese ME mp VHE o0 20 5 ca abe Remote Ul Top Page Device Status The princes is ready Device Hamer t4 Product Hame LB 7210C e 0 JO Lus e Paper Infarmatian Swine hi anocer E Papes Sauce Jcb Maneger Multi Purpose Tray NOTE If the administrator password is not set It 1s not required to enter any value in Administrator Password Setting and Changing the Administrator Password 4 Select Information from the Device Manager menu Li 644 705 a 17 mu ii nizrmalti TH BI Our M HI Fia rk Ven fasten Took Piip m O Ma PUE A Miba ii ip EXC ERE aar nz aft Remote Ll Garge In anmmaiian Device Hame Lezcation Stans Administrator i C omimer sz Fass Ten Mantfacturar CANOL Product Name LEPT2100 EE hd Tick eT
128. the dither pattern of the printer are interfering with one another Solution 1 Print again without specifying a shaded pattern in the application see the instruction manual supplied with the application Solution 2 Perform the following procedure in the printer driver 1 Display the Quality sheet 2 Click Settings 3 Set Color Halftones or B amp W Halftones to Gradation or Color Tone 478 705 Photographs etc Are Printed in Different Colors from Those Displayed on the Monitor Cause The methods for adjusting the color on the screen RGB and in the printer Y MC are different Therefore the color on the screen may not be printed out exactly as it appears Solution 1 Perform the following procedure in the printer driver Display the Quality sheet select the Manual Color Settings check box Click Color Settings Display the Matching sheet Set Matching Method to Perceptual Monitor Color Matched Solution 2 Perform the following procedure in the printer driver Display the Quality sheet select the Manual Color Settings check box Click Color Settings Display the Matching sheet Select Gamma Adjustment from Matching Mode Change the gamma value for Gamma amp NOTE About the gamma adjustment The higher the gamma value the darker the colors in the image become when printed Fill Patterns and Borders Are Not Printed in the Correct Color Spec
129. the instruction manual supplied with the application 2 Open the printing preferences dialog box 1 Select this printer 2 Click Properties or Preferences 279 705 Piris Tope Cans LEFTZIOC 1 Pied Fare Pap Es ar DET Eu lur 2 Suto Extat ral Carden Chesees Papas sace by POF page dps Di Print to fle Li iii ip Rita Te NE 3 Specify the setting for Page Layout 1 Display the Page Setup sheet 2 Select the number of pages to be printed on one sheet F Ceman LEP H Praspar flew 1 Pape iure Gusty BP oen sete d Pmi ull Page ii Dulpil Spes Carers Detar Page Lai Mhi Semi 2 NOTE If you cannot specify the setting If Spooling at Host in the Device Settings sheet is set to Disabled Page Layout is grayed out and cannot be specified see Changing the Setting for Spooling at Host and change the setting for Spooling at Host to Auto Using Preview to specify the setting for Page Layout You can also specify the setting for Page Layout using Preview 280 705 Using Preview to Configure the Printing Preferences A Specify the page order layout on paper B Canon LP 210E Properties Page Sup inhi Paper Seas Du Prete JP Cala dating d Pint NOTE About the options for Page Order Match Page ira iz iet A amp Fonsi A CiLadmaps NEN
130. the setting for Color Mode 1 Display the Quality sheet 2 Select Black and White Cosa LHP 721IK Print ing Praha cies Ia uipi Minh d Piri Darga CAD Tien roce i used ihn pamding dapres in general o J tam ame we e NOTE Using Preview to specify the setting for Color Mode You can also specify the setting for Color Mode using Preview Using Preview to Configure the Printing Preferences A Confirm the settings then click OK Li The Print dialog box reappears m Click OK or Print 283 705 0 The printer starts printing 284 705 F 24 Printing Data with Different Orientations in the Same Job When printing a document with pages in different orientations in the same job you can specify the paper alignment and gutter settings for output f E U V ihn 1 Select Print from the File menu in the application E E an en a i Exi NOTE About the printing procedure The printing procedure may differ depending on the application you are using For details on the printing procedures see the instruction manual supplied with the application 2 Open the printing preferences dialog box fe 1 Select this printer 2 Click Properties or Preferences 285 705 Pied Erge eu Chsese Pape Source by POF pape aps L Print to il
131. then click Printer Windows Server 2008 From the Start menu select Control Panel and then double click Printers 2 Right click the icon for this printer and then select Properties from the pop up menu i 3 Display the Ports sheet Li 4 Check whether the port to be used is selected properly 74 amp cmon LEPA DC Properties Bere Shaw POS Agassi Cou Hasap Device Seftings Phofile 4 Canon LEFI Eri te the Febr perd ell Deere iil ind te thee ina Fes chackad proi Pari Dacngecn Iris Ll COM Saido O Go Send Pc Ll FILE Pew te Fie Ll usa Vrbs pria paca 5c L P 1 Sundad TCPA Pon 438 705 H 18 Specifying Standard TCP IP Port IMPORTANT If you are using Windows Vista or Server 2008 You cannot use Standard TCP IP Port to be created here Uninstall the printer driver and then install the printer driver again from CD ROM Setup Uninstalling the Printer Driver Using Canon LBP7210C Uninstaller Auto Setup Recommended Method 1 Open the Printers and Faxes or Printers folder e Windows XP Professional and Server 2003 From the Start menu select Printers and Faxes e Windows XP Home Edition From the Start menu select Control Panel and then click Printers and Other Hardware Printers and Faxes 2 Right click the icon for this printer and then select Properties from the pop up menu 0 File de Wan Fate Took lp c F x Search gt
132. trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and or other countries e Ethernet is a trademark of Xerox Corporation e Other product and company names herein may be the trademarks of their respective owners Copyright e Copyright 2012 by Canon Inc All rights reserved e No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying and recording or by any information storage or retrieval system without the prior written permission of Canon Inc Disclaimer 20 705 e The information in this manual is subject to change without notice e CANON INC MAKES NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND WITH REGARD TO THIS MATERIAL EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED EXCEPT AS PROVIDED HEREIN INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THEREOF WARRANTIES AS TO MARKETABILITY MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OF USE OR AGAINST INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENT CANON INC SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY NATURE OR LOSSES OR EXPENSES RESULTING FROM THE USE OF THIS MATERIAL 21 705 B 02 Legal Limitations on the Usage of Your Product and the Use of Images Using your product to scan print or otherwise reproduce certain documents and the use of such images as scanned printed or otherwise reproduced by your product may be prohibited by law and may result in criminal and or civil liability A non exhaustive list of thes
133. want to delete 2 Click Delete 17m a LII i ISTIS Sg FI Fia Cot ere Poe Tech Pip Qe o0 9 B 6 Dawn dre 3 5 MAC Address Access Settings Po Restic MAC Address Access Pent Spedied Aderesses Regel Soecitied Address MAC Acres 1 UjPeeberdd O Security Access Log Saingi ctess Logs oon Da O Raerd TORI Print Jobs O Piejartudi SNMP Monhonng Scthing Changes 9 Click OK 691 705 EpTIOC RE nme nier ral IET E Q Q id id f Pan drm i a ades M met FID aun 215 anri Remote Ul Change Security Information The satinga wil be changed as faikava amp lraalgratnr Paar Spas Confirm CRA d Uer FTP Access EJ Informar on ob Hanger 692 705 J 16 Restricting the FTP Access from End users You can restrict the FTP Client access from end users using the following software e Web browser Remote UI You can specify the settings by accessing the printer from your web browser via the network e FTP Client You can specify the settings by accessing the FTP server of the printer using Command Prompt This section describes the procedure for specifying the settings using a web browser Remote UI NOTE Specifying the settings using FTP Client aa FIP Client 1 Display the Printer Status Window Click ti in the Windows task tray and then select the printer name NOTE When displaying the Printer Status Window from the print
134. wiser LA E di Wy ates rewi fyusmPeper See I Fagg pbors l Festive Del ais uw _ Hew NOTE For details on the settings See Help How to Use Help Confirm the settings then click OK The default values for printing preferences are changed The Printers and Faxes folder or the Printers folder reappears 190 705 F 07 Various Sheets in the Printer Driver You can switch among the sheets in the printer driver by clicking the tabs across the top of the dialog box This section describes the sheets to be displayed Opening the printing preferences dialog box in an application Page desing 9 Pledues ie Pales Wied 7 Aur Va aia are Cares Cl Ciia Paper Suae lay POE pines sige ZG WEN HTLSR Tm rame ees mum um e Page Setup Sheet e Finishing Sheet e Paper Source Sheet e Quality Sheet Opening the printing preferences dialog box from the Printers and Faxes or Printers folder when selecting Printing Preferences ig e ara erg ia Sea ica ica nere dd rum reg dg ers LG endum 3 TEL epii l m orks t Hes peret dE 4 pv pipers e Page Setup Sheet e Finishing Sheet e Paper Source Sheet e Quality Sheet Opening the printing preferences dialog box from the Printers and Faxes or Printers folder 191 705 when Properties 1s selected E Cann LAPT Ppaerlizs r ieri Zhadug Pzdi cbanzad CokrManagacam
135. you perform calibration or correction of Out of Register Colors The print server for when the printer is shared on a network 1 Display the Printer Status Window Click ti in the Windows task tray and then select the printer name NOTE When displaying the Printer Status Window from the printer driver Click Display Printer Status Window in locations such as in the Page Setup sheet 345 705 2 From the Options menu select Device Settings Startup Settings ET EE ELIT Prairies Uei Prahaa Ana Cornearasle r biam aay infanratce Em Drs Satire TEF Settings of he Cancel Job es Ashesh Frisia Fe Satti Hihat nrg Fre lab inirarusimr Jscumard Hara Li M Lignes Hii 3 You can configure the printer operation for immediately after the printer is turned on 1 Select whether or not to perform calibration or correction of Out of Register Colors Execute Later Only correction of a phenomenon of Out of Register Colors 1s performed on completion of the first printing after the printer 1s turned on Execute Only correction of a phenomenon of Out of Register Colors is Immediately performed immediately after the printer is turned on Level 1 Execute Calibration and correction of Out of Register Colors are performed Immediately immediately after the printer is turned on Level 2 2 Click OK ETE TEITTERET d EI IMPORTANT When E
136. 0 705 D IMPORTANT Be sure to load paper in portrait orientation Be sure to check the position of the paper guides If the paper guide is set at a wrong position this may result in misfeeds Paper drawer capacity Paper Type Paper Capacity Plain paper Ex 80 g m7 Approx 250 sheets Heavy paper Ex 91 g m Approx 200 sheets Heavy paper Ex 128 g m Approx 150 sheets Label Approx 50 sheets Coated paper Approx 50 sheets When using paper that has been poorly cut If you use paper that has been poorly cut multiple sheets of paper may be fed at once In this case fan the paper thoroughly and then align the edges of the stack properly on a hard flat surface NOTE When printing paper with a letterhead or logo See Paper Loading Orientation and load the paper in the proper orientation Hold down the paper then set it under the hooks A on the paper guides Make sure that the paper stack does not exceed the load limit mark lines B 81 705 IMPORTANT Do not load the paper stack which exceeds the load limit mark lines Be sure that the paper stack does not exceed the load limit mark lines If the paper stack exceeds the load limit mark lines this may result in misfeeds 6 Insert the paper drawer into the printer Push it into the printer firmly A CAUTION Precautions when inserting the paper drawer Be careful not to catch your fingers Step 2 Registering the Paper Size This
137. 0 mm Step 1 Loading Envelopes in the Paper Drawer Step 2 Registering the Size of Paper D IMPORTANT Loading orientation of envelopes Load envelopes in the correct orientation as follows m Feeding direction Envelope No 10 COM10 Envelope C5 and Envelope DL With the front side facing up Close the flap and load envelope Envelope B5 With the front side facing up Close the flap and load envelope Detailed information about usable paper Usable Paper and Unusable Paper Handling the paper drawer 247 705 a Paper Source NOTE How to load envelopes in Drawer 2 optional paper feeder Load the paper in Drawer 2 in the same manner as you load the paper in Drawer 1 Step 1 Loading Envelopes in the Paper Drawer Pull out the paper drawer A CAUTION Be sure to remove the paper drawer If paper is loaded while the paper drawer is partially pulled out the paper drawer may drop or the printer may become damaged resulting in personal injury _ Align the envelopes 1 Place the stack of envelopes on a flat surface flatten them to release any remaining air and be sure that the edges are pressed tightly 248 705 2 Loosen any stiff corners of the envelopes and flatten curls as shown in the figure J CAUTION Be careful when handling envelopes Handle envelopes carefully not to cut your hands with the edges of the envelopes 4 Load the envelopes so tha
138. 0C Properties Page Saal Fre Ja 1 sce Dual i 1Prpi in D iaat O riara Binding Loceson H Long Edge Lai NOTE Using Preview to specify 2 sided Printing You can specify 2 sided Printing using Preview Using Preview to Configure the Printing Preferences 6 Specify the settings for Paper Source and Paper Type 1 Display the Paper Source sheet 2 Select the paper source you want to use 3 Select the type of the paper loaded in the paper source 276 705 at Canon LP 210E I raperbies Sas Paraama WO File LETTETT v m Emi Chote st Hai d d Fii uw JE P 1 1 Ba Sonic J tmm spes ca AN Pues ku Papa Type Pini Face np Oi Pages shan Piring home the Hulapi Tene Firg Condes Fintra path Ba Hulbpurpoas Taur estos Daraus x Cca Ee NOTE When printing paper of a type other than plain paper from the paper drawer Select Drawer 1 or Drawer 2 optional in Paper Source T If you select Auto you cannot print from the paper drawer Paper is fed from the multi purpose tray About Paper Type Specify the setting according to the paper type as follows Paper Type Setting for Paper Type in the Printer Driver 60 to 74 g m Plain Paper L Plain paper 70 to 90 g m Plain Paper 86 to 119 g m Heavy Paper 1 Heavy paper 120 to 128 g m Heavy Paper 2 129 to 163 g m Heavy Paper 3 100 to 110 g m Coated
139. 1 Coated Paper 120 to 130 g m Coated 2 155 to 165 g m Coated 3 Lif you want to print paper of 70 to 74 g m you can specify either of Plain Paper or Plain Paper I 2 If you want to print paper of 86 to 90 g m you can specify either of Plain Paper or Heavy Paper fr 3 If either setting causes the following problems etc specify the other setting to print e Output paper curls e Residual images appear on non printed areas e The toner does not fix onto paper well and the printing comes out faint 217 7 105 Confirm the settings then click OK The Print dialog box reappears Click OK or Print The printer starts printing 278 705 F 22 Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet You can print multiple pages on one sheet This is a printing method which 1s referred to as intensive printing or N page Print M t O IMPORTANT About the application function to print a document as a collated set of copies Some applications provide a function to print a document as a collated set of copies Do not use this function when printing multiple pages on one sheet The document may not be printed properly 1 Select Print from the File menu in the application Lo eer ano en ae bel NOTE About the printing procedure The printing procedure may differ depending on the application you are using For details on the printing procedures see
140. 1s clicked will be printed About print jobs from other users You can also cancel print jobs from other users 188 705 F 06 Changing the Default Values for Printing Preferences The printing preferences that are specified in Printing Basic Procedure apply only to jobs to be printed from the same application Exiting the application resets the changed settings to the default settings You can change the default values for printing preferences which apply to all jobs using the following procedure 1 Open the Printers and Faxes or Printers folder Li Windows XP Professional and Server 2003 From the Start menu select Printers and Faxes Windows XP Home Edition From the Start menu select Control Panel and then click Printers and Other Hardware Printers and Faxes Windows Vista From the Start menu select Control Panel and then click Printer Windows Server 2008 From the Start menu select Control Panel and then double click Printers Right click the icon for this printer then select Printing Preferences from the pop up menu Pie dk Wa Peeks Took Pen Pouce Pone Taig ie Prini Tire 3 Specify the default value for printing preferences in the Page Setup Finishing Paper Source and Quality sheets 189 705 Canon LIN 210C Frintieg Prelerences t JJ Janus Scan Dede icc vai TT ee
141. 3 From the Start menu select Control Panel Network Connections Local Area Connection Windows Vista From the Start menu select Control Panel and then click View network status and tasks Manage network connections e Windows Server 2008 From the Start menu select Control Panel double click Network and Sharing Center and then click Manage network connections 2 Display the Local Area Connection Properties dialog box a e Windows XP Vista and Server 2008 Right click the Local Area Connection icon then select Properties from the pop up menu e Windows Server 2003 Click Properties 126 705 i Local Aurea Connection Status NOTE If the User Account Control dialog box appears Windows Vista and Server 2008 Click Continue 3 Make sure that File and Printer Sharing for Microsoft Networks is selected 1 Make sure that the File and Printer Sharing for Microsoft Networks check box 1s selected If the check box 1s not selected select it 2 Click OK Lacal Area Connection Proper dies Daad umani smon Advanced Coraci urg W HA PR VE H h Deere far cannechen ume Hus Ebr mene fn c W hian Pode P ww wmm Demim Alia her compuleng lo O ES e DUE rT unm alcrpcad rE Sey eso in akn ora eho connec z Hoi ree iiber Pris coninesotlon has lied a neo onenecisiy Step 2 Sharing the Printer operating system Pri
142. 412 705 H 08 Printing Does Not Work Question 1 Is the printer turned on Off Turn on the printer Cannot be turned on There Is a Problem with the Printer Power Supply Question 2 Check the indicators on the printer unit Toner Indicator 413 705 Load Paper Indicator Paper Jam Indicator Alarm Indicator Ready Indicator lt lt Previous question The Ready indicator is on The Ready a lp The printer 1s operating Please wait a moment indicator is blinking The Toner indicator is ui 2 Replacing Toner Cartridges on or blinking a Loading Standard Size Paper Other Than Index Cards and Envelopes The _ Load Paper Loading Index Cards indicator is blinking Loading Envelopes Loading Custom Size Paper Non Standard Size Paper The 5 Paper Jam Paper J indicator is blinking ar The Alarm MAD 2 he Alarm Indicator Is On indicator is on The Alarm m ACD s The Alarm Indicator Is Blinking indicator is blinking lt lt Previous question Question 3 gt How are the printer and computer connected With a USB cable 414 705 To Question 112 6 Via the print server client To Question 21 6 Question 4 gt Is the USB cable connected properly lt lt Previous question Try the following points e If you are using a hub connect the printer to the computer directly e f you are using a lo
143. 5 705 J 06 Setting and Changing the Administrator Password You can set the administrator password using the following software e Web browser Remote UI You can specify the settings by accessing the printer from your web browser via the network e FTP Client You can specify the settings by accessing the FTP server of the printer using Command Prompt e NetSpot Device Installer You can specify the settings using the Canon software NetSpot Device Installer in the supplied CD ROM Only the administrator user who know the password can configure the settings or perform the operations related to the printer management by setting the administrator password Also the administrator password can be changed anytime This section describes the procedure for specifying the settings using a web browser Remote UI e Setting the Administrator Password e Changing the Administrator Password amp NOTE Specifying the settings using FTP Client aa FIP Client Specifying the settings using NetSpot Device Installer a NetSpot Device Installer Setting the Administrator Password Display the Printer Status Window Click di in the Windows task tray and then select the printer name NOTE When displaying the Printer Status Window from the printer driver Click H j Display Printer Status Window in locations such as in the Page Setup sheet 2 Select Remote UI from the Options menu
144. A5 148 0 mm x 210 0 mm Plain paper 60 to 90 g m Legal 8 50 in x 14 00 in Letter 8 50 in x 11 00 in Executive 7 25 in x 10 50 in Foolscap 8 50 in x 13 00 in Statement 5 50 in x 8 50 in Heavy paper 86 to 163 g m Label A4 210 0 mm x 297 0 mm Coated paper Letter 8 50 in x 11 00 in Step 1 Loading Paper in the Paper Drawer Step 2 Registering the Size of Paper IMPORTANT Detailed information about usable paper Usable Paper and Unusable Paper Handling the paper drawer x Paper Source NOTE How to load paper in Drawer 2 optional paper feeder Load the paper in Drawer 2 in the same manner as you load the paper in Drawer 1 77 705 Step 1 Loading Paper in the Paper Drawer 1 Pull out the paper drawer A CAUTION Be sure to remove the paper drawer If paper is loaded while the paper drawer is partially pulled out the paper drawer may drop or the printer may become damaged resulting in personal injury Slide the paper guides to the position of the size of the paper to be loaded A d Slide the side paper guides 1 Hold the lock release lever 2 Slide the paper guides to the position of the size of the paper to be loaded T Align the position of A with the size mark of the paper to be loaded T The side paper guides move together Slide the paper guide at the front center 1 Hold the lock release lever 78 705 2 Slide the paper guides to
145. Addresses or Reject Specified Addresses Fia rk Ver Pere Took Q OQ i3 f Arm remm i a a dee LAE itp EC oun 205 rai od recurbs deci d zt SELL a LI C large 5e arg aloe ni EprTIDOC Hirm Ii rel ET El MAC Address Access Settings Security Access Log Setiings Access Loge On OR Log Types L Pepacted TCAF Print Jobs O Riojacted SHME Monitonng Seting Changes a IMPORTANT When Permit Specified Addresses is selected You cannot access from an unauthorized MAC address Therefore confirm the MAC address when entering it If there 1s no corresponding MAC address you cannot access the network In this case you can access the network by initializing the network settings Initializing the Network Settings ea Set the MAC address E 1 Enter the MAC address of a device of which you want to permit or reject to access Enter twelve digit alphanumeric characters as 0123456789ab without separating them with hyphen or colon 2 Click Add 690 705 MAG Address Access Settings zi Rerstri ea MAC Address Access Pent Specied Addresses 5 RegecI Spec fed Addresses MAC Addresses Security Access Log Saftingg Access Logs D n iof Log Types O Pejacted TEA Print Jobs O Pigactad SYMP Manimnng Serng Changes NOTE The number of MAC addresses that can be set Up to 20 MAC addresses can be set When deleting a set MAC address 1 Select a MAC address you
146. All Programs Canon LBP7210C LBP7210C e Manual Installing the e Manual Installing the e Manual Viewing the e Manual from the CD ROM 1 Insert the supplied CD ROM User Software into the CD ROM drive of your computer If the CD ROM is already in the drive eject the disk and reinsert it into the drive CD ROM Setup appears T It may take time to display CD ROM Setup depending on your environment NOTE If CD ROM Setup does not appear Display it using the following procedure The CD ROM drive name is indicated as D in this manual The CD ROM drive name may differ depending on the computer you are using e Windows XP and Server 2003 1 From the Start menu select Run 31 705 2 Enter D English MInst exe and then click OK e Windows Vista and Server 2008 1 Enter D English MInst exe in Start Search under the Start menu 2 Press the ENTER key on the keyboard If the AutoPlay dialog box appears Windows Vista and Server 2008 Click Run AUTORUN EXE If the User Account Control dialog box appears Windows Vista and Server 2008 Click Continue 2 Click Display Manuals Canon LBP7210C BRR DPE PIPERERER EER RRR RRR RPP EERE ERR Ras CD ROM Setup YOU Caninstal software programs atc on this screen Select a manu on the right 3 Click fant Tr Display Manuals Display Bias m Re Yau can view manuals on this scre
147. Also do not place heavy objects on the power cord or pull on or excessively bend it as this can cause electrical damage resulting in fire or electrical shock Keep the power cord away from all heat sources Failure to do so can cause the power cord insulation to melt resulting in a fire or electrical shock e The power cord should not be taut as this may lead to a loose connection and cause overheating which could result in a fire e The power cord may become damaged if it is stepped on fixed with staples or if heavy objects are placed on it Continued use of a damaged power cord can lead to an accident such as a fire or electrical shock e Do not plug or unplug the power plug with wet hands as this can result in electrical shock e Do not plug the power cord into a multiplug power strip as this can result in a fire or electrical shock e Do not bundle up or tie up the power cord in a knot as this can result in a fire or electrical shock e Insert the power plug completely into the AC power outlet Failure to do so can result in a fire or electrical shock e f excessive stress is applied to the connection part of the power cord it may damage the power cord or the wires inside the machine may disconnect This could result in a fire Avoid the following situations e Connecting and disconnecting the power cord frequently e Tripping over the power cord e The power cord is bent near the connection part and continuous
148. Casselis 1 A The names of each paper source B The icons that indicate the amount of paper remaining in each paper source C The sizes of paper in each paper source 4 Consumables Displays the status of the toner cartridges of each color The contents and solutions of the messages are as follows Message Contents and Solutions 205 705 Available Replacement Needed Soon Replace Cartridge Check Cartridge Insert Cartridge gt Continue using as normal You can continue to print Have ready a new toner cartridge of the indicated color It is recommended that you replace the toner cartridge before printing a large amount of data When the black toner cartridge has reached the end of its life the printer stops printing and you cannot continue the job When any of the toner cartridges other than black has reached the end of its life you can print only in black and white Replace the toner cartridge of the indicated color with a new one The printer stops printing Toner cartridges with print quality that cannot be guaranteed or used toner cartridges that have reached their lifetime may be inserted Continuing to use these cartridges may cause a malfunction so replacing these cartridges with new cartridges 1s recommended The printer stops printing Install the toner cartridges in the correct positions Features Page c Ec U Feature ERU RETE acest beiee Exg
149. Click Properties or Preferences 341 705 per gt Fini Range Prev al E 20837 3 C Cune yere Jimmi page CPs for 7 subest osse in laege Gheeet Paper Souice by POF page sige L Print to il Printing Tes 3 Display the Color Settings dialog box E 1 Display the Quality sheet 2 Select the Manual Color Settings check box 3 Click Color Settings af Lanon Li Flo I raperites E iro 1 Fille JT Daad Sar AXI ES Chitra j mined E Ed wd Preces 2 Dhe C Itdan Fiarzari adze sarar Designe CARH Th i moda ti uied aem prinia decent general dc uod Aude Cok 6 k 2 e i ee ee 4 Specify the setting for Matching Mode 1 Display the Matching sheet 2 Select Gamma Adjustment 342 705 5 Specify the setting for Gamma re 1 Select a value for gamma The larger the number is the darker in color the data is printed 2 Confirm the settings then click OK 2 a ne The Quality sheet reappears 6 Click OK The Print dialog box reappears Click OK or Print LI The printer starts printing 343 705 F 41 Calibrating the Printer Perform calibration when the color has changed and the data 1s not printed in the correct colors specified colors or in other cases e Calibrating the Printer Immediately Manual Calibration e Auto
150. Click the following link to view the contents Adjusting the Color 387 705 G 17 Matching the Color on the Display Click the following link to view the contents Matching the Color on the Display 388 705 G 18 Calibrating the Printer Click the following link to view the contents Calibrating the Printer 389 705 G 19 Correcting Out of Register Colors Click the following link to view the contents Correcting Out of Register Colors 390 705 G 20 Cleaning the Inside of the Printer e Cleaning the Fixing Roller Cleaning 1 e Cleaning the Transfer Belt Cleaning 2 Cleaning the Fixing Roller Cleaning 1 If the printed paper has smudge marks clean the fixing roller using the following procedure IMPORTANT Have A4 size plain paper ready The fixing roller cannot be cleaned with any plain paper other than A4 Be sure to load A4 size plain paper when cleaning the fixing roller 1 Load A4 size plain paper in the multi purpose tray or paper drawer Loading Standard Size Paper Other Than Index Cards and Envelopes 9 Display the Printer Status Window Click ti in the Windows task tray and then select the printer name NOTE When displaying the Printer Status Window from the printer driver Click 831 Display Printer Status Window in locations such as in the Page Setup sheet 3 From the Options menu
151. EPIUS LESTIE TES JL ETETI Fie nk Yen feas Took Help G O d BG Pao perme 0 A SR Aihm B Bet po M H fcfe cag ad mddrmenmam mi once AlRestict SHME Minii aiy Changes Pami Specified Addressas C Reject Spacifiad Addressas IP Addresses Ey semicening Fed Sekien Lani Addas A iu rna da vei ofl rogum F zldrnwmurw mi mer OR stict Musicast Discovery Gies pond bo Spaced IP Addresses CH Do Mot Respond to Sec Hier Aridi pecs IP Addresses m Dein Fia Lk eno Porte s Qe O DBA Pan prom O S Ei udceinis ii ep IG n 2 qm Em GO Parmi Spediad Addresses Raed Spec Med Addresses mius pg Pood Sede Lot Are E mhis In nad nil uri ud I rt pat y A IRERAEX A DETE 3 Restri ct Mullcast Discovery amp Respond to Speciagd ir Addregsae Do Mot Respond to Specified Addresses IP Addresses Permit Specified Only users specified in IP Addresses can monitor and change Addresses the settings Reject Specified Users specified in IP Addresses cannot monitor and change Addresses the settings 1 Set the IP address 1 Enter the IP address of a computer of which you want to permit or reject to monitor and change the settings using the SNMP protocol T Enter the IP address by separating the numbers with period for example AAA BBB CCC DDD 2 Click Add 678 705 UDRRD bose ler re Capi
152. Executive EXEC B5 JIS B5 J When loading labels or coated paper fan them a few sheets at a time and then align the edges m 233 705 Thoroughly fan in Tap the edges on a flat small batches surface a few times A CAUTION Be careful when handling paper Handle paper carefully not to cut your hands with the edges of the paper IMPORTANT Be careful when handling labels or coated paper e f you are using labels or coated paper fan them thoroughly and load them again If they are not fanned enough multiple sheets of paper may be fed at once causing paper jams e When fanning or aligning coated paper try to hold the edges to avoid touching the printing surface e Take care not to mark or stain the printing surface of coated paper with fingerprints dust or oil This may result in poor print quality Load the paper so that the edges of the stacked paper are aligned with the front side of the paper drawer A CAUTION Be careful when handling paper Handle paper carefully not to cut your hands with the edges of the paper 234 705 D IMPORTANT Be sure to load paper in portrait orientation Be sure to check the position of the paper guides If the paper guide is set at a wrong position this may result in misfeeds Paper drawer capacity Paper Type Paper Capacity Plain paper Ex 80 g m Approx 250 sheets Heavy paper Ex 91 g m Approx 200 sheets Heavy paper Ex 128 g m App
153. Faia e Fire Maye 27 Aut Botte seal Corte L heces Fapa usce by PDF page sige Di Print to fle Lili ram iii rib rete NE 3 Select a watermark FW 1 Display the Page Setup sheet 2 Select the Watermark check box 3 Select the character string to be printed as a watermark at Canon LPT Froperhies rese fs 1 Paper Source Qualis DE ir Otel 9 Aw cpu Maid d Pint asl Page ics idl i T p uir Sure Mitch Paga Se La Lacan iz Heti werd der A i Possit AJ CI Laxirrapa Page Lisci 1 en iw Manual Scales Barbera i Hamer CONFIDE H TI w 3 L1 m Paper Sos Pags piora Coa Ce NOTE If you cannot select the Watermark check box If Spooling at Host in the Device Settings sheet is set to Disabled Watermark is grayed out and cannot be specified See Changing the Setting for Spooling at Host and change the setting for Spooling at Host to Auto A Confirm the settings then click OK The Print dialog box reappears 309 705 Click OK or Print The printer starts printing Adding Editing or Deleting a Watermark 1 Display the Edit Watermark dialog box Li 1 Display the Page Setup sheet 2 Select the Watermark check box 3 Click Edit Watermark Canon LIP 210E Properties 1 Paper Spare Du Fiais AT Diad Jir b aga crpul Hasc r Pii 3 T Paga jos ad L uipa Sire Match Page S
154. Faxes e Windows Vista From the Start menu select Control Panel and then click Printer Windows Server 2008 From the Start menu select Control Panel and then double click Printers 7 Right click the icon for this printer then select Printing Preferences from the pop up menu 270 705 FH Fie Fd o ua Faecebep Took o Help Qe O di Dtm ore Aeadrome iy Peers ond Panes Frirrr Tasis B d nm Ml Dea eta printing Saks peindre zl rence Ed See piring d Dears ais priim Mj seram thes orice St Dalis hi pinta T 1 bel prre nep s 3 Display the Custom Paper Size Settings dialog box 1 Display the Page Setup sheet 2 Click Custom Paper Size M Canon LISP 2 TOC LISTO D Prelerences rese je 1 mme ay J COMAIDEH THA Som EEEF E EU Ba XB 13732153 100 mm 7E2 9 21558 zm map Bein PLI Name of Custom Paper Size Enter the name of the custom paper size to be added Up to 31 characters can be entered Unit Select the unit to be used when setting the custom paper size Paper Size Specify the height and width of the custom paper size Height Width Specify the custom paper size in portrait orientation Height Width within user definable sizes 271 705 Register the custom paper size 1 Click Register 2 Confirm that the registered custom paper size 1s added to Paper List 3 Click OK
155. Fla rk Ven ferte Took tip Q O d 2 De dre 3 5 interface Fast Ethernet 1061 Od Baca T Etharrat Driver Setting Auto Debect MAC Addreaa 1 oo 8S D F1 ms bay Fiemme Ii ani he Fastures I oe Hapsork interface Mame i HELECZ Job Manager Vario 1XX support Links aj After completing the reset of the printer s network board the settings are effective The settings also become effective by restarting the printer Turn off the printer once wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it on 574 705 1 06 Setting Items The following are the setting items which you can change by using a web browser Remote UI FTP Client or NetSpot Device Installer e General Settings e TCP IP Settings NOTE About the item names In the following table the characters shown in parentheses are exclusively for FTP Client For example Device Name SYS NAME is displayed differently as follows depending on the application Web browser Remote UI Device Name NetSpot Device Installer Device Name e config file of FTP Client SYS NAME About the annotations tate Lay Wee 20 The asterisk marks and attached to the end of some option names indicate the following 1 Cannot be specified using NetSpot Device Installer Specify these options using the Remote UI or FTP Chient 2 Can be specified using FTP Client only General Settings Item Description Defau
156. HMF 3 3 TCFIIP Prin ing Artes Restriction z IF hRddiekksk SMP Maniteringi amp eting Changes Atter Rapira IF Sodresees Mullicast Discovery Acter Restriction IF amp ddressess MAS Adgddrass ccekEg Access Restrictions MAS Addresses Access Logs Log Types 649 705 Mnt Resmictad Pamit Specd ed Addresses Met Reinet Pami Spacilieg Aciressaes Ko Rays ted Respond to Spacdhed IP Addrezzez E Ho Acard Pore Speciied Addresses 1 Device Information Displays general information about the printer T How to change the settings specifying and Changing the Device Name or Administrator Information 2 Language Displays the display language currently being used in the Remote UI T How to change the settings Remote UI 3 Security Displays information about the security settings such as the administrator password and the access restrictions T How to change the settings Setting and Changing the Administrator Password Restricting the Users Who Can Print with IP Addresses Restricting the Users Who Can Access with MAC Addresses Restricting the Users Who Can Monitor and Change the Settings Using the SNMP Protocol Restricting the Users Who Can Perform Multicast Discovery n Restricting the FTP Access from End users 4 Display Log Clicking this button displays the Security Access Log page that allows you to display or save the obtain
157. IP address Allows you to set the IP address directly Enter the IP address by separating the numbers with a period for example AAA BBB CCC DDD 2 Click OK amp NOTE When using DHCP A DHCP server must be started 527 105 For more details on configuring the DHCP server ask your network administrator 3 Add LBP7210C to Printer List for Driver Installation 1 Select LBP7210C 2 Click Add 2 CAPT Printor Geeeer Setup Wizard tech Pers bo rr di wget the prian zz acc ard then check A Marca Seach bry fidens A Proceed to Step 10 1 Perform the following procedure 1 If you want to specify the settings for printer information such as the printer sharing settings select the Set Printer Information check box 2 Click Next s2 CAPT Peintor Brien Setup Wired Tait Erian bc Ir ad dept Ear pairing ie aede red heri clic ce Peer Lei fad o Sar Geyer ll Piiri Daaih by DP Raine Product Hans MAC dies F iiis Lacan Lt Birem Lit Far Ze pour ralio Prot Hare FUR Arkhe P tether DU EE rar Qro dax 1 58 82 553 Oe ee ue C 23 If you selected the Set Printer Information check box Proceed to Step 11 l If you did not select the Set Printer Information check box 528 705 Proceed to Step 13 NOTE About the settings for printer information You can specify the settings for printer information such as the printer sharing settings also in the Pri
158. ME COMMENT DowMLORO ITE aw 5ownload Service PHL ITE URL ht t Imm C arare Cni deeem Toad XXe CAD ITE COMMEHT Update neteork firmes TCP IP Menu f u TOP dee TvPE r7 Erherner IE Erherngr 18 Qa ARP END TES IHT 5b r 10 255 255 54 MET BATH 255 Bn n DEF aT oi ood FTP EMSE ES FTF LIMIT GENUSR Ha DHS ue t vis OTR gh MO Rim ME om UHS ADDA L a i O i O i Ding EE z ish JMET oe r YES w145 AITAL GO 00 WIMZ HOCZTHAME HET 5cCOFE ID GATE ARDOR EL EHECK INTERVAL 1 Ihors l win z mdn ihours 3hours Ghours lihours z4hnurz E TIRE Oh GMT GMT i2 09 GMT i1l GMT iOo O00 GMT GMT X OO GMT 7 GMT amp OO GMT 5 GMT 4 OO GMT k k GT igi dnd E ud LP EME TE EP PORT MAME TES 1 Wi i ea Save and close the config file L 595 705 CO Enter put lt the file name gt CONFIG and then press ENTER on your keyboard In the file name gt enter the name of the config file that was entered when the file was downloaded 1 Enter get reset then press the ENTER key on your keyboard After completing the reset of the printer s network board the settings are effective T The settings also become effective by restarting the printer Turn off the printer once wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it on 1 1 Enter quit then press the ENTER key on your keyboard 1 2 Enter exit then press the ENTER key
159. ORTANT Printing immediately after the sleep mode is released During the sleep mode calibration or correction of Out of Register Colors is not performed automatically If you cannot obtain appropriate printout results when printing immediately after the sleep mode 657 705 is released perform calibration or correction of Out of Register Colors manually m Calibrating the Printer 2 Correcting Out of Register Colors 1 Display the Printer Status Window Click i in the Windows task tray and then select the printer name NOTE When displaying the Printer Status Window from the printer driver Click El Display Printer Status Window in locations such as in the Page Setup sheet y From the Options menu select Device Settings Sleep Settings LI Specify the settings for the sleep mode 1 Select the Use Sleep Mode check box 2 Specify the time until the printer enters the sleep mode for Time to Enter Sleep Mode NOTE About the setting for the time to enter the sleep mode You can select 5 10 15 30 60 90 120 150 or 180 minutes for Time to Enter Sleep Mode The default value is 5 minutes You can configure the printer not to enter the sleep mode 658 705 T We recommend that you use this option in the default setting A Click OK NOTE Situations where the sleep mode is released When printing When calibrating the printer e When
160. P72i0c Y M canon cee2 0c D T C2 Read RA Ready IMPORTANT To clear the printer sharing settings To clear the printer sharing settings use the following procedures e Windows XP and Server 2003 Select Do not share this printer in the Sharing sheet e Windows Vista and Server 2008 Clear the Share this printer check box in the Sharing sheet T If Change sharing options appears click Change sharing options If the User Account Control dialog box appears click Continue 64 bit Operating System Windows XP Server 2003 Vista and Server 2008 NOTE If you are using Windows XP The printer cannot be shared on a network with the operating system default settings the settings immediately after installation Before sharing the printer on a network run Network Setup Wizard to enable the printer sharing settings For more details see Windows Help About the screenshots 132 705 This procedure is described using screenshots from Windows Vista Open the Printers and Faxes or Printers folder e Windows XP and Server 2003 From the Start menu select Printers and Faxes e Windows Vista From the Start menu select Control Panel and then click Printer e Windows Server 2008 From the Start menu select Control Panel and then double click Printers Pi Display the Sharing sheet Right click the icon for this printer and then select Sharing from the pop up
161. PORTANT Detailed information about usable paper Usable Paper and Unusable Paper Handling the paper drawer Paper Source NOTE How to load paper in Drawer 2 optional paper feeder Load the paper in Drawer 2 in the same manner as you load the paper in Drawer 1 Step 1 Loading Paper in the Paper Drawer Pull out the paper drawer 231 705 A CAUTION Be sure to remove the paper drawer If paper is loaded while the paper drawer is partially pulled out the paper drawer may drop or the printer may become damaged resulting in personal injury h F Pa E EL Slide the paper guides to the position of the size of the paper to be loaded Slide the side paper guides 1 Hold the lock release lever 2 Slide the paper guides to the position of the size of the paper to be loaded T Align the position of A with the size mark of the paper to be loaded T The side paper guides move together Slide the paper guide at the front center 1 Hold the lock release lever 2 Slide the paper guides to the position of the size of the paper to be loaded T Align the position of A with the size mark of the paper to be loaded 232 705 Pull out the paper drawer before loading Legal size paper 1 Hold the lock release lever at the front right 2 Adjust the length of the paper drawer NOTE Size abbreviation on the paper guides Paper Size Paper Guide Legal LGL Letter LTR
162. Printer Status Window allows you to check the printer status such as the operation status and job information control the printer operation and so on Available Operations in the Printer Status Window Functions on the Printer Status Window Displaying the Printer Status Window Available Operations in the Printer Status Window You can perform the following operations and so on using the Printer Status Window Checking the settings and solutions if an error occurs or printing is not performed 2 A Message Appears in the Printer Status Window Canceling a job Canceling a Job Checking the printer status and information such as the user name and document name about the current print job Checking the Printer Status Using the Printer Status Window Performing utility functions including calibration and cleaning the fixing roller Calibrating the Printer n Correcting Out of Register Colors Cleaning the Inside of the Printer Printing Status Print to Check the Printer Status Specifying the settings for the printer unit including registering paper sizes for drawers and setting the IP address Loading Paper and Registering the Paper Size 1 Setting the Energy saving Mode setting the IP Address Functions on the Printer Status Window 10 11 603 705 1 Menu bar Job menu Options menu Help menu 2 Tool bar Print queue a Refresh amp Consu
163. Printing Configuration Page Print E 18 Printing a Test Page in Windows E 19 Uninstalling the Printer Driver Using Canon LBP7210C Uninstaller E 20 Uninstalling the Printer Driver in Control Panel E 21 Uninstalling the USB Class Driver F Printing F 02 Installing the Printer Driver F 03 Turning the Printer On Off F 04 Printing Basic Procedure F 05 Canceling a Job F 06 Changing the Default Values for Printing Preferences 2 105 N OD 13 16 17 18 22 23 24 27 31 33 40 44 45 51 52 53 57 58 59 60 63 66 71 76 77 89 101 103 112 123 124 126 139 155 156 158 160 164 168 171 172 174 177 183 189 F 07 Various Sheets in the Printer Driver F 08 Checking the Printer Status Using the Printer Status Window F 09 Checking by the Remote UI F 10 How to Use Help F 11 Usable Paper and Unusable Paper F 12 Printable Area F 13 Storing Paper or Printouts F 14 Paper Loading Orientation F 15 Paper Source F 16 Output Tray F 17 Loading Standard Size Paper Other Than Index Cards and Envelopes F 18 Loading Index Cards F 19 Loading Envelopes F 20 Loading Custom Size Paper Non Standard Size Paper F 21 1 sided Printing and 2 sided Printing F 22 Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet F 23 Printing a Color Document in Black and White F 24 Printing Data with Different Orientations in the Same Job F 25 Printing with a Gutter F 26 Selecting the P
164. RR RPP PPP ERE RRR Rae CD ROM Setup You caninstal software programs atc on this Bcraen Select a manu on D Perform the following procedure L 1 Clear the Printer Driver check box 2 Click Install Custom Installation Explanatese of Sesars DERFIME Sia rm The selectad safteara programs shown aba vali be installed Click install and than folk tha instnuctians displayed on scraen To view the quick explanation ar README fila of a program click the ican on tha ngtr of the program C Fr Dirk Space JiR MB Spece Required te inztrss if MP 6 Read the contents of License Agreement and then click Yes L 28 705 E License Agreement Fiesse read the folk icanse agreamant completaly and careful bafore installing tha software programs ZI Bast ll STATEMENT OF AGREEMENT BETWEER 041 AHD CAMOR TET 3 COMMER ABN THE SIRURECT MATTER HEREOF Afi SUPERSEDES ALL PROPOS S OR PRHE AGREEMENTS VERBAR OR RITTER Af a AMY OTHER COMMRIRECATHIHAIS BETWIEEM YOU AD CABOM RELATII AGREEMENT SHALL BE EFFECTIVE UHLESS SEEMED BY A DALY AUTHORISED REPRESEHTATIVE WF CAMOR Sheed you he aay questions prere mig thie Agema as if yom alitained the Product To accapt the terms of this exraemernt click ras Ta dacing the tans of this agneamant cick Mol Ta use this program the tamne of this agresment must be acaptar e The installati
165. Remote UI 1 Display the Printer Status Window Click i in the Windows task tray and then select the printer name NOTE When displaying the Printer Status Window from the printer driver Click E Display Printer Status Window in locations such as in the Page Setup sheet 2 Select Remote UI from the Options menu Preferences Arnacectraborz Cpranshier Ier Counter informatie Lina Dwvica Salting Dscurard Hara ner Pere Cogie Hani iri Pager The Remote UI is displayed NOTE If you cannot select Remote UI You cannot select Remote UI if the printer and computer cannot communicate via a network When starting the Remote UI directly from a web browser x Remote UI Checking the Printer Status 203 705 By obtaining information from the printer you can display the current printer status and printer information in the Remote UI To check the printer status select Status or Features from the Device Manager menu J Hemy LEES ael SPT Mkia Ou O g t D me rom d n EXSTANT Remote Ul Device Stabus The printer is ready i Engr ipni Multi Purpose Tray hone Cattani Leeched A4 gzs paper s Consumables Sung Cyan Terral amp sdidzc Magenta Toner Avalie Yellow Tarsar Agi gE Black Toner Anita I Paper Sire e Status Page You can check the statuses of the paper sources and toner cartridges or ot
166. Result Is Dark Cause 1 The setting for Toner Density is not appropriate 472 105 The printer is exposed to direct sunlight or strong light Solution Move the printer to a place where it will not be exposed to direct sunlight or strong light If the printer is exposed to a strong light source move the printer away from the light Solution Adjust Toner Density in the printer driver to a lighter setting Adjusting the Toner Density source 473 705 H 27 Printing Is Faint Is Faded Has a Problem with Color etc If printout is faint faded has a problem with color etc perform the following solutions he Overall Print Result Is Faint s The Toner Does Not Fix onto the Paper Well 2 hin Lines Are Faded or Halftone Images Are Faint r7 Adi T i Colored Lines and Text Appear Faded a Colored Text Appears Blurred Data Is Not Printed in the Correct Color Specified Color or Colored Text Appears Blurred Due to Out of Register Colors 474 705 hin Lines or Fill Patterns Are Not Printed with the Specified Colors or Do Not Appear At AII a Shaded Patterns Are Not Printed in the Correct Color Specified Color a 2 Photographs etc Are Printed in Different Colors from Those Displayed on the aill iiil Monitor 3 Fill Patterns and Borders Are Not Printed in the Correct Color Specified Color Even When the Same Color Is Specified for Them The Overall P
167. STATEMENT OF AGREEMENT BETWEER WHU AMD CAHGH IE 3 CONCERN THE SUBUECT MATTER HEREOF Ah SUPERSEDES ALL AGREEMENT SHALL BE EFFECTIVE UHLESS SIGHED EY DAY BATHORISED REPRESEHTATIVE WF CAHD H Sheshi you he aay quecions prere mig thie firesmsens as if yom desire te contact Canon for aeg reaesm phase wrie 82 Canon s calles subsidiary or dcsihirtor deals serving the commtry where you obtained the Product To accapt the terms of this exraemernt click ras Ta dacing the tans of this agneamant cick Mol Ta use this program the tamne of this agresment must be acaptar Fi Click Next a cal T Pinder Driver Got mee Wl oe gue kieras bo hes Sebup ird los ie CAPT Paimas Drtvar This reizard nell irha tha DAFT prinber deese on pour brar Tp cenia the ineslistion dick Pet 8 Select the method of installation 1 Select Install with USB Connection 2 Click Next wae Ore NOTE If a message that prompts you to restart the computer appears Restart the computer and install the printer driver again 107 705 If you are using Windows Vista or Server 2008 The following screen appears Click Yes To wehi premier on p nebari pou must nempe dee md pen Pires blpzk prt ageing bhn proier Thi Viridis Fiesallisksek wal be rerrersed chen thes pine n connected ip a nether forthe Art dams after ihe ndalin De xu seen be charege the im dese Aitra setireqs sea than the Biksek will bee rere T Sel
168. SXatus 8 The printer ip ready Device Harms Product Hame LB 7210 Location Paper Information Omane Manager Papers Sauce Job Manager Multi Purpose Tray NOTE 608 705 If you cannot select Remote UI You cannot select Remote UI if the printer and computer cannot communicate via a network starting the Remote UI Directly from a Web Browser 1 Start the web browser Enter http the IP address of the printer gt in the address field and then press the ENTER key on your keyboard e Input Example http 192 168 0 215 The Remote UI is displayed E CET EIS BAI Tap Pipe LAS PRIOE creel Fia Erk ere Foe Tech Pip gm ls E d rm Qe E un im f fo ae PLE 9 gd da be Remote Ll Top Page Device Statue 8 The printer is ready Device Hamas am oorr LEPT210C Locatian loc Fade Paper Infarmatian Cimare Manager Papes Sauce Multi Purpose Tray NOTE If you are not sure about the IP address of the printer Use either of the following methods to check it e Refer to Network Status Print s Printing Status Print to Check the Printer Status e Consult your network administrator If the host name of the printer is registered in the DNS server You can enter hostname domain name instead of the IP address 609 705 e Input Example http my_ printer xy dept company com If the Remote UI top page is not displayed in the Web
169. Security inlarmatian Hir M DEI pa pk age es Qe Oo 2 fs pe drm aos Display Langunge Engesh EJ AXdmirgstrator Paeerwoad User FTF amp cceaa SNMP Settings GHMF w 1 Access Rights Community Hare E5HHMP 31 Fh Erk Ven Fuertes Took Piip Qe Qin m fs eem remm O S Ga SHMP v 3 User Name Authentic ation Kay i Privacy Fey Administrator Pasaword Pied cian io ardar ha admi eda t na EWET Atir Gating lha EM 3 On IP Address Range Settings Oi Ressia TCR Printing amp Permit Specified Addresses Co oesjec Spec fed Addresses fir you want to use the SNMP v 1 protocol 1 Set SNMP v 1 to On 2 For Access Rights select in which mode the SNMP v 1 agent can operate Read only or Read and Write 3 Specify the community name of SNMP in Community Name ir you do not want to use the SNMP v 1 protocol Set SNMP v 1 to Off IMPORTANT If Access Rights is set to Read only Selecting Read only disables overwriting and you may not be able to use some functions of 676 705 Canon utility software or to use the software properly due to an error occurring If SNMP v 1 is set to Off Y ou may not be able to use the Canon utility software Consult your network administrator before selecting Off Configure the SNMP v 3 protocol ELTON ET ETE hieman LEP TIVGC Hicret bler rect Lapiere Fia rk Wa ferie Tozk rip Qe by
170. Setup sheet 3 From the Options menu select Utility Configuration Page Print P 653 705 Ey Cans LAS 721 Cpt ie I Ix Pral arecces Uer Prado Anni share ao xen Cia Cose Comectien 4 Click OK L anl bi raion Fag peri ni Configuration Page Print 1s printed NOTE Sample of Configuration Page Print Canon See Se DT T This is a sample of Configuration Page Print The contents may differ from the Configuration Page Print printed by your printer If Configuration Page Print is not printed properly a Printing Does Not Work Printing Network Status Print 654 705 Network Status Print prints the TCP IP settings including the IP address and information including security settings NOTE Load A4 size paper The Network Status Print is designed to be printed on A4 size paper Be sure to load A4 size paper when printing the Network Status Print 1 Load A4 size paper in the multi purpose tray or paper drawer B Loading Standard Size Paper Other Than Index Cards and Envelopes Display the Printer Status Window Click ti in the Windows task tray and then select the printer name NOTE When displaying the Printer Status Window from the printer driver Click 831 Display Printer Status Window in locations such as in the Page Setup sheet 3 From the Options menu select Utility Network Status Print Li U Canan LADT Produce ArT
171. TEMENT OF GREEMENT BETVVEEN YOU AND CANON CONCERNING THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF AND SUPERSEDES ALL PROPOSALS OR PRIOR AGREEMENTS VERBAL OF WRITTEN AND ANY OTHER COMMUNICATIONS BETWEEN YOU AND CANON RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF NO AMENDMENT TO THS GRBEMENT SHALL BE EFFECTIVE UNLESS SIGHED BY DULY AUTHORISED REPRESENTATIVE OF CANON Should you have any Guestibrrs concesrmg mis Agreererit ar i ou desire to contact Canon for any eson please weite 20 Canon s sales subeackarny or destnbuteridealer sering he Eir where vou obtained the Products 5 Teac een of ihs egreereni cles Yen To clecios ghe Irma ef his Pace deeb Ho Before lie popar ell shri She lera zi ha baon mudd be siai EUH 8 Click Browse and then select the installation directory E HeiSpri Device iralaller Setug dc sit rz all Fari z pal area risa rca a 12 aay mu den which bei cosas 1 necesse E vou veant 5a irimi Mal iot Darica keisi in a diarani Akis amk diem Types thes rese cri pee teicher hakr NOTE When adding NetSpot Device Installer to the Start menu Select the Add to Start Menu check box 9 Click OK Hettpsi Device Dnzlaller Seiu TE sito eG nz all Fari z pal Irca risa rea ae laa ikia which i eii cesale Hi necessary P you vent 5a ince atop Danica reisir in a ch rere Boker aci diem Temes thes rese cri nes Taide hakr The installation starts NOTE 629 705 If Windows Firewall is enabled The
172. The installation starts O Click Close 117 705 Qu i Found Mae Hardware Canen LEPITI The software for this device has been successfully installed Mindi ha 5nghed pepe lire Pe deser sitye for thes dece gt Canen LPH NOTE If the screen for selecting the printer driver appears Even if which printer driver is selected there is no problem with the installation because the same printer driver is installed 3 L Found Hes Honbeare Canon LBP7ZL0 Pease select the best maidh far your hardware fram the list below i Canin LETIO rr D ngon CansnLEPT21DC loo Canon Caren bier Li Canon Qiang be du o dere ron a ba ak ani Removing the CD ROM You can remove the CD ROM from the CD ROM drive after the installation 1s completed Windows XP and Server 2003 1 Turn the computer on and start up Windows XP or Server 2003 J Log on as a user with administrative rights IMPORTANT If you are not sure about your administrative rights Contact your system administrator Insert the supplied CD ROM User Software into the CD ROM drive of your computer P Je 118 705 If CD ROM Setup appears click Exat Select the method of installation If the following dialog box appears 1 Select Install from a list or specific location Advanced 2 Click Next Faund Mew Hardware Wizard Welcome to the Found New Hardware Wizard The expand helps you ned rois n Canon LOE 20
173. The print speed may drop depending on the settings for the paper size paper type and number of copies e When continuously printing paper that is less than 202 0 mm wide the print speed may drop gradually Paper Type The following shows the paper types that can be used with this printer The paper is available for 1 sided printing and automatic 2 sided printing C The paper is available for only 1 sided printing The paper cannot be used for printing Paper Source Setting for Paper Type in the Paper Type Drawer 2 Jumper Danos Multi purpose Tray Drawer 1 Optional 60 to 74 g m Plain Paper L e a e g 214 705 Plain paper 60 g m Plain Paper li e e e 70 to 90 g m Plain Paper 23 amp S Bg 86 to 119 g m Heavy Paper 1 a S e Heavy paper 120 to 128 g m2 Heavy Paper 2 E e 129 to 176 g m2 Heavy Paper 3 o Transparency black and white annan C EN printing only Label Labels C Q O 100 to 110 g m2 Coated Paper 1 e S e 120 to 130 g m2 Coated Paper 2 a e e Coated paper 155 to 165 g m Coated Paper 3 ES e 210 to 220 g m2 Coated Paper 4 O O Envelope B C C id Envelope Envelope H 8 Q Q i O S Recycled paper can be used as plain paper 2 1f you want to print paper of 70 to 74 g m you can specify either of Plain Paper or Plain Paper L 4 3 1f you want to print paper of 86 to 90 g m you can specify either of Plai
174. The printer ie ready Device Name Produc Hame LBP TZ Location Paper infernetion Cimare M anger Paprs Sauce db Hanzy Multi Purpose Tray NOTE If the administrator password is not set It is not required to enter any value in Administrator Password Setting and Changing the Administrator Password 698 705 4 Select Information from the Device Manager menu L IE ETT LAPT Fia fet ieee Puswtse Tozk Pip oe BE Po Swen pre 3 Remote Ll Gence Infanmation Device Hame L ti A dmir strator Fhena Commernss Manufacturar DANTEC Product Mame LE 7211 8 M eraion nua Om rj E 26 Pme komm Language Display Language aj Security AXdmirgstrstor Paevrwcad User FTF amp cceaa SNMP 3 1 Access Rights Community Harm GHMF w 3i 6 Select whether to obtain security access logs 699 705 Ce fale re Lapiere Pent Specified Addresses Reject Soe fed Addresses Beecurity Access Log Settings d n OO O Rejected TCPTE Print Jobs O Piqacted SMMP Montenng setting Changes O Preece Wuricasr Discivenes E Copyright CAMO H INT 2008 AI nghe nenas F Prae LIE Change kea aris hit Fia ck fen Poste Toh Piep Qm Oir B e Paes deme D i us Adest M nep 1C TE Pent Specified Addresses Reject Specified Addresses MAC Addresses Becurity Access Log Settings Rejected TCP IP Print The
175. Then enter the printer name the DNS name to be registered on the DNS server within up to 78 characters in Printer Name or IP Address For example enter the printer name as AAA BBB com if you have specified the host name as AAA and the domain name as BBB com However enter AAA CCC com if you can obtain the domain name CCC com simultaneously when you obtain the IP address from DHCP etc IMPORTANT If you are using Windows Vista or Server 2008 You cannot use Standard TCP IP Port created in the Printers folder You can use only Standard TCP IP Port created automatically by performing the procedure in Auto Setup Recommended Method NOTE 985 705 About the DNS settings See Configuring the Protocol Settings 586 705 1 09 Changing the Network Transmission Speed or Transfer Mode You can change the network transmission speed or transfer mode using the following software e Web browser Remote UI You can change the settings by accessing the printer from your web browser via the network e FTP Client You can change the settings by accessing the FTP server of the printer using Command Prompt This section describes the procedure for changing the settings using a web browser Remote UI NOTE About the network transmission speed and transfer mode Usually you do not need to change the setting since the transmission speed and transfer mode of the network are detected automatically If the prin
176. Times H 15 The ERR Indicator on the Network Board Is Constantly Blinking H 16 Checking the IP Address H 17 Checking Standard TCP IP Port H 18 Specifying Standard TCP IP Port H 19 Checking the Printer on the Print Server H 20 A Message Appears in the Printer Status Window H 21 Registering the Paper Size for the Paper Drawer H 22 The Printer Cannot Be Connected to the Network H 23 Paper Curls or Creases H 24 Poor Print Quality H 25 Streaks lines Appear H 26 Unevenness Smudge Marks etc Appear H 27 Printing Is Faint Is Faded Has a Problem with Color etc H 28 Printout Is Skewed Missing or Has Unneeded Space H 29 Data Is Printed Diagonally H 30 Adjusting the Color or Image Quality H 31 Paper Jams H 32 Precautions When Removing Jammed Paper H 33 Clearing Paper Jams Drawer Area H 34 Clearing Paper Jams Multi purpose Tray Area 4 705 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 394 396 401 402 404 405 406 408 409 410 411 412 413 428 429 430 432 433 434 435 436 438 439 443 444 450 452 458 462 463 465 474 480 483 484 486 488 490 496 H 35 Clearing Paper Jams Output Area H 36 The Alarm Indicator Is On or Blinkin H 37 The Alarm Indicator Is On H 38 The Alarm Indicator Is Blinkin H 39 Miscellaneous Problems H 40 Chanaina the Setting for Spooling at Host H 41 Allow Profile Selection or Editing I Network Settings I 02 Aut
177. Turn the device off and then on again appears Click OK and then cycle the power of the printer The settings are effective after cycling the power of the printer Uninstalling NetSpot Device Installer The process of removing software to restore the computer to the same state as before the software was installed is referred to as uninstallation Use the following procedure to uninstall NetSpot Device Installer 1 Uninstall NetSpot Device Installer e Windows XP Server 2003 Vista and Server 2008 From the Start menu select All Programs NetSpot Device Installer Uninstall NetSpot Device Installer 634 705 LI r All Programs ug NetSpot Device Installer AQ Metspot Device Installer A Net nob Desine Installer For Nerea Command Prompt appears and the uninstallation starts The uninstallation is completed when Command Prompt closes NOTE If NetSpot Device Installer is not found in the Start menu Double click rmnsdi bat in the following location Windows XP and Server 2003 Documents and Settings v the user name Local Settings Application Data canon com nsdi in the drive on which the system is installed Windows Vista and Server 2008 Users the user name gt AppData Local canon com nsdi in the drive on which the system is installed If NetSpot Device Installer cannot be uninstalled completely See Readme in the folder in which NetSpot Device Installer 1s installed 63
178. Windows Vista From the Start menu select Control Panel and then click Printer e Windows Server 2008 From the Start menu select Control Panel and then double click Printers 2 Right click the icon for this printer and then select Properties from the pop up menu 3 Display the Profile sheet 4 Select the Allow Profile Selection and Allow Setting Edition check boxes E g Cansa LED7210C Pregeriles Terr ig Por ejaj Doc Madsen Deseos Seng Paie Profile Lit bara N 2 c1 1 31 TIED BP 2 on Rade Hi scele D FR AA anihin voc be pre ath al lector Sate HE Conbdentin tw Th i sers ay babia oa piraci geval eaire H B hw Docuneni ieur Eas cies and red aba ea Daorsi Phopeark e NOTE If the setting cannot be changed You need administrative rights to change the setting Contact your system administrator 915 705 P Click OK 516 705 I Network Settings The Tasks That Should Be Performed to Print in a Network Environment LAN Cable Auto Setup Recommended Method Performs the following operations which are required for printing all at once Installing the Setting the IP Address Creating a Port i d Printer Driver Manual Setup Windows XP Server 2003 Only Performs the following operations which are required for printing one at a time Installing the Setting the IP Address xdi cia Printer Driver Creating a Port Man
179. Yallow Toner Paa table Black Tomar Ava abies l Support Links Lirik nm aah Download Serica Wodate rabeak irmas a aj Corm CANOK IRG 2005 All rights maraa m 1 Displays the Remote UI top page 2 Displays the hierarchy of the currently displayed page Clicking a displayed page name displays the page of which you clicked the name 3 When you log in as Administrator enter the administrator password Setting and Changing the Administrator Password 4 You can log in as Administrator by entering the administrator password then clicking this button If you are using the Remote UI as Administrator you can log out by clicking this button 5 Displays each setting page 6 If the page 1s scrolled down moves the scroll box up to the top of the page 7 Updates the information in the currently displayed page to the latest one 8 Displays Help for the currently displayed page in a new window 9 Displays an 1mage of the printer The displayed image varies depending on the availability of the paper source options Logging in as Administrator By logging in as Administrator you can perform all the operations and settings of the Remote UI 1 Log in as Administrator 1 Enter a password in Administrator Password 2 Click Log In 611 705 F farte UI Tap Pope LAIRD TERT TIMITE JE 48 Elai Fia Cee ieee Poet Teck Pip Om O DBQ fan dom OS SE mkha ME ip VHE o0 20 aip abe Remote Ul Top Page D
180. a The installation starts C e ee af Click Finish Faund Mew Hardware Wizard Completing tha Found New Hardware Wizard Tha wesi haa freebsd raising ee pirya bea Laan LEPTE ck Frrarh Io cinis the voad NOTE Removing the CD ROM You can remove the CD ROM from the CD ROM drive after the installation is completed 121 705 Step 3 After the Installation The following icons and folders are added to the following locations e Printers and Faxes folder Printers folder for Windows Vista and Server 2008 Printer icon for this printer bi AOTRE TRE De p ies fyi oo Deb sa a Ej ear ets C ram i XL ae e a rdum rd Peur e Task tray Printer Status Window 1con EE 73 T The icon does not appear if you did not restart your computer after the printer driver installation e All Programs under the Start menu Canon Printer Uninstaller Canon LBP7210C Uninstaller All Programs G Lini stade anan LBP72 107 Uninstaller 122 705 E 12 The Tasks That Should Be Performed to Print in a Network Environment There are the following two methods to install the printer driver on a computer connected by a LAN cable the tasks that should be performed to print in a network environment The procedures for setting the IP address or creating a port required to print in a network environment vary depending on the installation method Auto Setup Recommended Method Performs the
181. act your network administrator if the following result is displayed e Packets Sent 4 Received 0 Lost 4 100 loss Enter exit and then press ENTER on the keyboard to exit Command Prompt NOTE When using DHCP BOOTP or RARP Consult your network administrator and perform either of the following settings e Set the DNS Dynamic Update function Configuring the Protocol Settings e Configure DHCP or other settings so that the same IP address is always assigned to the printer when the printer is started t Configuring the Protocol Settings Checking and configuring the subnet Enter the following command using Command Prompt ipconfig Make sure that the computer and printer are on the same subnet e Example When the following values are specified for your computer the IP address of the printer needs to be 192 168 0 xxx xxx indicates an arbitrary number Subnet mask 255 255 255 0 436 705 IP address 192 168 0 10 437 705 H 17 Checking Standard TCP IP Port Check Standard TCP IP Port using the following procedure 1 Open the Printers and Faxes or Printers folder i e Windows XP Professional and Server 2003 From the Start menu select Printers and Faxes Windows XP Home Edition From the Start menu select Control Panel and then click Printers and Other Hardware Printers and Faxes Windows Vista From the Start menu select Control Panel and
182. al in which the toner cartridge is originally packed Replace a toner cartridge with that of the same color When replacing a toner cartridge be sure to replace the toner cartridge of the same color Other precautions e Do not expose the toner cartridges to direct sunlight or strong light e Do not disassemble or modify the toner cartridges e Condensation water droplets on the inside or outside may form on the toner cartridges when they are brought into an environment with a sudden change in temperature or humidity When moving a new toner cartridge to a location with change in temperature leave the cartridge in the protective bag at the new location for two or more hours to allow it to adjust to the new temperature e Keep toner cartridges away from products that generate magnetic waves such as a computer or computer display 376 705 Be careful of counterfeit toner cartridges Please be aware that there are counterfeit Canon toner cartridges in the marketplace Use of counterfeit toner cartridge may result in poor print quality or machine performance Canon is not responsible for any malfunction accident or damage caused by the use of counterfeit toner cartridge For more information see http www canon com counterfeit 377 705 G 07 Storing Toner Cartridges Storing Toner Cartridges IMPORTANT Precautions when storing toner cartridges In order to use toner cartridges in a safe and trouble free manner store t
183. aller e Running NetSpot Device Installer e Using NetSpot Device Installer e Initializing the Network Settings Using NetSpot Device Installer e Uninstalling NetSpot Device Installer NOTE About the screenshots of NetSpot Device Installer The screenshots may be different from those actually you see on the screen Types of Devices That Can Be Configured You can use NetSpot Device Installer to configure the default network protocol settings of a device connected to the TCP IP network You cannot configure the settings of a device connected to a network other than a TCP IP network Ia 7 Me Printer D y a bh 5 Printer Printer Protocol TCP IP NetSpot Device Installer System Requirements Operating system e Windows XP Professional or Home Edition e Windows XP Professional x64 Edition e Windows Server 2003 e Windows Server 2003 x64 Editions Windows Vista 32 bit or 64 bit version 625 705 Windows Server 2008 32 bit or 64 bit version e Windows 7 32 bit or 64 bit version T For details on the latest NetSpot Device Installer see the Canon Web site http www canon com Computer e A computer on which any one of the above operating systems can run Hard disk space e Free disk space of 20 MB or more to install the software on the computer Protocol e TCP IP Protocol stack e TCP IP protocol supplied with Windows Installing NetSpot Device Installer Use the following procedure to install
184. alog box NOTE Specifying the setting to always display the Canon PageComposer dialog box when performing printing Set Output Method to Edit and Preview as a default value for printing preferences and then select the Lock check box For details on the procedure for changing the default values for printing preferences see Changing the Default Values for Printing Preferences F Repeat Step 1 to 6 to combine the desired jobs e Combine the jobs 9 321 705 1 Select the jobs that you want to combine 2 Select Combine from the Edit menu e T TRN Ure on Be EK Moves eb mi DI pE DL Larpaut Infonnation Cormar Lond Leil NOTE If the jobs whose printing preferences are disabled by combining is selected The following screen appears Click OK A Folkman settings will be careosied IF poe coanbine docunenis Jiel Printing 9 Perform the following procedure 1 Enter the name of the combined job 2 Click Combine 1 Print the combined job 322 705 1 Select the combined job 2 Select Print from the File menu Canan Passt ompa Canon BP Toe Vadis the dete docu The printer starts printing amp NOTE Combined jobs are not saved After the combined job is printed the job is deleted from Canon PageComposer The job is also deleted if Canon PageComposer is closed without printing the job For more detail
185. ams may not be printed smoothly e When Mode 6 is selected color unevenness may appear on characters lines diagrams and images photographs etc The Toner Does Not Fix onto the Paper Well Cause 1 Appropriate paper is not being used Solution Replace with paper that meets printing specifications a Usable Paper and Unusable Paper Cause 2 Depending on the paper type or the operating environment low humidity or low temperature environment the toner may not fix onto paper well and the printing may appear faded Solution 1 Perform the following procedure in the printer driver 1 Display the Paper Source sheet 2 Set Paper Type to Heavy Paper 1 Heavy Paper 2 or Heavy Paper 3 Solution 2 Perform the following procedure in the printer driver 1 Display the Finishing sheet 2 Click Advanced Settings 3 Set Special Print Mode to Special Settings 3 Normally use the printer with Special Print Mode set to Off Specify Special Settings 3 only if the described problems occur 470 705 IMPORTANT When using thin paper Do not specify Special Settings 3 This may result in paper wound around the fixing unit or other problems Solution 3 Perform the following procedure in the printer driver 1 Display the Paper Source sheet 2 Set Paper Type as follows Current Setting Changed Setting Plain Paper L2 Plain Paper L Plain Paper L Plain Paper Plain Paper
186. an Tomer Canidge nifoavalion Magers Yellow Toner Cartridge Information Displays the status of the toner cartridges of each color The contents and solutions of the status bars and messages are as follows Status Bar Message Contents and Solutions ee lt Available gt e Continue using as normal e Youcan continue to print Replacement e Have ready a new toner cartridge of the indicated color Needed Soon gt e tis recommended that you replace the toner cartridge before printing a large amount of data e When the black toner cartridge has reached the end of its life the printer stops printing and you cannot continue the 201 705 Replace Cartridge Check Cartridge Insert Cartridge gt job When any of the toner cartridges other than black has reached the end of its life you can print only in black and white Replace the toner cartridge of the indicated color with a new one The printer stops printing Toner cartridges with print quality that cannot be guaranteed or used toner cartridges that have reached their lifetime may be inserted Continuing to use these cartridges may cause a malfunction so replacing these cartridges with new cartridges is recommended The printer stops printing Install the toner cartridges in the correct positions 202 705 F 09 Checking by the Remote UI e Displaying the Remote UI e Checking the Printer Status Displaying the
187. an Click the icon af the manual ta display The e Manual is displayed 32 705 C 05 Searching for Information You can search for the desired information by clicking the buttons or entering keywords on the top page aae hi buc Fate id Prin Mem Lei rrini Aven Visum b Iouis Be Fors ru shosting Makerere Raid Pa ie lend iral He casn tie e thee Lees Cs iios hele iniaj dis thon m a ireira caps ku oe a 1 Contents You can search for a topic from the contents in which all the items are listed Example If you want to search for an installation procedure of the printer driver DE TI Drini im Lii r E ARE b Spec ications ind Paste levpiallicg fp pln pl ets ering F Painia ieee are s ae ege Maat oq adj ee Bi eae ee ee I dL E Pa riing i Primjer Grieg Eriam Seger n Pa ee De errs Pie a es or ep eee clave Ew gus oe 2 Printing Network Settings Managing and Configuring the Printer You can search for a topic from the list classified into respective operations Example If you want to search for a basic printing procedure 33 705 3 Maintenance You can search for a topic from the list of various maintenance for the printer Example Drini im ee Rd dE berg me Penner Dux b posi Fina Open h Charging Use Pinar Stn b Haar Up Hel b Euge Fee ayes pesi Tae kpg incarne fon Beep ee Acco wie Pree Done um Mier al gi F Eip a Die ed
188. anager LXX E After completing the reset of the printer s network board the settings are effective The settings also become effective by restarting the printer Turn off the printer once wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it on 590 705 1 10 Changing the Port Name of the Printer You can change the port name of the printer the print server name using the following software e Web browser Remote UI You can change the settings by accessing the printer from your web browser via the network e FTP Client You can change the settings by accessing the FTP server of the printer using Command Prompt This section describes the procedure for changing the settings using a web browser Remote UI NOTE When changing the settings using FTP Client FTP Client 1 Display the Printer Status Window Click ti in the Windows task tray and then select the printer name NOTE When displaying the Printer Status Window from the printer driver Click Sj Display Printer Status Window in locations such as in the Page Setup sheet 2 Select Remote UI from the Options menu Prahaa AXrnacectraborz Corea lera Dszumard Hara Urm Maree Lorspules H aine The Remote UI is displayed NOTE If you cannot select Remote UI You cannot select Remote UI if the printer and computer cannot communicate via a network 591 705 When starting the Remote UI directl
189. and then reinstall the software Step 1 Connecting a LAN Cable NOTE About the network environment This printer supports 10BASE T and 100BASE TX connections Computer that Computer that supports 10BASE T supports 100BASE TX RA too LAN Connector C Hub About the LAN cable e This printer does not come with a LAN cable or a hub Have cables or a hub ready as needed Use a Category 5 twisted pair cable for the LAN e f you want to connect the printer to a 100BASE TX Ethernet network all the devices to be connected to the LAN hub LAN cable and network board for computer must support I100BASE TX Contact your local authorized Canon dealer for more details 1 Attach the ferrite core to the LAN cable as shown in the figure 519 705 Attach the ferrite core at 6 cm or less from the end of the connector connected to the printer Connector that connects to the printer NOTE About a ferrite core A ferrite core is supplied with the printer 2 Connect the LAN cable to the LAN connector of this printer 520 705 4 Press the power switch to turn the printer on m Make sure that the LNK indicator B on the printer s network board is on e Ifthe printer is connected by IOBASE T If the LNK indicator B is on the printer is connected properly e Ifthe printer is connected by I00BASE TX If the LNK indicator B and 100 indicator A are on the printer 1s connected properly
190. anon LBP7210C in the 168 705 dialog box 4 Display Device Manager ds Windows XP 1 From the Start menu select Control Panel 2 Click Performance and Maintenance System 3 Click the Hardware tab Device Manager e Windows Server 2003 1 From the Start menu select Control Panel System 2 Click the Hardware tab Device Manager e Windows Vista 1 From the Start menu select Control Panel 2 Click Hardware and Sound View hardware and devices e Windows Server 2008 1 From the Start menu select Control Panel 2 Double click Device Manager NOTE If the User Account Control dialog box appears Windows Vista and Server 2008 Click Continue D Double click Universal Serial Bus controllers i J dean Lg XE ST core Ibe ES 270 Cade 6 Right click USB Printing Support then select Uninstall from the pop up menu a 169 705 Pis dude o Vemm Hed ec M Fa rts a kd WERE re Poor dobre Fer ry aed bees 1 IDE STALETON oes Pea tod mec ed cg i onn i a k Linde Gh ead Bet Sonny IMPORTANT Do not uninstall any other device drivers If you uninstall them by mistake Windows may not operate properly amp NOTE If USB Printing Support is not displayed The USB class driver is not installed properly If the USB class driver is under Other Devices The USB class driver is not installed properly Select Unknown devi
191. aper Heavy Paper 2 Heavy Paper 1 Heavy Paper 3 Heavy Paper 2 Envelope H Envelope Coated Paper 2 Coated Paper 1 Coated Paper 3 Coated Paper 2 Coated Paper 4 Coated Paper 3 TIf you perform the above procedure the toner does not fix onto paper well and the print may come out faint Solution 2 Perform the following procedure in the printer driver 1 Display the Finishing sheet 2 Click Advanced Settings 3 Set Special Print Mode to Special Settings 5 Normally use the printer with Special Print Mode set to Off Specify Special Settings 5 only if the described problems occur IMPORTANT When Special Settings 5 is selected The printing speed drops Printing Is Uneven Paper is too moist or too dry Solution Replace the paper with new paper in an unopened package a Loading Standard Size Paper Other Than Index Cards and Envelopes Loading Index Cards a Loading Envelopes 468 705 Loading Custom Size Paper Non Standard Size Paper The toner cartridge has run out of toner has deteriorated or 1s damaged Solution Check the status of the toner cartridges Replace the toner cartridge that is almost empty with a new one Checking the Printer Status Using the Printer Status Window a Replacing Toner Cartridges Cause 3 The drum in any of the toner cartridges has deteriorated Solution Replace the toner cartridge with a new one Replacing Toner Cartridg
192. aper Output Method F 27 Printing with the Page 180 Degrees Rotated F 28 Selecting Paper for Each Page F 29 Scaling Print Output F 30 Printing an Image Larger than A4 Size Poster Printing F 31 Adding a Watermark to a Document to Be Printed Watermark Printing F 32 Printing Borders the Printing Date etc F 33 Booklet Printing F 34 Combining Jobs before Printing F 35 Performing Printing Appropriate for Particular Print Data F 36 Correcting Rough Textured Images F 37 Adjusting the Toner Density F 38 Printing with Brightness and Contrast Adjusted F 39 Adjusting the Color F 40 Matching the Color on the Display F 41 Calibrating the Printer F 42 Correcting Out of Register Colors F 43 Using Preview to Configure the Printing Preferences F 44 Saving Frequently Used Printing Preferences Profiles G Maintenance G 02 Checking the Printer Status Using the Printer Status Window G 03 Checking by the Remote UI G 04 When a Message Appears G 05 Replacing Toner Cartridges G 06 Handling Toner Cartridges G 07 Storing Toner Cartridges G 08 Loading Standard Size Paper Other Than Index Cards and Envelopes G 09 Loading Index Cards G 10 Loading Envelopes G 11 Loading Custom Size Paper Non Standard Size Paper 3 705 191 199 203 207 213 220 222 224 226 229 251 243 247 259 273 279 282 285 288 291 294 297 300 305 308 313 316 319 324 326 329 332 335
193. are that allows you to manage the printer using a web browser By accessing the printer from the web browser via a network you can check the printer status or job logs and specify various settings e Features of the Remote UI e Remote UI System Requirements e Starting the Remote UI e Screen Layout of the Remote UI e Logging in as Administrator e Changing the Remote UI Display Language e Managing Print Jobs e Displaying or Changing Support Links Features of the Remote UI No specific software is needed The Remote UI can be operated in a Web browser You do not need specific software to operate the Remote UI Remote UI Checking the printer status Checking job logs Specifying various network settings The printer status can be checked from a remote location You can check the current printer status printer information print job logs etc You can manage the printer from a remote computer 606 705 E Ro Roe LII T ope P ege LAF7 710E TET TD Fia D a Pere cns EAEE E Remote Ul Tod ip Top Page Device Salus 8 The printer ig ready Device Harms ProductHame LEC7210C7 Location Paper information imine Manager Papes Sauce Job Manerger Multi Purpose Tray Central management of all the printer settings with the administrator password Only the administrator can configure the settings or perform the operations related to the printer management by setting the administrator pa
194. arefully gather the toner particles together or wipe them up with a soft damp cloth in a way that prevents inhalation Never use a vacuum cleaner that does not have safeguards against dust explosions to clean up spilled toner Doing so may cause a malfunction in the vacuum cleaner or result in a dust explosion due to static discharge e Confirm that the power plug or power connecter is inserted completely after cleaning the printer Failure to do so can result in an overheating and fire e Check the power cord and plug regularly The following conditions may result in fire so contact your local authorized Canon dealer or the Canon help line e There are burn marks on the power plug e The blade on the power plug is deformed or broken e The power is turned OFF or ON when bending the power cord e The coating of the power cord is damaged cracked or dented e A part of the power cord becomes hot e Check regularly that the power cord plug and connector are not handled in the following manner Failure to do so can result in a fire or electrical shock e The power connector is loosened e The power plug is loosened e Stress is being applied to the power cord by a heavy object or by fixing it with staples e The power cord is tied in a bundle e A part of the power cord is put in an aisle e The power cord is put in front of the heating appliance 13 705 CAUTION e Never attempt to service this printer yourself except as expla
195. articipating nations 19 705 WEEE Directive q European Union and EEA only This symbol indicates that this product is not to be disposed of with your household waste according to the WEEE Directive 2002 96 EC and your national law This product should be handed over to a designated collection point e g on an authorized one for one basis when you buy a new similar product or to an authorized collection site for recycling waste electrical and electronic equipment EEE Improper handling of this type of waste could have a possible negative impact on the environment and human health due to potentially hazardous substances that are generally associated with EEE At the same time your cooperation in the correct disposal of this product will contribute to the effective usage of natural resources For more information about where you can drop off your waste equipment for recycling please contact your local city office waste authority approved WEEE scheme or your household waste disposal service For more information regarding return and recycling of WEEE products please visit www canon europe com environment EEA Norway Iceland and Liechtenstein Trademarks e Canon the Canon Logo LBP NetSpot and PageComposer are trademarks of Canon Inc e Adobe Adobe Acrobat and Adobe Reader are trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated e Microsoft Windows Windows Vista Windows Server and Internet Explorer are either registered
196. articular Print Data 3 Printing a Color Document in Black and White 4 Correcting Rough Textured Images 5 Adjusting the Toner Density 6 Adjusting the Color 7 Printing with Brightness and Contrast Adjusted 8 Matching the Color on the Display NOTE 196 705 For details on the settings See Help 2 How to Use Help Device Settings Sheet amp Cmon LAPADE Prepertkes Benet Shaing Pots Adeseced Coke Mseagenent Device Setings Porte Fase Siia Opini EHE gnin id Hai Ando d o jJ tm NOTE For details on the settings See Help How to Use Help Profile Sheet 197 705 E Conse LED 72107 Prager H Scale toli h hao mpenables rou 1a pini ih al lasede E Conddential ming The eating a antatie tea paning generi boire E aw Docurara YP zc padai FETFINI taps Senn tenu Puemi tmon Qty Qo NOTE For details on the settings See Help How to Use Help 198 705 F 08 Checking the Printer Status Using the Printer Status Window e Displaying the Printer Status Window e Checking the Printer Status e About the Consumables Information Dialog Box Display Printer Status Window There are the following two ways to display the Printer Status Window e Click di in the Windows task tray and then select the printer name e Click Display Printer Status Window in locations such as in the
197. artridges ec Materials on Toner Cartridges The sealing tape is attached to the toner cartridge of the indicated color Solution Remove the sealing tape a Replacing Toner Cartridges 447 105 E ue Cartridge Replacement Required Cause The toner cartridge of the indicated color has reached the end of its life Solution Replace the toner cartridge with a new one a Replacing Toner Cartridges Check the Toner Cartridges Any of the toner cartridges are not installed properly Solution 1 Install the toner cartridge again a Replacing Toner Cartridges Solution 2 Cycle the power of the printer s Turning the Printer On Off Any of the toner cartridges are damaged Solution Replace the toner cartridge with a new one a Replacing Toner Cartridges Cause 3 Toner cartridges with print quality that cannot be guaranteed due to their decreasing lifetime etc or used toner cartridges that have reached their lifetime may have been inserted Solution Continuing to use these cartridges may cause a malfunction so replacing these cartridges with new cartridges 1s recommended a Replacing Toner Cartridges C9 Tray Is Full Cause The output tray is filled with printed paper Remove the paper from the output tray c9 Updating Firmware Cause The firmware is being updated Solution Please wait a moment Sprinter Not Ready Cause The packing material sheet is left in the output area Solution Turn off the printer once r
198. at the center of the adjustment grid When Preview Image is at the center the image has not been adjusted 336 705 Bee Desf NOTE About the color adjustment e There are three methods to adjust color as follows e Clicking the color buttons surrounding the adjustment grid deepens the color by one increment e Clicking a desired color on the adjustment grid moves Preview Image to the clicked point e Drag Preview Image onto the desired color e The X horizontal and Y vertical values for Adjusted Position show the position of Preview Image e A sample image after adjustment is displayed in Preview Confirm the settings then click OK The Quality sheet reappears 6 Click OK The Print dialog box reappears Click OK or Print LJ The printer starts printing 337 705 F 40 Matching the Color on the Display The methods for adjusting the color on the screen RGB and in the printer YMC are different Therefore color in a photo etc viewed on the screen may not match that of the printout Using the color matching function to correct color of a printout you can adjust the color of the printout to more closely match the color you see on the display You can also adjust the color by brightness without performing matching e Using the Matching Function to Correct Color e Adjusting Color by Brightness Gamma Adjustment 2 ill Using t
199. atus Window in locations such as in the Page Setup sheet 2 Select Remote UI from the Options menu LI 701 705 By Canas LAST Pi The Remote UI 1s displayed NOTE If you cannot select Remote UI You cannot select Remote UI if the printer and computer cannot communicate via a network When starting the Remote UI directly from a web browser Remote UI 3 Log in as Administrator a 1 Enter a password in Administrator Password 2 Click Log In E Sr LIE Tap Fip BE EIFLILMPERET TES ITE p Page Fia rk Wa Poet Teck Pip Om 6 xg Ef gp 6 3 Abbah B mie C Dut 218 ca tz aba Remote Ul Top Page Device Sale OO The printer it ready Device Hare i 4 Product Hame LBP P21 e 0 OD Location e Paper inl armatian Cimare Manager Pape Sauce Job Hanze Multi Purpose Tray NOTE If the administrator password is not set It 1s not required to enter any value in Administrator Password Setting and Changing the Administrator Password 702 705 4 Select Information from the Device Manager menu a 713 m a LU MEL IH TH LEP PTE EI Q OQ x E49 tram D 2 s Remote ll Feaures Heec ob Manager Support Links Leewice Infanmation Device Hame Lecation Administrator Fhena Commens Manifarturser Product Mame Veraicn al TAHTEL LBP7210C 0 08 MAC Address Access Access Resiriefiona Mac Address
200. authorized Canon dealer to request service is NOTE If you are not sure what the problem is Contact your local authorized Canon dealer If a Scanner Error or Service Error Is Displayed 1 Turn the printer off 505 705 If the message does not reappear the printer 1s ready If the message reappears you need to request service Follow the procedure below and then contact your local authorized Canon dealer to request service 3 If a service error is displayed note down the error code displayed in the Printer Status Window T Cans LAST PiU Ffrr m ae Fu ot ee pii and Paa Fan t ec nein afer armeni FF lha ara ere cers haria thea nies ther conci fhe sole pow purchased he E aie wa ee j oia 506 705 4 Turn the printer off then disconnect the cables from the printer D 1 Turn the printer off 2 If the interface cables are connected turn the computer off and then disconnect the interface cables from the printer 3 Unplug the power plug from the AC power outlet Contact your local authorized Canon dealer to request service E If a service error is displayed please report also the error code which you noted down in Step 3 NOTE If you are not sure what the problem is Contact your local authorized Canon dealer 507 705 H 38 The Alarm Indicator Is Blinking Solve the problem following the message displayed
201. b 5 d T E 5 i re um E EN mmi gen ba L2 T a E m i a itis n i c i h C Insert the paper drawer into the printer Push it into the printer firmly 493 705 A CAUTION Precautions when inserting the paper drawer Be careful not to catch your fingers ea Close the rear cover L Close it securely The 8 Paper Jam indicator turns off and the printer is ready to print O IMPORTANT 494 105 If the 3 Paper Jam indicator does not turn off even after removing the paper Paper may be jammed in another area Check another area also and remove the paper Also check if the paper drawer is inserted into the printer firmly 495 705 H 34 Clearing Paper Jams Multi purpose Tray Area 1 Remove the jammed paper by pulling it gently in the direction of the arrow IMPORTANT If the jammed paper cannot be removed easily Do not try to remove it forcefully but proceed to Step 2 2 Close the multi purpose tray 496 705 4 Lower the manual feed transport guide E 1 Hold the tabs A on both sides 2 Push them down 497 705 2 IMPORTANT Do not touch the rubber pad A Touching it may result in deterioration in print quality IMPORTANT If the jammed paper cannot be removed easily Do not try to remove it forcefully but open the rear cover and then remove the jammed paper Clearing Paper Jams Drawer Area
202. being used Replace the paper with that which can be used with this printer Usable Paper and Unusable Paper 7 Side View Solution 1 Perform the following procedure in the printer driver 1 Display the Paper Source sheet 2 Set Paper Type as follows Current Setting Changed Setting Plain Paper L Plain Paper L2 Plain Paper Plain Paper L 458 705 Heavy Paper 1 Plain Paper Heavy Paper 2 Heavy Paper 1 Heavy Paper3 Heavy Paper 2 Envelope H Envelope Coated Paper 2 Coated Paper 1 Coated Paper 3 Coated Paper 2 Coated Paper 4 Coated Paper 3 TIf you perform the above procedure the toner does not fix onto paper well and the print may come out faint Solution 2 Perform the following procedure in the printer driver 1 Display the Finishing sheet 2 Click Advanced Settings 3 Set Special Print Mode to Special Settings 5 Normally use the printer with Special Print Mode set to Off Specify Special Settings 5 only if the described problems occur IMPORTANT When Special Settings 5 is selected The printing speed drops Cause 4 Depending on the paper type or the operating environment the paper may curl as either of the following Side View Front View Com Solution 1 Perform the following procedure in the printer driver 1 Display the Paper Source sheet 2 Set Paper Type as follows Current Setting Changed Sett
203. ble resident software including security software e f any other USB connection devices are connected to your computer disconnect those unneeded e f any other drivers or software of USB connection devices are installed on your computer uninstall those unneeded Connect the USB cable to another USB port on your computer e Connect the printer to another computer with a USB cable Nevertheless if printing does not work proceed to Question 9 gt Not printable lt lt Previous question Question 9 gt Install the printer driver again a Uninstalling the Printer Driver Using Canon LBP7210C Uninstaller Installing from CD ROM Setup Installing with Plug and Play Nevertheless if printing does not work proceed to lt Question 10 gt Not printable lt lt Previous question lt Question 10 gt Uninstall the USB class driver and then install the printer driver again n Uninstalling the USB Class Driver n Uninstalling the Printer Driver Using Canon LBP7210C Uninstaller n Installing from CD ROM Setup Installing with Plug and Play Not printable Nevertheless if printing does not work contact your local authorized Canon dealer lt lt Previous question lt Question 11 gt Is the LAN cable connected properly 418 705 The cable is connected DOLI To Question 12 6 The cable is not C t the cabl lv connected properly Voxrt dU a C lt lt Previous ques
204. box 1 Display the Page Setup sheet 2 Click Custom Paper Size amp Canon LPS rin iieg Prelerences COMPIDEH TEL E ch Winton wea A Specify the custom paper size DET TET Pajar Sire Saltire Som 108 83 2704 DB TS 133752153 fa d 2 Ste nda bx 2100 EE Da ZU iT D ZA UU HUI ean FEZ 2 2153 FERE NI 7 Da zm ZU map neq a Le L_ cm J mm 265 705 Name of Custom Paper Size Enter the name of the custom paper size to be added Up to 31 characters can be entered Unit Select the unit to be used when setting the custom paper size Paper Size Specify the height and width of the custom paper size Height Width Specify the custom paper size in portrait orientation Height Width within user definable sizes Register the custom paper size 1 Click Register 2 Confirm that the registered custom paper size 1s added to Paper List 3 Click OK Lucian Paperi NITE SPE pe 17E 282 D 15d ail F Ez ah nge man E953253 7E 1 1 Belli iini LJ C89 nidis d NOTE The number of custom paper sizes which can be registered The number varies depending on the system environment Loading Custom Size Paper in the Multi purpose Tray The following custom size paper can be loaded in the multi purpose tray e Width 76 2 to 215 9 mm Length 127 0 to 355 6 mm Step 1 Loading Custom Size Paper in the Mult
205. cation the application name may be added to the beginning of the file name About Interface Name If you print via USB Local is displayed in Interface Name If you print via the network nothing 1s displayed in the field If you want to delete the job click Delete 615 705 T Horeta Ul 7riri Jeb LIS GL Berseri misrai Lxpirenr Eh DE xe s Cascibsn lach H m NOTE About the pages in process of printing The pages in process of printing when Delete is clicked will be printed Displaying Print Logs Allows you to check the job logs 1 Select Print Log from the Job Manager menu Y ieser Ui Prine Log LEF ATIL IET T CITED IR Tg C TNNT 1 ener OK n a 3 Cancel Top Paga Deica kinager NOTE 616 705 Print logs e Up to 32 jobs can be displayed When the number of jobs exceeds 32 the print logs are automatically deleted starting from the oldest one e The print logs are deleted when you turn off the printer About Document Name A job file name of up to 20 characters can be displayed If the number of characters exceeds 20 the characters after the limited number are not displayed or some characters are not displayed properly Also depending on the application the application name may be added to the beginning of the file name About Interface Name If you print via USB Local is displayed in Interface Name If you print via the network nothing 1s d
206. ce and then uninstall it 7 Click OK Confirm Rewer Reenowall p LER Farang Sapat Warren ios ase ab Ee eranc al cc dace raris ae ip ders 3 Click ESI to close the Device Manager dialog box Js s 9 Disconnect the USB cable from the computer and then restart Windows 170 705 F Printing Basic Usage Various Printing Functions Installing the Printer Paper Requirements Saving Toner and Driver G Paper G Changing the Output Method Basio Frinter According ta the Print Data Operations orNumberofCopes Checking the Printer Editing a Document Status GI How to Use Help Adjusting the Coloror G Image Quality Cc Configuring the Printing Preferences Easily Cc 171 705 F 02 Installing the Printer Driver The printer driver 1s software required for printing from an application The procedure for installing the printer driver varies depending on the system environment See the following according to your system environment If the printer and computer are connected by a USB cable USB Cable Installing from CD ROM Setup z Installing with Plug and Play If the printer and computer are connected by a LAN cable z Auto Setup Recommended Method z Manual Setup Windows XP Server 2003 Only LAN Cable Using a Print Server Client Print Server Sooo ajs USB Cable LAN Cable ILAN Cable 172 705 If your computer is
207. ce 3i Cope i i 12 23 abcr ebore AJ E Pons A Obrim Page Land 4 i 7 H anus Scaling a z Pce Auk m Visa seinen rus ane CONFIDEH TAL te A 3 Page phorns estore Datu Ce Ceres 99 NOTE If you cannot select the Watermark check box If Spooling at Host in the Device Settings sheet is set to Disabled Watermark is grayed out and cannot be specified See Changing the Setting for Spooling at Host and change the setting for Spooling at Host to Auto 2 Add edit or delete a watermark Adding a watermark 1 Click Add 2 Specify the settings for each option as needed 310 705 n E J 1 2 Editing a watermark 1 Select a watermark you want to edit from Watermark List 2 Edit the watermark T You cannot edit the default watermarks tdri Waria rrari 2 Deleting a watermark 1 Select a watermark you want to delete from Watermark List 2 Click Delete You cannot delete the default watermarks or a watermark which is being selected in the printing preferences dialog box 3 Click Yes 311 705 NOTE For details on the settings See Help How to Use Help 3 Confirm the settings then click OK The Page Setup sheet reappears 312 705 F 32 Printing Borders the Printing Date etc You can print a border the date and page numbers on the document to be printed d l
208. connects to the printer e NOTE About a ferrite core A ferrite core is supplied with the printer 2 Connect the LAN cable to the LAN connector of this printer 3 Connect the other end of the LAN cable to the hub FN 547 705 A Press the power switch to turn the printer on a Make sure that the LNK indicator B on the printer s network board is on 8 e Ifthe printer is connected by IOBASE T If the LNK indicator B is on the printer is connected properly e Ifthe printer is connected by 100BASE TX If the LNK indicator B and 100 indicator A are on the printer 1s connected properly NOTE 548 705 When all the indicators are off 2 All the Indicators on the Network Board Are Off When the ERR indicator C is on or blinking ss The ERR Indicator on the Network Board Is On ss The ERR Indicator on the Network Board Blinks at an Interval of Four Times aa The ERR Indicator on the Network Board Is Constantly Blinking 6 Turn on the computer and start Windows Hu Log on as a user with administrative rights u IMPORTANT If you are not sure about your administrative rights Contact your system administrator 3 Insert the supplied CD ROM User Software into the CD ROM drive of your computer If the CD ROM is already in the drive eject the disk and reinsert it into the drive CD ROM Setup appears T It may take time to display CD ROM Setup depending on your
209. cording to local regulations About the packing materials The packing materials may be changed in form or placement or may be added or removed without notice Remove all the orange tape if it is attached to the paper feeder when performing the following procedure 1 Take the paper feeder out of the box 2 Pull out the paper drawer 93 705 3 Place the paper feeder at the installation site E When carrying the paper feeder hold the lift handles on both sides with both hands as shown in the figure IMPORTANT Precautions for the installation site Do not install the paper feeder on a platform that may warp from the weight of the printer and optional accessories or where the printer is liable to sink such as a carpet or mat Gently place the printer on the paper feeder so that each surface of the printer is flush with the front or side surfaces of the paper feeder 94 105 om B IMPORTANT If the printer cannot be placed on the paper feeder properly If the printer cannot be placed on the paper feeder properly lift the printer once hold it horizontally and place it again If you try to place the printer forcefully without lifting it the connector and positioning pins may be broken Insert the paper drawers in the printer and paper feeder r 6 Connect the LAN cable to the printer as needed 95 705 Connect the power cord to the printer o 3 Plug the power plug i
210. ct whether or not to use this printer as the default printer 1 If you want to use the printer as the default printer select Yes 152 705 2 Click Next Add Primate Wizard Ceci aut Paine Tur nes call aes ees doncumeni mw el eal pei uriscr pou coe here Dio og vent ig ure sic printer ac the deisi printer NS 1 Click Finish Add Printer Wirard Completing the Add Printer Wizard Tos haves successfully comodeted Ine dark Parites Wess Tos specibed Pe biog perder ng Farsi Lancer LEPTZIDC on FRIRT SEAVER Del alt Yea Loco Cael Ty chase Uis eund chick Fiend Installing from Windows Explorer 1 Turn on the computer and start Windows 2 Log on to Windows 3 Display Windows Explorer 5 e Windows XP Server 2003 Vista and Server 2008 From the Start menu select All Programs Accessories Windows Explorer 4 Perform the following procedure 1 Select the print server from My Network Places from Network for Windows 153 705 Vista and Server 2008 2 Double click the shared printer icon or drag and drop the icon into the Printers and Faxes folder or Printers folder Peintsorecn Bl EX ge Ferie Took Heb a n gt rides iar 2 fide a NOTE If you are not sure about the print server name the computer name of the print server Ask your print server administrator about the problem Follow the on screen instructio
211. ction or Editing and select the Allow Profile Selection check box e Ifthe printer name has been changed any added Profiles cannot be used To use the added Profiles change the printer name to its previous one 356 705 pal Cubes iire Match Page Soe Egl Lope i ism AJ Ci Landrzapa A Click OK The Print dialog box reappears D Click OK or Print The printer starts printing Adding a Profile Specify printing references in the printer driver Specify each option in the Page Setup Finishing Paper Source and Quality sheets 2 Click Add Canon LIP 210C Properties Page Sup Finke Paper Sore Du Betos Das Je e NOTE If you cannot click Add When the Allow Profile Selection and Allow Setting Edition check boxes in the Profile sheet are cleared Add is grayed out and cannot be specified See Allow Profile Selection or Editing and select the Allow Profile Selection and Allow Setting Edition check boxes 3 Specify information about the Profiles 357 705 Add Pratile Meare can EHossusee oranes or ce ge Name Enter the name for the Profile Up to 31 characters can be entered Icon You can select the icon for the Profile Comment Enter the comment for the Profile Up to 255 characters can be entered View Settings Display the View Settings dialog box
212. ded printing specifying the following setting allows you to print faster than normal automatic 2 sided printing 1 Click Advanced Settings in the Finishing sheet 2 Set Print Last Page in 1 sided Mode when 2 sided Printing is Set to On However when performing 2 sided printing on punched paper or previously printed paper the orientation or printing surface of the last page may differ from other pages In this case specify Off 273 705 1 Load paper in the paper drawer or multi purpose tray o NOTE Paper loading orientation On automatic 2 sided printing the reverse side of the paper is printed first therefore the paper should be loaded in the opposite orientation to that for 1 sided printing If printing on such paper with letterheads in which faces and directional orientations are specified see Paper Loading Orientation and load the paper in the proper orientation How to load paper Loading Standard Size Paper Other Than Index Cards and Envelopes Pi Select Print from the File menu in the application fe Leer an een fa pot Ent NOTE About the printing procedure The printing procedure may differ depending on the application you are using For details on the printing procedures see the instruction manual supplied with the application Open the printing preferences dialog box 1 Select this printer 2 Click Properties or Preferences 274 105 Gadur Fland i Ty
213. di Pn 7 neg zi 245 a at Lara Pana Status wicked 8 Dirar Settings Dials a CA Emig enne Cancel i rae A Hirup Setings Gaio l CA Mvamine Dispias Seating I Displaying the Option You Would Like Information on with Index The following describes how to display a topic using Edit Watermark in the Page Setup sheet as an example 208 705 1 Perform the following procedure 1 Display the Index sheet 2 Enter keywords for the desired option i Canen LAPIN DC Helg Page Setup Fiesi 2 cm du Eda uiai keiid Lack Pore capies Page Lay pur Page Crd er Maral Sci ad Tm Pr Edi Aierra mE E m B asia Pronbar Status incre E Labores Fair E zul Pups Cute Eanus Cesta in i Canon LAP TH DEC Helg D c amp m Hi Back Pme pim Page Setup Sheet Faria Erre tern imam p reep pg nn Edaj EWF Elpcen fi mig Quiet khi Esc ky image Corrections i L hareel Girin ILack Expand Prin Region and Print Pores IP m 1 i ip spe Capes Cb at en Page Leal Page Onde Asi erm aA Edi Valera Dec Satter ara Perio Situs Winckrat i Fuser Baza Figi Lir mre Pastors Desis AF mapapanr eee warir ee oe nel ansha Ha eerste mir 3 Click the desired option 209 705 i Canen LAPIN DC Hele Hels Bsk Pret Optom Cemtants Incl Saach Page Setup Sheet pp teu bagrordt i
214. dispersed through the air This can be trapped inside the printer causing degradation in print quality Power Supply Requirements e 220 to 240 V 410 50 60 Hz 2 Hz 60 705 IMPORTANT Precautions when connecting the power cord e Use an AC power outlet exclusively for the printer Do not use the other sockets of the AC power outlet e Do not plug the power plug into the auxiliary outlet on a computer e Do not use the same AC power outlet for both the printer and any of the following equipment Copy machine Air conditioner Shredder Equipment that consumes a large amount of electricity Equipment that generates electrical noise Miscellaneous precautions e The following is the maximum power consumption of the printer 1 170 W or less for the 220 to 240 V model e Electrical noise or a dramatic drop in mains voltage may cause the printer or computer to operate incorrectly or lose data Installation Requirements e A location with sufficient space e A location with good ventilation e A location with a flat even surface e A location able to fully support the weight of the printer A WARNING Do not install the printer in a location near alcohol paint thinner or other flammable substances If flammable substances come into contact with electrical parts inside the printer it may result in a fire or electrical shock A CAUTION Do not install the printer in the following locations
215. ds Aude Colo EW w 7 Hang Color etin a Ca wj NOTE When changing the printing preferences for the selected mode Click Settings 4 Confirm the settings then click OK The Print dialog box reappears D Click OK or Print Fe The printer starts printing 325 705 F 36 Correcting Rough Textured Images If image data such as photographic images are enlarged in size in an application and printed the printed images may look rough or jagged You can correct and smooth out this kind of low resolution image data 7 V NOTE About the printing procedure The printing procedure may differ depending on the application you are using For details on the printing procedures see the instruction manual supplied with the application 2 Open the printing preferences dialog box 1 Select this printer 2 Click Properties or Preferences 326 705 per Previn K 20831 4 Cheese Paper curce by POF pague aps C Pri tn fis Printing Te 3 Display the Custom Settings dialog box E 1 Display the Quality sheet 2 Click Settings Canon LOP 210C Prapertic Page Setup Friching Paper So uu 1 Fue 4 Specify the setting for image correction 1 Select the Enable Image Correction check box 2 Click OK 327 705
216. dure in the printer driver 1 Display the Paper Source sheet 2 Set Paper Type as follows Current Setting Changed Setting Plain Paper L2 Plain Paper L Plain Paper L Plain Paper Plain Paper Heavy Paper 1 Heavy Paper 1 Heavy Paper 2 Heavy Paper 2 Heavy Paper 3 Envelope Envelope H Coated Paper 1 Coated Paper 2 Coated Paper 2 Coated Paper 3 Coated Paper 3 Coated Paper 4 TIf you perform the above procedure residual images may appear on non printed areas 476 705 Solution 4 Perform the following procedure in the printer driver 1 Display the Finishing sheet 2 Click Advanced Settings 3 Set Special Print Mode to Special Settings 6 Normally use the printer with Special Print Mode set to Off Specify Special Settings 6 only if the described problems occur A problem has occurred inside the printer When the Alarm indicator is on perform the solution using the procedure in The Alarm Indicator Is On Thin Lines Are Faded or Halftone Images Are Faint Appropriate paper is not being used Solution Replace with paper that meets printing specifications a Usable Paper and Unusable Paper Cause 2 Depending on the paper type or the operating environment especially in a high humidity environment thin lines may be faded or halftone areas may be faint Solution Perform the following procedure in the printer driver 1 Display the Finishing sheet 2 Click A
217. dvanced Settings 3 Set Special Print Mode to Special Settings 2 Normally use the printer with Special Print Mode set to Off Specify Special Settings 2 only if the described problems occur Colored Lines and Text Appear Faded Thin lines or text are being used Solution Perform the following procedure in the printer driver 1 Display the Quality sheet 2 Click Settings 3 Select the Prioritize Printing of Colored Lines and Text check box Colored Text Appears Blurred A bold font 1s being used for the colored text Solution Perform the following procedure in the printer driver Display the Quality sheet select the Manual Color Settings check box Click Color Settings Display the Matching sheet Set Matching Method to Perceptual Monitor Color Matched Data Is Not Printed in the Correct Color Specified Color or Colored Text Appears Blurred Due to Out of Register Colors Any of the toner cartridges are not installed properly 477 105 Solution Make sure that the toner cartridge is installed properly a Replacing Toner Cartridges Cause 2 Any of the four color toner cartridges is almost out of toner or the drum in any of the toner cartridges has deteriorated Solution 1 Correct the Out of Register Colors on the Printer Status Window a Correcting Out of Register Colors Solution 2 Check the status of the toner cartridges Replace the toner cartridge t
218. e A cover is open 446 705 Close the displayed cover paper Jam inside Printer A paper jam has occurred Solution Remove the jammed paper according to the displayed message Clearing Paper Jams Drawer Area 2 Clearing Paper Jams Multi purpose Trav Area Clearing Paper Jams Output Area Cause 2 Because the paper drawer was not inserted you could not print from the multi purpose tray Solution Insert the paper drawer and then push it into the printer firmly To resume printing open and close the rear cover once B Cohn Error Calibration could not be finished properly Solution 1 Cancel the job and then perform calibration again Calibrating the Printer Solution 2 Clicking Resolve Error continues printing only when ea Resolve Error 1s enabled However data may not be printed in correct color E omeen Disk Space Cause The disk space on the computer or server is insufficient Solution Delete unnecessary files Click Resolve Error to resume printing after deleting the unnecessary files only when Resolve Error is enabled ER T Toner Cartridge The toner cartridge of the indicated color is not installed Solution Install the toner cartridge s Replacing Toner Cartridges Spe Cartridges Not Set in Correct Positions The toner cartridges are not installed in the correct positions Solution Install the toner cartridges in the correct positions Replacing Toner C
219. e Start menu 2 Press the ENTER key on the keyboard If the AutoPlay dialog box appears Windows Vista and Server 2008 Click Run AUTORUN EXE If the User Account Control dialog box appears Windows Vista and Server 2008 Click Continue 4 Click Additional Software Programs T Canon LBP7210C BRR DPE PIEPER EERE RRR RRR PRP PPP ERR RRR RRR ae Tou Caninstal sofware programs atc on this screen Select a manu on the ngt 5 Click Start in Auto Shutdown Tool 660 705 Additional Software Programs Explanatsee of Sesars 1 README amp e ka p NetSpot Device Installer far TCP IP iit Ue B Manual Uninstaller E cone son a Hara vou can start ar instal programs atc Thase pragrams mast of which may nat be inckudex in Easy and Custom Installation hap you make ra most of the many functons of ris device Operations vary depending on the program Click the button en the nght of gach program to pera Ainge Caen LEP To UC 7 Specify the settings for auto shutdown i 1 Select the Auto Shutdown after Fixed Period check box 2 Specify the time to shut down in Auto Shutdown After 3 Click OK Sune Set deers ete rar Eee NOTE About the setting for the time to execute auto shutdown When Auto Shutdown After is changed during sleep mode the specified time to execute auto shutdown is reset You can specify A
220. e cables from the printer u 1 Turn the printer off 2 If the interface cables are connected turn the computer off and then disconnect the interface cables from the printer 3 Unplug the power plug from the AC power outlet Clean the printer with a soft well wrung out cloth dampened with water or mild detergent diluted with water 394 705 NOTE When using a mild detergent for cleaning Be sure to wipe away any detergent remaining on the surface with a soft cloth dampened with water 3 After wiping off any dirt wipe the printer with a dry cloth A When the printer is completely dry plug the power plug into the AC power outlet Connect the USB cable to the printer as needed Ja 395 705 G 22 Moving the Printer When changing the location of the printer or moving the printer for maintenance be sure to perform the following procedure A WARNING When moving the printer Always turn off the power switch and unplug the power plug and interface cables Failure to do so can damage the cables or cords resulting in a fire or electrical shock A CAUTION Do not carry the printer with the paper drawer installed If you do so the paper drawer may drop resulting in personal injury NOTE About installation sites Installation Conditions of the Printer 1 Turn the printer off then disconnect the cables from the printer 1 Turn the printer off 2 If the interface cab
221. e documents is set forth below This list 1s intended to be a guide only If you are uncertain about the legality of using your product to scan print or otherwise reproduce any particular document and or of the use of the images scanned printed or otherwise reproduced you should consult in advance with your legal advisor for guidance e Paper Money e Travelers Checks Money Orders e Food Stamps e Certificates of Deposit e Passports e Postage Stamps canceled or uncanceled e Immigration Papers e Identifying Badges or Insignias e Internal Revenue Stamps canceled or uncanceled e Selective Service or Draft Papers e Bonds or Other Certificates of Indebtedness e Checks or Drafts Issued by Governmental Agencies e Stock Certificates e Motor Vehicle Licenses and Certificates of Title e Copyrighted Works Works of Art without Permission of Copyright Owner 22 105 C Using the e Manual Using the e Manual How to Use the e Manual Installing the e Manual p Viewing the e Manual p Searching for Information p Uninstalling the e Manual 23 705 C 02 How to Use the e Manual e Symbols Used in the e Manual e Keys and Buttons Used in the e Manual e Displays Used in the e Manual e llustrations Used in This Manual e Abbreviations Used in the e Manual Symbols Used in the e Manual The following are descriptions of warnings and cautions used in the e Manual to explain handling restrictions pr
222. eavy objects on the printer The object or the printer may fall resulting in personal injury e Turn off the power switch when the printer will not be used for a long period of time such as overnight Turn off the printer and unplug the power plug if the printer will not be used for an extended period of time such as for several days e Open or close covers and install or remove drawers gently and carefully Be careful not to hurt your fingers Keep your hands and clothing away from the roller in the output area Even if the printer is not printing the roller may suddenly rotate and catch your hands or clothing resulting 1n personal injury e The output slot is hot during and immediately after printing Do not touch the area surrounding the output slot as this may result in burns 11 705 e Printed paper may be hot immediately after being output Be careful when removing the paper and aligning the removed paper especially after continuous printing Failure to do so may result in burns e The laser beam used in the printer can be harmful to human bodies The laser beam is confined in the laser scanner unit by a cover so there 1s no danger of the laser beam escaping during normal printer operation Read the following remarks and instructions for safety e Never open covers other than those indicated in this manual e Do not remove the caution label attached to the cover of the laser scanner unit e Ifthe laser beam sho
223. ec dm i Dew Canon LE LOT Port TPRINTRERATE RS enar DETZ HR NOTE If you are using Windows Vista or Server 2008 The following screen appears Click Yes To ete prever an p nebesork pos mist nemcese ihe Wired ces i firesi biek pet agarat his primer The Wirde Fiesallisksek dl be pirti ehen thes prinber n cannected in a neta forthe Ark dame ster ihe mgs lshon De yai reni ba charge the Wicked Arevai sethiregs oo had the black ill kar rere ee nme Select No only if you do not use a LAN cable to connect the printer to a computer on which the printer driver is being installed 1 4 Click Yes Warning Iestalation cannot be stopped once it stats Du vpu mant Ep oni Installation of the printer driver starts 144 705 T It may take time to install the software depending on your environment Installation of the e Manual starts automatically after the printer driver installation Wait until the following screen disappears T It may take time to install the software depending on your environment Install Manuals Instalniq the manjas wart a moment 5 08 NOTE If you are using Windows Vista or Server 2008 The Printers dialog box appears Click Install driver If you selected Custom Installation in Step 4 The e Manual is not installed 1 Check the installation results and then click Next ae Install aa wf Pin
224. ecautions and instructions that should be observed for your safety A WARNING Indicates a warning about operations that can result in death or serious injury if not performed correctly You must follow the information in this warning to ensure safe use of the printer CAUTION Indicates a caution concerning operations that may lead to injury to persons or damage to property if not performed correctly You must follow the information in this caution to ensure safe use of the printer IMPORTANT Indicates operational requirements and restrictions Be sure to read these items carefully to ensure correct printer operation and avoid printer damage NOTE Indicates a clarification of an operation It is recommended that you read this note INFORMATION Indicates additional useful information about an operation It is recommended that you read this information Keys and Buttons Used in the e Manual 24 705 The following are examples of how control panel keys and on screen buttons are depicted in the e Manual Control panel keys Key icon gt Key name Example Press the Cancel Job key Buttons and items on the computer display Names of buttons and items Example Click OK Select Paper Source Displays Used in the e Manual Most of the operations in the e Manual are described using screenshots from Windows XP Professional Displayed screens may differ from those in the e Manual depending on you
225. ect No only if you do not use a LAN cable to connect the printer to a computer on which the printer driver is being installed 9 Click Yes L Warning Ea vpu mant Ir ere Cu s 1 0 When the following screen is displayed press the power switch to turn on the printer LUSH Cnnnecdkzn d Shatin Ug s p P a m i tm a 1 Connect the LE cable bo the printer aiba turing aff Ehe pombe and Hasen conset ihe cable Installation of the printer driver starts automatically T It may take time to install the software depending on your environment Installation of the e Manual starts automatically after the printer driver installation Wait until the following screen disappears 108 705 T It may take time to install the software depending on your environment Install Manuals Instaling the manuals Want a moment _ 08 NOTE If the USB cable is connected but the printer is not automatically recognized Ihe Printer Driver Cannot Be Installed or Uninstalled If you selected Custom Installation in Step 4 The e Manual is not installed 1 1 Check the installation results and then click Next E P Install d x Mili LIREI a Cnlinm Marcas Ind IEF 3 These Check the installation results shown above and then chek Mex NOTE If the printer driver is not installed properly Ihe Printer Driver Cannot Be Installed or Uninstalled 1 2 Restart you
226. ect Remote UI if the printer and computer cannot communicate via a network When starting the Remote UI directly from a web browser x Remote UI Checking the Printer Settings 647 705 By obtaining information from the printer you can display the current printer status and printer information in the Remote UI To check the printer settings select Information or Network from the Device Manager menu P Ss Lil migr maliar LBP TATE iisa her e ET TET Om Q x Z f Demn fyr G A Ga deem AE bhp VIC D 20 paier incer Remote Ul Information ence Infanmation Log nd Top Page Device Han Lecatian Stans Administrator l cc mens Product Hame LBP 7211747 Joh Manager Version Dos ST Links El e Information Page You can check the printer information security settings etc e Network Page You can check the network settings etc Information Page 648 705 a AEILE LII mlaratan Fia D a Pluewte Toh Pip Qe O x E om fr s ades RE ng 1 LOO 2 Erga e ine acl Remote Ul Device Infermation Log Aui Device Name Leetation 22 Page Stats Administrator Fhene information Features Higtescrk cb Maree Commenr s Manufarturar Product Name Veralen muppar Linke Language Display Language Security Administrator Pasawerd Ho Specied Ucar FTP ficcess Mot Aestreched SHMP x 1 Acckkk Fights Community Mame E
227. ed security access logs You can also display the date and time that the print server obtained from the SNTP server or update the date and time by obtaining them from the SNTP server T How to change the settings Obtaining and Checking the Security Access Logs NOTE Changing the settings You can change the settings only if you have logged in as Administrator Network Page 650 705 EL svete BRI LH SN ERE CP FATU TET S fE hrie oet Ehag E GE a Pte pi pep a 2 d d Pre dem OO te Ge Remote Ul I ED dr Lr n interface Fast Ethernet 1068 0OELas eT Btheenet Driver Setting Auto Detect MAC Addas OI DD 55 D5 Fi 38 Domos usen meme Herork Interface Mame cb Manager Vosa T rir Linke e dee TCPIP Cwage IF Address 19 1868 0215 Subnat Mask ipud Gabea diddrecs p gau DHS Server Acdraas pado DHS Host Ware DMS Domain Mame SHTF Server Nome WHS Server Address WIE Hast dame FTP S fings Die bg EAM DA FAC AA AJ pbig epee ee 1 Network Interface Displays information about the network interface etc How to change the settings Changing the Network Transmission Speed or Transfer Mode 2 Firmware Displays the name of the current network interface and its version How to update the network board firmware Updating the Network Board Firmware 3 General Displays the print server name port name Y How to change the se
228. ed security access log in text format 5 Clear Clears the obtained security access logs 6 Security Access Log Displays the obtained security access logs The date and time when the access was blocked IP address port number and restriction type are displayed PRINT Rejected TCP IP Print Jobs SNMP Rejected SNMP Monitoring or setting Changes or SLP Rejected Multicast Discoveries 704 705 IMPORTANT The number of security access logs that can be obtained Up to 100 logs can be obtained When the number of logs exceeds 100 the logs are deleted starting from the oldest one 705 705
229. elete the icon you cannot install the printer driver again e Restart Windows IMPORTANT Uninstallation of the e Manual The installed e Manual are not uninstalled by uninstalling the printer driver See Uninstalling the e Manual and uninstall the e Manual 167 705 E 21 Uninstalling the USB Class Driver Uninstall the USB class driver under the following circumstances e Ifthe printer driver installed using a USB connection cannot be uninstalled properly e If you cannot install the printer driver properly even after reinstalling it 1 Check the following e Check that the printer and computer are connected using a USB cable e Check that the printer is on 2 Perform the following procedure e Windows XP From the Start menu select Control Panel and then click Add or Remove Programs e Windows Server 2003 From the Start menu select Control Panel Add or Remove Programs e Windows Vista From the Start menu select Control Panel and then click Uninstall a program e Windows Server 2008 From the Start menu select Control Panel and then double click Programs and Features 3 Make sure that Canon LBP7210C is not displayed 1 Make sure that Canon LBP7210C is not displayed in the dialog box 2 Click to close the dialog box FA Add ar emea P NOTE If Canon LBP7210C is displayed See Uninstalling the Printer Driver in Control Panel and delete C
230. ellow toner cartridges 1 400 pages The average yield 1s on the basis of ISO IEC 19798 when printing A4 size paper with the default print density setting ISO IEC 19798 1s the global standard related to Method for the determination of toner cartridge yield for color printers and multi function devices that contain printer components issued by ISO International Organization for Standardization e The included toner cartridges differ from replacement toner cartridges For purchasing replacement toner cartridges see When a Message Appears About interface cables e This printer does not come with an interface cable e Have an appropriate one available for the computer you are using or the connecting method e Use a USB cable with the following symbol CD ROM Setup When the supplied CD ROM is inserted into the CD ROM drive the following CD ROM Setup appears automatically Operations such as software installation can be performed from the CD ROM Setup Canon LBP 7210C aee mE CD ROM Setup Tou Caninstal software programs atc on this scraen Select a manu on the right Easy Installation Installs the printer driver and the e Manual at the same time 64 705 Custom Installation Allows you to install the printer driver only or the e Manual only Additional Software Programs Allows you to start the following software program NetSpot Device Installer a NetSpot Device Installer Manual Uni
231. elope C5 and Envelope B5 e Custom paper size Width 100 0 to 215 9 mm Length 148 0 to 355 6 mm Paper Feeder Unit PF 701 aD IMPORTANT Use a paper feeder designed for this printer Be sure to use a paper feeder designed for this printer NOTE How to Install the Paper Feeder ss Paper Feeder 51 705 D 04 Dimensions of Each Part Printer unit e Standard configuration Front View gt mm 192 e With the paper feeder installed Front View gt mm Paper Feeder Unit PF 701 Front View mm 52 705 D 05 Printer Specifications e Hardware Specifications e Software Specifications Hardware Specifications Type Desktop page printer Printing method Electrophoto method On demand fixing e Black and white printing e 20 pages min 1 sided printing e 10 pages min 5 sheets min 2 sided Printing speed printing py Plain paper 60 to 90 g m when printing u l e Color printing A4 paper continuously e 20 pages min 1 sided printing e 10 pages min 5 sheets min 2 sided printing LE Warm up time 3 22 seconds or less Time from power on to printer ready Recovery time Time from power save mode to printer Approx 9 seconds ready e Black and white printing 16 seconds or less First print time When printing A4 paper e Color printing 16 seconds or less 4 Drawer e Standard sizes A4 B5 A5 Legal Letter Executive S
232. emove the sheet and then turn on the printer again Carrying the Printer to the Installation Site and Removing the Packing Materials 9 insufficient Memory Cause The memory on the computer or server is insufficient Solution Exit unnecessary applications Sout of Paper 448 705 Cause The paper to be printed is not loaded in a paper source Solution 1 Load the indicated paper in the paper source Solution 2 If the indicated paper is loaded in the paper source register the paper size again Registering the Paper Size for the Paper Drawer Solution 3 Clicking Resolve Error allows the printer to print on the currently loaded paper only when Resolve Error is enabled If no paper is loaded in the paper drawer however paper may be fed from the multi purpose tray B Seite Paper Different from Set Paper Paper of the size different from that of the job was printed Solution 1 Load the indicated paper in the paper source Solution 2 If the indicated paper is loaded in the paper source register the paper size again a Registering the Paper Size for the Paper Drawer S Clicking Resolve Error allows the printer to print on the currently loaded paper only when Resolve Error is enabled L9 the Paper Printing is stopped to check 1f the paper loaded in the multi purpose tray is appropriate Solution 1 If appropriate paper is loaded click ea Resolve Error only when Resolve
233. environment the uninstallation may take a long time NOTE If you are using Windows Vista and Server 2008 The following dialog box appears Read the contents of the message and then click Yes or Yes To All d De ytu wart iz Salta Sod reer package cf Cann LUEF 219C 2007 Ba Click Exit J Deleie Printer To da daing salci Ha prim you carni iz dalia ard han check D mista 6 Open the Printers and Faxes or Printers folder Windows XP Professional and Server 2003 From the Start menu select Printers and Faxes e Windows XP Home Edition From the Start menu select Control Panel and then click Printers and Other Hardware Printers and Faxes e Windows Vista 162 705 From the Start menu select Control Panel and then click Printer e Windows Server 2008 From the Start menu select Control Panel and then double click Printers Make sure that the icon for this printer is not displayed in the Printers and Faxes or Printers folder LES Taari th quA ae Fab o ouk pb J d sem pre CT falter Marrs F ced Pe T PP JTb T Ch Pe Donc rni cg Per J rrome IMPORTANT If the icon for this printer is displayed 1 Right click the icon and then select Delete from the pop up menu 2 Click Yes E An EN gura ou ark Er delete Hear printer Canon LIPTZ1077 es NM w T Be sure to delete the icon Unless you delete the icon yo
234. ep 1 Connecting a USB Cable Step 2 Installing the Printer Driver with Plug and Play Step 3 After the Installation IMPORTANT If your hard disk does not have sufficient space to install the printer driver A message indicating that your hard disk does not have sufficient space appears during installation Cancel the installation free up space on your hard disk and then reinstall the software Step 1 Connecting a USB Cable A WARNING When the power plug is plugged into the AC power outlet When plugging or unplugging a USB cable do not touch the metal part of the connecter as this may result in electrical shock IMPORTANT Do not plug or unplug the USB cable while the printer or computer is on This may cause the printer to malfunction About unidirectional communication equipment The printer performs bi directional communication Operation of the printer when connected via unidirectional communication equipment has not been tested and as a result Canon cannot guarantee printer operation if the printer is connected using unidirectional print servers USB hubs or switching devices NOTE About the USB cable This printer does not come with a USB cable Have an appropriate one available for the computer you are using Use a USB cable with the following symbol 112 705 1 Make sure that the printer and computer are off 2 Connect the B type square end of the USB cable to the USB connector on the pri
235. er Environment Printing Configuration Printing a Test Page in Page Print Cc Windows Cc Uninstalling the Printer Driver 59 705 K 02 Installation Conditions of the Printer In order to use this printer in a safe and trouble free manner install the printer in a place that fulfills the following conditions e Temperature and Humidity Conditions e Power Supply Requirements e Installation Requirements e Installation Space a IMPORTANT Important Safety Instructions Before installing the printer be sure to read Important Safety Instructions Temperature and Humidity Conditions e Temperature range 10 to 30 C 50 to 86 F e Humidity range 20 to 80 RH no condensation IMPORTANT Protecting the printer from condensation e To prevent condensation from forming inside the printer in the following cases let the printer adjust to the ambient temperature and humidity for at least two hours before use When the room where the printer 1s installed is heated rapidly When the printer is moved from a cool or dry location to a hot or humid location e If water droplets condensation form inside the printer this can result in paper jams or poor print quality When using an ultrasonic humidifier When you are using an ultrasonic humidifier it is therefore recommended that you use purified water or other water that is free of impurities If you use tap water or well water impurities in the water will be
236. er driver Procedure for Installing the Printer and the Printer Driver 1 Load paper in the paper drawer or multi purpose tray a NOTE How to load paper Loading Standard Size Paper Other Than Index Cards and Envelopes n Loading Index Cards a Loading Envelopes a Loading Custom Size Paper Non Standard Size Paper 2 Open the PDF file to be printed using Adobe Reader a 3 Select Print from the File menu B LP eur an on a po Est 4 Configure the printing preferences a 1 Select this printer 2 Configure the printing preferences 177 705 Changing the printer name You can change the printer name in the Printers and Faxes or Printers folder Specify the setting for Print Style 1 Display the Finishing sheet 2 Select 2 sided Printing or 1 sided Printing 178 705 at Canon LP 210E I raperties Pape sanf Fruita Ps 1 Jaze no Fide 3 Dalan J aing L 1Pripi in D iaat O arisera BedrgLocsion H Long Edge La On Dalee Ademnced jatine Beshcee Def zn Sn Fi Specify the settings for Page Size and Output Size ff 1 Display the Page Setup sheet 2 Select the page size of the document created by an application 3 Select the size of the paper loaded in the paper source as needed LIE DRE Ure RT Proportion E Ferme je CD rmm om LTTET LE Profis M es w e Ex
237. er driver Click Sj Display Printer Status Window in locations such as in the Page Setup sheet 2 Select Remote UI from the Options menu Prahaa AXrnacectraborz Corea lera Dszumard Hara Urm Maree Lorspules H aine The Remote UI is displayed NOTE If you cannot select Remote UI You cannot select Remote UI if the printer and computer cannot communicate via a network 693 705 When starting the Remote UI directly from a web browser x Remote UI 3 Log in as Administrator a 1 Enter a password in Administrator Password 2 Click Log In E 511m LI plage LH 22 n0 Fia Cot ee Foes Tech Pip Dm 2 2 pet ewe 5 3 deem g mp MPIC o0 20 5 ca ahead Remote Ul Device Statue S The printer is ready Device Hama li Product Hame LB 7210C NEN CUM e Paper infermation e Papes Sauce ac Paper Sire in blag d Multi Purpose Tray Mona Sl rice Manager NOTE If the administrator password is not set It 1s not required to enter any value in Administrator Password Setting and Changing the Administrator Password 4 Select Information from the Device Manager menu a a maa f bg l lij rilsrrreale mj BIO DEI Fia rk meo Plush Toh rip m O gif poset irte 3 3 ies B mg EI Bua H E aire ns afta Remote ll Gace Infanmation Log d Tao Page Device Hame l Lecation Administrator Fheona Comments
238. er for servicing on even after applying the Solution 1 and 2 contact your local 433 705 H 14 The ERR Indicator on the Network Board Blinks at an Interval of Four Times The ERR indicator on the network board blinks at an interval of four times Cause The network board was reset the printer was turned on while pressing the reset button on the network board resetting the network board to the default settings Solution Turn the printer off wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it on 434 705 H 15 The ERR Indicator on the Network Board Is Constantly Blinking The ERR indicator on the network board is constantly blinking Cause The hardware of the network board is in an abnormal condition Solution Contact your local authorized Canon dealer for servicing 435 705 H 16 Checking the IP Address Use the following procedure to make sure that the IP address 1s set properly 1 Run Command Prompt e Windows XP Server 2003 Vista and Server 2008 From the Start menu select All Programs Accessories Command Prompt 2 Enter ping the IP address of the printer then press the ENTER key on your keyboard e Input Example ping 192 168 0 215 3 If the IP address is set properly the following result is displayed This indicates that four packets were sent and four packets were successfully received e Packets Sent 4 Received 4 Lost 0 0 loss A Cont
239. er size NOTE How to load paper a Loading Standard Size Paper Other Than Index Cards and Envelopes n Loading Index Cards Loading Envelopes a Loading Custom Size Paper Non Standard Size Paper Control Panel The control panel has the indicator lights which show the printer status and the button which can cancel a job 48 705 Unlike in the above illustration the indicator names are indicated above the respective 1cons depending on the country or region Indicators Number Name Status Refer to A toner cartridge needs to be replaced Toner Indicator 1 Replacing Toner Cartridges Orange The printer cannot print because a toner cartridge needs to be replaced One or more toner cartridges are not installed in the correct positions Blinking Loading Standard Size Paper o Other Than Index Cards and ae Printing cannot be performed e 2 nvelopes Load Paper Indicator e J because no paper is loaded 2 mm 0 Loading Index Cards Orange Paper of the correct size is not Loading Envelopes mM loaded Blinking Loading Custom Size Paper Non Standard Size Paper J Paper Jam Indicator amp A paper jam has occurred and 3 a Paper Jams Orange printing cannot be performed Blinking 49 705 e fi A service call has occurred and 0 The Alarm Indicator Is On printing cannot be performed 4 Alarm Indicator On Orange P FOS N An
240. ere Toh rip Q O n fne fem S EE deese ME tp MIG 0 02 5 ca ez abe Remote Ul Top Page Device Sale OO The printer jt ready Device Hare Produc Hams LEFP7J1TOC e 00 een we Paper inl armatian Cimare Manager Papes Sauce Job Manager zi Multi Purpose Tray 4 Select Information from the Device Manager menu L 640 705 a 171m a LU ET EH TH LEP TAT EI EBD IS SR ET IET Fia rk a Perie Toh Pip Qe AAD Pun deeem D s ee Ia en ee ear nhe Remote Ll Gace Infanmetion Device Hame Lezcation Administrator Fhena Commens info nat on Fasnres Moteur Manufacturer Product Mame Veraicn aT Links ES ob Hanger D Click Change under Security Je d WLILIBILSETLL LER be ert le rel Eip ian Pe D ves ees m Qr O E B O Deo der OS Adis RE ip EE LOB 0 H prki re tei Security Administrator Password User FTP Access SHMP v 1 Access Rights Resad and nbe Community Name public SNMP v 3 IP Address Range Settings TEPIP Printing Accekk Retika Of Mot Pestrichad Pamit Soeciteeed Addeszces P ddnmeszes 6 Enter the password currently being used a La a LU i large 5e arg hial i Un R DET TEETE TS hali l Lupi El Fh rk Ven o Fuertes pu Qe O FB Par rem i a bis M met c an 2 Remote Ul Change Security Information The asinis wal be changed as folka Ada here Paid Saps
241. ernet 10 1 23 E asas T Eiherrat Driver Setting Puta Delect MAC Addreaa 00 o0 8 amp 5 D F1 38 i Fiemme Pirie he Fasnres qe eee Harisork interface ame ob Manager pT Links 6 Click Reset to Default Settings 582 705 ETT TIER I F ramrzler Lr LBP TAI DEI Fia rk en fasten Took Piip Om O id 36 P dr 62 3 nike Ll mie EC ut 0 208 na nara shel Remote Ul Camrun HE EC Prise Servar V1 Jum OF BOIL SM SPR8SRASAJTCEREB Par amp tkL ee isga ARATA Ben Em a informar on Features Pati S rm L Mgtwork DIS LiB nalish iExglish Fressh derman Italian Fysxish Rapanese Pernult BOOT rur cb Manager MITTOPE APIS t ACT SENEE ATO SENEE ID HALF DE 10 FULL PX 100 HALF DX 100 FUE cuppert Links Click Yes Li F Saar e LI Aei IBI TT Fia D Aa Foe Teck Pip Qe O BBG Par groom S n Akhan meg yH bua Hya ammi Remote Ll Reset to Default Settings LUMINE ORE women M E EN nid ollie tech es you warnt z the command ob Manager Spat Links The network settings are initialized Initializing the Network Settings Using the Reset Button 1 Turn the printer off 583 705 Turn on the printer while pressing the reset button A Press the reset button with the tip of a ball point pen etc 584 705 I 08 Settings for Adding a Port Depending on the method for setting the IP address of the prin
242. error has occurred and The Alarm Indicator Is diu printing cannot be performed Blinking Blinking 8 Q The printer is ready to print 5 Ready Indicator On Green 9 The printer is busy printing re preparing to print shutting down or cleaning Blinking e The Cancel Job key has S been pressed Cancel Job Indicator On 6 Canceling a Job Orange A job is being canceled Blinking Key Number Name Function Refer to 6 Cancel Job Press this key to cancel the job that is currently being printed or a job Canceling a Key with an error Job NOTE Checking detailed information about the printer status You can check detailed information about the printer status using the Printer Status Window from your computer Checking the Printer Status Using the Printer Status Window 50 705 D 03 Optional Accessories The following optional accessories are available in order to make full use of the printer functions Purchase them in accordance to your needs For the optional accessories contact your local authorized Canon dealer Paper Feeder In addition to the supplied multi purpose tray and paper drawer up to three paper sources can be used by installing the optional paper feeder The paper feeder can be loaded with up to 250 sheets of plain paper 80 g m of the following sizes e Standard sizes A4 B5 A5 Legal Letter Executive Statement Foolscap Envelope DL Envelope No 10 COM10 Env
243. ers A Click Add a printer gt e Cantrel Panel amp Hadasa and Sound r Pries SP Ee r UUREVOL ing eee LL Comments Lecstian Model Mizrasoft XP5 Document Document im f Wirrter E Pictures n a i kiere a Feld ari 5 Click Add a network wireless or Bluetooth printer Choose a local or network printer Add a local printer Lee the option anke H you dont hree a USB peornter Meos automaticaly etl USE primier when yox plug erem in Add a network wireless or Bluetooth printer Make iura that your computer n e ntestad te tha natok er that peur Elugiesth ervargage printar m umad on Searching for the printer on the network starts automatically 6 Click The printer that I want isn t listed 147 705 Searching for available printers Perform the following procedure 1 Select Select a shared printer by name 2 Click Next Find a printer by name or TCP TP address P kagat for a eximias Exanpe M corgu iere Marmterrace or P Add a preter using B TCP TP oiden o hoste 8 Select a shared printer 1 Select a shared printer on the print server 2 Click Select Fieve lanki B us B e Mj feneem Places HR Coepit E em E Pictures Hi fecenth Changed F instr bam E1 Pukis Folders aye NOTE 148 705 Specifying the network path directly Specify the network path as he print server name the computer name of the print ser
244. es Access Logs Log Types Hot Pese ped Parmi Specified Addresses 6 Check the security access logs or other information 703 705 Fla Lk a m Q x Fe Peet fee G uS eR amp l pL LE ZI54ran war 5 send Fuerte Teck Pip Remote Ul EE RUE Date and Tira comm OS 13 mde dg Qt ire lam SMTP eras Sis 3 information Features Piatak Jcb Manager B 1 Update Now Clicking this button obtains information about the date and time from the SNTP server Reflects the obtained status to Date and Time and SNTP Server Log according to success or failure of obtaining information T For details on the SNTP settings see Configuring the Protocol Settings 2 Date and Time Displays the date and time obtained from the SNTP server The local time of the printer is displayed when the time and date could not be obtained from the SNTP server for some reason such as that the SNTP server address is not specified 3 SNTP Server Log Displays the obtained status from the SNTP server When succeeded in Synchronized with the SNTP server at lt The date and obtaining the status time when they were obtained Next synchronization in The date and time when they are to be obtained next gt While in the process of Getting time from SNTP Server obtaining the status When failed to obtain the Failed to get time from SNTP Server status 4 Save saves the obtain
245. es Colors Are Uneven or Not Printed Smoothly Large characters wide lines or diagrams with high color density were printed Solution Perform the following procedure in the printer driver 1 Display the Finishing sheet 2 Click Advanced Settings 3 Select the appropriate mode for Special Smoothing Mode Normally select Mode 1 for Special Smoothing Mode If the following conditions occur when Mode 1 is selected select any setting between Mode 2 and Mode 6 e If gradations cannot be printed smoothly B Select Mode 2 e If the following problems occur at the same time Gradations cannot be printed smoothly B The areas around large characters or thick lines especially those with low color density are not printed smoothly Select Mode 3 e If the areas around large characters or thick lines especially those with low color density are not printed smoothly Select Mode 4 e If strip shaped unevenness appears on gradations 469 705 Select Mode 5 e If shaded patterns deviate incorrect shaded patterns occur Select Mode 6 IMPORTANT Precautions when specifying Special Smoothing Mode e When Mode 2 or Mode 3 is selected areas around diagrams may not be printed smoothly e When Mode 3 or Mode 4 is selected color unevenness may appear on large characters and thick lines e When Mode 5 is selected characters lines and areas around diagr
246. es e Preparing the Toner Cartridges Precautions when Preparing the Toner Cartridges A CAUTION Precautions if you get toner on your hands or clothing If toner gets on your hands or clothing wash them immediately with cold water Washing with warm water sets the toner making it impossible to remove the toner stains IMPORTANT About disposal of the removed packing materials Dispose of the packing materials according to local regulations Be careful of counterfeit toner cartridges Please be aware that there are counterfeit Canon toner cartridges in the marketplace Use of counterfeit toner cartridge may result in poor print quality or machine performance Canon is not responsible for any malfunction accident or damage caused by the use of counterfeit toner cartridge For more information see http www canon com counterfeit NOTE Handling toner cartridges Handling Toner Cartridges Preparing the Toner Cartridges 1 Gently open the front cover 71 705 2 Pull out the toner cartridge tray 1 Press the lever on the handle 2 Pull out the toner cartridge tray until it stops NOTE Order of the toner cartridges Yellow Magenta Cyan Black 3 Hold down the toner cartridge as shown in the figure 72 105 4 Pull out the sealing tape 1 While holding the toner cartridge hook your finger into the tab to remove it 2 Pull out the sealing tape approx
247. espond to Specified Addresses SLP CONT MODE IP Addresses SLP CONT LIST Restrict MAC Address Access MAC CONT ENB Permit Specified Addresses Reject Specified Addresses MAC CONT MODE MAC Addresses MAC CONT LIST Access Logs SEC LOG ENB Read and Write The community name of SNMP 0 to 32 characters Access using the SNMP v 3 protocol Whether to restrict the users who can print Accept or reject print jobs from users specified in IP Addresses Accept Reject The IP addresses rejected to perform TCP IP printing Whether to restrict users who can monitor or change the SNMP settings Accept or reject monitoring and changing of settings using the SNMP protocol for users specified in IP Addresses Accept Reject The IP addresses rejected to monitor change the SNMP setting Whether to restrict the users who can perform the multicast discovery Accept or reject the response to multicast discovery searches performed by users specified in IP Addresses Accept Reject The IP addresses rejected to perform the multicast discovery Whether to restrict the devices that can access Accept or reject access by a device specified in MAC Addresses Accept Reject The MAC addresses permitted or rejected to access Whether to obtain security access logs 571 705 public NO NO Accept Blank NO Accept Blank NO Accept
248. estart your computer after the printer driver installation e All Programs under the Start menu Canon Printer Uninstaller Canon LBP7210C Uninstaller Al Programs Ge Canon Printer Urirstales C Canon LERT LOZ Uninstaller e Desktop LBP7210C e Manual LBP 210C e Manual Y The icon does not appear if you did not install the e Manual e All Programs under the Start menu Canon LBP7210C LBP7210C e Manual 933 705 The 1con does not appear 1f you did not install the e Manual NOTE Configuring DNS WINS and other advanced network settings Configuring the Protocol Settings Created port Standard TCP IP Port is created 534 705 1 03 Manual Setup Windows XP Server 2003 Only This section describes the procedure for installing the printer driver with Manual Setup on a computer connected to the printer with a LAN cable Manual Setup allows you to set the IP address create a port and install the printer driver manually one at a time T If you are using Windows Vista or Server 2008 you cannot print using a port created by Manual Setup Be sure to install the printer driver using Auto Setup Auto Setup Recommended Method Step 1 Connecting a LAN Cable Step 2 Setting the IP Address n setting the IP Address Step 3 Creating a Port and Installing the Printer Driver Step 4 After the Installation Step 1 Connecting a LAN Cable NOTE About the netwo
249. esult in poor print quality e Dispose of the removed sealing tape according to local regulations e Remove the drum protective cover A ur IMPORTANT Do not touch the drum A Print quality may deteriorate if you touch or damage the drum A at the bottom of the toner cartridge Keep the drum protective cover Keep the removed drum protective cover You will need it when you remove the toner cartridge for printer maintenance or other purposes 9 Install the toner cartridge 372 705 IMPORTANT Precautions when installing toner cartridges e When handling the toner cartridges be careful not to let the drum impact the frame of the toner cartridge tray e The position of the toner cartridges in the printer is determined by the toner color Install the toner cartridges in the slots that have labels of the same color e Install the toner cartridges securely into the printer 1 Close the toner cartridge tray Push it into the printer firmly 373 705 A CAUTION Precautions when closing the front cover Be careful not to catch your fingers IMPORTANT If you cannot close the front cover Make sure that the toner cartridge tray 1s closed Do not try to forcefully close the front cover as this may damage the printer Do not leave the front cover open for a long time with the toner cartridges installed This may result in deterioration in print quality 374 705 G 06 Ha
250. et er Pe CO dr rage Cuan b Lorbpanrg gae Fm If you want to search for the procedure for replacing toner cartridges 4 Troubleshooting sg IT n H a Ai I LL or Fo epee ge ee ee k Dary bee Berger Se b Berdgcorg r Sordi Tome Cabos E Less Page Fate Fa deles dr ot Paty b Cheer de rars b kairo b m rg ma geri Arrears b rigen he Poe b Lee gian el tn ee Meroe You can search for troubleshooting Example 34 705 If you want to search for a procedure for clearing a paper jam Uaec ad oe IIT LIII I pL Tepe miep y ee eel Tesis iii Pag Pe Para Dens Cer ow ma rere b Fri Doe Fiet or b rn acr Agger im er Pre Ebay Vide Lai Tuoi de 1 Pl foray aol m ma Fine b Fogn Cane m Cree b Few Ful Day b Fu bau b Tir curn inizia RC ad Birding 5 Basic Information If you want to search for basic printer information etc Example If you want to search for the printer specifications oer fein eed Porte T bonc apres sad irr Eno Pug B Page neci Teer Free b Topica cur peie b Deere cw ni Ince Pam LEX Lui rt o P Curva usine F Locabm o map fad Far SH Baad og adigi ee ep Jg pL or Trq oe yeman ee ee eee 6 Search for Useful Features You can search for a topic from the list of Useful Features Example If you want to search for the procedure to print multiple pages on one sheet 35 705 M
251. etected automatically NOTE If Windows Firewall is enabled The following dialog box appears Ta search For al printers you must bereporaniy ramo the Windom Firewall block seb Against the program For sarcina prinbent Whar tha Installation ks conplebed the Windows Fraasi block will be resctiuabed Do you want bc change Ene Windows Fineas settings so thet the block sal be remanence Ls JL J If the IP address of the printer has been already set click No If you want to clear the block and detect the printers in which the IP address has not been set yet click Yes Operation procedure varies depending on the content displayed in Product Name in Printer List e If LBP7210C is displayed in Product Name e If Unknown Device is displayed in Product Name NOTE If no devices are displayed in Printer List Perform the following procedure 1 Make sure that the computer and printer are connected via the network 2 Make sure that the printer 1s on 3 Click Auto Search Again The printers on the network are searched for again If any devices are not displayed by performing the above procedure perform the following procedure 1 Click Manual Search by IP Address 925 705 2 Enter the IP address of the printer to be installed The default IP address of the printer 1s 192 168 0 215 3 Click OK If LBP7210C is displayed in Product Name Add LBP7210C to Printer List for
252. etwork Board Are Off When the ERR indicator C is on or blinking The ERR Indicator on the Network Board Is On Ihe ERR Indicator on the Network Board Blinks at an Interval of Four Times aa The ERR Indicator on the Network Board Is Constantly Blinking Step 2 Setting the IP Address 537 705 For details on the procedure for setting the IP address see Setting the IP Address Step 3 Creating a Port and Installing the Printer Driver 1 Turn on the computer and start Windows 2 Log on as a user with administrative rights IMPORTANT If you are not sure about your administrative rights Contact your system administrator 3 Open the Printers and Faxes or Printers folder e Windows XP Professional and Server 2003 From the Start menu select Printers and Faxes Windows XP Home Edition From the Start menu select Control Panel and then click Printers and Other Hardware Printers and Faxes 4 Display Add Printer Wizard i g e Windows Server 2003 Double click Add Printer e Windows XP Click Add a printer Ee pM eee Fete o To F t1 T E ridens in 538 705 Click Next Add Primio Wizard Welcome to the Add Printer Wizard Thi was Falke pe esta prts e m aci Eda Conacher i F gx baee a Pig and Ply poder tht coneect thegegh a USB pos koe an offer hol plastid
253. evice S3atus The pinkat is ready Devica Hamer j Produc Hame LBP TZ cmm OR i ecatian ma Paper information Soret oe M enager Paper Sauce nh Hanze Multi Purpose Tray NOTE If the administrator password is not set It is not required to enter any value in Administrator Password Setting and Changing the Administrator Password When exiting the administrator mode Click Log Out Changing the Remote UI Display Language select English French German Italian Spanish or Japanese for the Remote UI display language 1 Log in as Administrator Li 1 Enter a password in Administrator Password 2 Click Log In 612 705 BEES a LI pU za Lie F270 m x Ef Drm fra G A 4 3 ciens M Hg VFI D Syra ah Remote Ul Device Salus The printer le ready Device Name FroductHame LBP TZ Location Paper infernation Jeane Fe anocer Fapea Sauce cb Manecer Multi Purpose Tray NOTE If the administrator password is not set It 1s not required to enter any value in Administrator Password Setting and Changing the Administrator Password 2 Select Information from the Device Manager menu L a Lm a LU rilorrreale TH LBD T ATR EI Fia rk Ven ferie Took Piip deese B itp VHE o0 20 8 ca cr nz fori Remote Ll Cece Infanmation Device Hame Lecation i Administrator J Commenis Faanrns Hatiork Manidacturar CABCH
254. from utility software such as NetSpot Device Installer Specify the settings for Multicast Discovery Settings 572 705 d arate BAI ji harpe DE LT Pirkimai Sell ng Fla Dk en Pere Tok ap o5 Ga OQ x fn ae prem oe a cedem ME mg H bua ZEE raf cmi ram page Sep SHTP Server Name Time Zone Daylight amp aving Tima euin oy Copyright CAPITE PST 2008 AI pbghez mena If you want to set the printer so that it responds to searches that use the multicast discovery function Set Response to On 2 In Scope Name enter the scope name to be used when searching for certain devices from utility software such as NetSpot Device Installer by multicast If you want to set the printer so that it does not respond to searches that use the multicast discovery function Set Response to Off 2 Proceed to Step 7 if you do not specify the settings for the other options Click OK E 717 1m a LI i large TERRE Piu sl Sel gl i m Ven Fuss Took Piip Duke il mp VIG I H frayed scc char pa scp Remote Ll Faaures Hetiork Job Manager support Links Change TCPIIP Protocol Settings The setninga wil be changed as folks Frame Tycss IF Address Subnet Mask Gabeway Ackiness DHCP BOOTPF 192 TEE ETS EREET 152 TEE Y Qn Gol Qn Gu G n Gu 973 705 ea When the following screen appears click Reset d mam s LOY Ph Ap OH
255. gs These osi Pe addons end pero anothe sesich on Pe neis g ane sure tee addiess n conect besiis Cas ia NOTE If you are not sure about the value to enter The value to be entered varies depending on how the IP address of the printer was set For more details see Settings for Adding a Port or ask your network administrator Click Finish o 561 705 e Click Close ee P 9 Click Apply eo 1 O Click OK Add Standard TORN Primo Pari Wizard Completing the Add Standard TCP IP Printer Port Wizard reu liner orchid a port adh Har cleri hiiia SHHF vex Protocot FAW Post UO Disi 1821683215 Pret Kime PO 183 3215 Adapter Type Canon Makrot Printing Devine with PAIDO To corpia Ghee raza chick Fina La E EY Primier Porte amp CaaonLHP 7210C Prepertkes Conon LEFT Eii i the Teig poit Daia mall ird le the rat ins DOM Seal Pont Pars ts Fike S rk paree pw S 1 Stare TIPAPPoR CanenlEP7210C Carron L i Sedad TOP Po ada TPT Poit Bates Pot Corvus Pot 7 Erabis bed ecaoniad ruppor E patie printer pedra 562 705 A Coton LEP MT bper ies NOTE Deleting an unnecessary port Select the port you want to delete on the Ports sheet and then click Delete Port 563 705 I 05 Configuring the Protocol Settings You can configure the protocol settings using the following software e Web browser Remote UI You
256. haring from the pop up menu E Fie dk Cee Peeks Took beep 3 Perform the following procedure Je e Windows XP and Server 2003 Select Share this printer Change Share name as needed e Windows Vista and Server 2008 128 705 Select the Share this printer check box Change Share name as needed E cmon LAPADE Pi per ties bene Shaw Poids Adesi Loki Haseagenenr Geos Dee ekial Prollie MB yog cae deae hh p ries ese ots caet on pour et T Casi icr Ez panime check Share ther prinkar Winder bape oe conia 5 alie Pn chang ol pede pai the Gog Gr hao cupa 7L FE n rei akara har roe F Shae Er ine thar nae Ee Dirman 9 pires h aa a cae ee ee a ol ii nee poe m ard be all acorn cece za ha ha ipt do nt e Los Dt e uin a h Heg cere ko Han raa zonae 0 J tm am Proceed to the following procedures according to clients operating systems Client Some users are using a 64 bit operating system To Step 4 No user is using a 64 bit operating system To Step 10 NOTE If Change sharing options appears Windows Vista and Server 2008 Click Change sharing options Fun cemecel Dok Maregenet Secumty Devoe Barnig Prodi P you sham ee ong oae on ar nepos aab B Ue WW mi Paes Sor a copier cac eo ke CES Ar OO ed Ba ae pe Oo ie ae ora fam mirga um En ates an ub mcr If the User Account Control dialog box appears click Continue About Share name
257. hat is almost empty with a new one Checking the Printer Status Using the Printer Status Window a Replacing Toner Cartridges Cause 3 Appropriate paper is not being used Solution Replace with paper that meets printing specifications a Usable Paper and Unusable Paper Cause 4 Data was sent before completing calibration or when the printer was turned on Solution Make sure that calibration is completed before sending data to the printer O NOTE Calibrating the printer after it is turned on Use Startup Settings on the Printer Status Window to configure this setting a Calibrating the Printer Thin Lines or Fill Patterns Are Not Printed with the Specified Colors or Do Not Appear At AII Cause 1 Some of the colors cannot be reproduced because of the combination of colors or patterns Solution 1 Adjust the colors in the application and print again see the instruction manual supplied with the application Solution 2 Change the patterns in the application and print again see the instruction manual supplied with the application Cause 2 The colors may appear different depending on the halftone pattern Solution 1 Readjust to a darker color and print again See the instruction manual supplied with the application Solution 2 Reload paper to change the feeding direction then print again Shaded Patterns Are Not Printed in the Correct Color Specified Color Cause The shaded pattern of the print data and
258. he Finishing sheet 2 Click Advanced Settings 3 Set Special Print Mode to Special Settings 14 Normally use the printer with Special Print Mode set to Off Specify Special Settings 14 only if the described problems occur Thin Longitudinal Streaks lines Appear When printing images thin longitudinal streaks may appear on the printed images Solution Perform the following procedure in the printer driver 1 Display the Finishing sheet 2 Click Advanced Settings 3 Set Special Print Mode to Special Settings 9 Normally use the printer with Special Print Mode set to Off Specify Special Settings 9 only if the described problems occur 463 705 White Streaks lines Appear Cause The drum in any of the toner cartridges has deteriorated Solution Replace the toner cartridge with a new one 464 705 H 26 Unevenness Smudge Marks etc Appear If unevenness smudge marks etc appear on printout results perform the following solutions a Printed Pages Have White Specks Residual Images Appear on Non printed Areas 5 a Printing Is Uneven 2 Colors Are Uneven or Not Printed Smoothly The Toner Does Not Fix onto the Paper Well s The Printed Paper Has Smudge Marks 465 705 The Back of the Printed Paper Has Smudge Marks Poor Print Quality Including Spotty or Scaly Print Occurs Smudge Marks of Spattering Toner Appear around the Tex
259. he Matching Function to Correct Color Using the color matching function you can adjust the color of the printout to more closely match the color you see on the display 1 Select Print from the File menu in the application Lo eer an nE L rT Est NOTE About the printing procedure The printing procedure may differ depending on the application you are using For details on the printing procedures see the instruction manual supplied with the application 2 Open the printing preferences dialog box A4 1 Select this printer 2 Click Properties or Preferences 338 705 per gt Fini Range Prev al E 20837 3 C Cune yere Jimmi page CPs for 7 subest osse in laege Gheeet Paper Souice by POF page sige L Print to il Printing Tes 3 Display the Color Settings dialog box E 1 Display the Quality sheet 2 Select the Manual Color Settings check box 3 Click Color Settings af Lanon Li Flo I raperites E iro 1 Fille JT Daad Sar AXI ES Chitra j mined E Ed wd Preces 2 Dhe C Itdan Fiarzari adze sarar Designe CARH Th i moda ti uied aem prinia decent general dc uod Aude Cok 6 k 2 e i ee ee 4 Specify the setting for Matching Mode 1 Display the Matching sheet 2 Select Driver Matching Mode 339 705 iu hapkes Cria Haima Pri bl sig Fara Heit Sled shi C
260. he links displayed in Support Links in the Remote UI 0 to 32 characters The URL displayed in Support Links in the Remote UI 0 to 128 characters The comments displayed in Support Links in the Remote UI 0 to 64 characters The links displayed in Support Links in the Remote UI 0 to 32 characters The URL displayed in Support Links in the Remote UI The URL displayed when Download Site in the Device Manager Network page in the Remote UI is clicked 0 to 128 characters The comments displayed in Support Links in the Remote UI 0 to 64 characters Access using the SNMP v protocol The operation mode of the SNMP v 1 agent Read only or 576 705 Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Default Blank Blank Blank Download Service http www canon com download Update network firmware YES Read and Write SNMP V1 ACCESS MODE Community Name PUB COMMUNITY SNMP v 3 SNMP V3 ACCESS ENB Restrict TCP IP Printing TCP CONT ENB Permit Specified Addresses Reject Specified Addresses TCP CONT MODE IP Addresses TCP CONT LIST Restrict SNMP Monitoring Setting Changes SNMP CONT ENB Permit Specified Addresses Reject Specified Addresses SNMP CONT MODE IP Addresses SNMP CONT LIST Restrict Multicast Discovery SLP CONT ENB Respond to Specified IP Addresses Do Not R
261. he paper stack exceeds the load limit mark lines this may result in misfeeds Precautions when loading paper in the multi purpose tray e Load the paper so that it is straight e Ifthe rear edge of the paper stack is not properly aligned this may result in misfeeds or paper jams e Ifthe paper is curled or folded at corners flatten 1t before loading it in the printer e If you use paper that has been poorly cut multiple sheets of paper may be fed at once In this case fan the paper thoroughly and then align the edges of the stack properly on a hard flat surface NOTE When printing paper with a letterhead or logo See Paper Loading Orientation and load the paper in the proper orientation Align the paper guides with the width of the paper 269 705 IMPORTANT Be sure to align the paper guides with the width of the paper If the paper guides are too loose or too tight this may result in misfeeds or paper jams Step 2 Registering a Custom Paper Size If printing custom size paper you need to register the custom paper size in the printer driver previously Register the custom paper size using the following procedure 1 Open the Printers and Faxes or Printers folder Windows XP Professional and Server 2003 From the Start menu select Printers and Faxes Windows XP Home Edition From the Start menu select Control Panel and then click Printers and Other Hardware Printers and
262. he print server the download installation for the following client computers on which a 32 bit operating system is running is not supported due to the Windows restriction e Windows XP on which no service pack or SP1 is installed e Windows Server 2003 on which no service pack is installed If you download and install the printer driver on any of the above 32 bit operating systems you may fail to install the driver and may not be able to open the printing preferences dialog box When using the print server environment perform any one of the following tasks For the print server 1 Install the printer driver f the printer and print server are connected by a USB cable Installing from CD ROM Setup m Installing with Plug and Play If the printer and print server are connected by a LAN cable Auto Setup Recommended Method Manual Setup Windows XP Server 2003 Only 2 Configure the print server a Configuring the Print Server For client computers Install the printer driver 124 705 Installation on Clients 125 705 E 14 Configuring the Print Server Step 1 Before Sharing the Printer Step 2 Sharing the Printer Step 1 Before Sharing the Printer Check the settings of your network 1 Perform the following procedure Windows XP From the Start menu select Control Panel and then click Network and Internet Connections Network Connections Windows Server 200
263. he printer redirected in the terminal connection environment Solution The Firewall settings etc may be the cause Check the communication settings for the server clients etc monent Port The printer 1s connected to a port which the printer does not support Solution Check the port 2 Checking the USB Port a Checking Standard TCP IP Port Eb Spee tree Colors Correction Error The printer could not properly adjust the print start position of each toner cartridge Solution 1 Cancel the job and then correct Out of Register Colors again Correcting Out of Register Colors Solution 2 Clicking Resolve Error continues printing only when Resolve Error 1s enabled However a phenomenon of Out of Register Colors may occur Bo Print Printing cannot be performed due to security restrictions Contact your administrator c9 Could Not Print Data transfer to the printer timed out or a transfer error has occurred Solution 1 Clicking Resolve Error continues printing only when Resolve Error is enabled However the error message may appear again Click Cancel Job and then print again Scheck the Printed Output You may not be able to obtain appropriate printout results Solution 1 Clicking Resolve Error continues printing only when Resolve Error is enabled However the error message may appear again Click Cancel Job and then print again Ble Open Caus
264. he toner cartridge as shown in the figure and shake it gently 5 or 6 times T Do not remove the drum protective cover A 1 MEL umm CAUTION If toner gets into your eyes or mouth Wash them immediately with cold water and consult a physician IMPORTANT Be sure to perform this operation If toner is not distributed evenly this may result in deterioration in print quality 370 705 Be sure to shake the toner cartridge gently If you do not shake the cartridge gently toner may spill out 6 Place the toner cartridge on a flat surface Pull out the sealing tape E 1 While holding the toner cartridge hook your finger into the tab to remove it 2 Pull out the sealing tape approx 50 cm long straight in the direction of the arrow gently A CAUTION Be careful not to allow the toner to scatter Do not pull out the sealing tape forcefully or stop at midpoint as this may cause toner to spill out If toner gets into your eyes or mouth wash them immediately with cold water and consult a physician IMPORTANT Pull the sealing tape completely out of the toner cartridge e Do not pull the sealing tape diagonally upwards or downwards If the tape is severed this may become difficult to pull out completely UM gi nuum Hee 4 e Ifthe sealing tape stops at midpoint pull it out of the toner cartridge completely 371 705 e If any tape remains in the toner cartridge this may r
265. hem in a place that fulfills the following conditions e Do not store the toner cartridges in a location exposed to direct sunlight e Do not store the toner cartridges in a location subject to high temperature or humidity or in a location with dramatic changes in temperature or humidity Storage temperature range 0 to 35 C 32 to 95 F e Storage humidity range 35 to 85 RH no condensation e Do not store the toner cartridges in a location exposed to corrosive gases such as ammonia salt air or large amounts of dust e Keep the toner cartridges out of the reach of small children Store the toner cartridges in the same orientation as when they are installed in the printer Do not store the toner cartridges vertically or upside down When removing a toner cartridge which is being used from the printer Immediately attach the drum protective cover to the toner cartridge and place it into the protective bag or wrap it with a thick cloth The packing material in which the toner cartridge 1s originally packed About new toner cartridges Do not take a new toner cartridge out of the protective bag until it 1s ready to be used NOTE About condensation Even when the toner cartridges are stored within the recommended humidity range water droplets may form on the inside or outside of the cartridges when moved to an environment with a sudden change in temperature or humidity The formation of water droplets is called condensatio
266. her information e Features Page You can check the availability of the optional accessories and the total number of the printed pages Status Page 204 705 F Reale TE ETT re BEL DELI eel liver rl 11 STET Fi Qd Pas Parier oom Hep n Q O DAG ee gem Oum Abbes d Re pe FU tes 28g ca nn dt heal Remote Ll Status 1 quse Dt Status Thaprinter B ready DE Iurrzccm Paper liferation Pages Sauce Pages Supe Multi Purpose Tray Hone Cassette 1 Loaded Ad size paper Consumables Ema Cyan Torir Awol able Magenta Toner Na abk Yellow Toner yea alike Black Toner Awadabke deter re Job Manager e 1 Device Status Displays messages about the printer status Also according to the printer status the indicator color changes as follows green Normal The printer is ready to print O yellow Some attention 1s required although this status does not affect the job A Warning message 1s being displayed Q red Cannot print for some reason An Error message is being displayed Q blinking red A problem has occurred in the printer and the printer does not operate properly A service call 1s being displayed 2 Error Information When clicked displays information situation explanation solutions etc about the error occurring in the printer 3 Paper Information Displays information about the paper sources Paper information Multi Purpose Tray
267. hing sheet 2 Click Advanced Settings Canon LIN S210 Properties L 1Pripi n D iaat O riara 4 Specify the setting for Rotate Print Data 180 Degrees 1 Select Rotate Print Data 180 Degrees 2 Select On 3 Click OK 295 705 www ete ur Baiada Fit Daa 1899 cr Speed Pur ble gs Ipan irera Poke Fea CHE Iorin us Tu Let Pages Toad Mone eb seem o ds 2 Ls E 3187 Caere CL 7 The Finishing sheet reappears Click OK The Print dialog box reappears Click OK or Print The printer starts printing 296 705 F 28 Selecting Paper for Each Page You can select paper for each page such as for printing the front cover on a different type of paper NOTE About the printing procedure The printing procedure may differ depending on the application you are using For details on the printing procedures see the instruction manual supplied with the application 2 Open the printing preferences dialog box 1 Select this printer 2 Click Properties or Preferences 297 705 Pre lw Tope Coo Pied Fare Pap Es ar DET Eu lur 2 Suto Extat ral Carden Chesees Papas sace by POF page dps L Princo fe Lish rare iii rib mmy NE 3 Specify the setting for Paper Selection Fe 1 Display the Paper Source sheet 2 Select the pages for which paper 1s specified Y Different
268. host name to be added to the WINS server in WINS Host Name 4 In Scope ID enter the Scope ID of the NetBIOS name that you want to search for from the WINS server You can refine the search by separating the character string with period If you do not want to use WINS Resolution Set WINS Resolution to Off 7 Proceed to Step 7 if you do not specify the settings for the other options Configuring the FTP Settings 1 Specify the setting for FTP Set FTP Settings to On when using the FTP server set FTP Settings to Off when not using the FTP server 570 705 TLT pE a LN i large TOPE Prot sl Sell ng i LEPI SEE A rle is E IE 4 Fia rk Veo Puesta Toh Pip Qm O DEG Pen dim O S DE SHTP Server Name Time Zone Daylight Saving Times Ej Lo IH EE DLE a Settings Rasporis Scope Mama EJ E 2 Proceed to Step 7 if you do not specify the settings for the other options Configuring the SNTP Settings Notifying the printer of the Time via an SNTP Server 1 Specify the settings for SNTP d ET Va s LII i large IU CEITTTIS ES dT g i LERI STO Mnal ler eet Er rel Fia rk Yew Posten Took iip Q O x 3 f Pas fea i a a SNTP Server Mame Time Zone Daylight amp aving Times If the DNS server is configured 1 Enter the server name of the SNTP server in SNTP Server Name 2 Select Time Zone 3 To set daylight saving time set
269. i purpose Tray Step 2 Registering a Custom Paper Size IMPORTANT Detailed information about usable paper Usable Paper and Unusable Paper Handling the multi purpose tray ss Paper Source 266 705 Step 1 Loading Custom Size Paper in the Multi purpose Tray 1 Open the multi purpose tray Holding the opening at the center of the printer open the multi purpose tray IMPORTANT Be sure to insert the paper drawer If the paper drawer is not inserted you cannot print from the multi purpose tray Pul out the auxiliary tray i IMPORTANT Be sure to pull out the auxiliary tray Be sure to pull out the auxiliary tray when loading paper in the multi purpose tray 3 When loading long size paper open the tray extension Js 267 705 Gently load the paper stack under the load limit guides A until it touches the back of the tray Make sure that the paper stack does not exceed the load limit mark lines B A CAUTION Be careful when handling paper 268 705 Handle paper carefully not to cut your hands with the edges of the paper IMPORTANT Be sure to load paper in portrait orientation Multi purpose tray capacity Paper Type Paper Capacity Plain paper Ex 80 g m Approx 50 sheets Heavy paper Ex 91 g m Approx 30 sheets Heavy paper Ex 128 g m Approx 20 sheets Be sure that the paper stack does not exceed the load limit mark lines If t
270. ia the print server 426 705 ram Pees E es m A Printable Disable resident software including security software Not printable Contact your local authorized Canon dealer 427 705 H 09 There Is a Problem with the Printer Power Supply There is a problem with the printer power supply Cause 1 The power plug is unplugged from the AC power outlet Solution Plug the power plug into the AC power outlet Cause 2 The printer is plugged to an extension cord or multiple power strip Solution Plug the power plug directly into an AC power outlet Cause 3 The breakers have tripped Solution Reset the breakers on the switch board Cause 4 There is a break in the power cord Solution If the printer can be turned on after replacing the power cord with one that 1s of the same type then purchase a new power cord and replace the broken one 428 705 H 10 Checking the USB Port Check the USB port using the following procedure 1 Open the Printers and Faxes or Printers folder e Windows XP Professional and Server 2003 From the Start menu select Printers and Faxes Windows XP Home Edition From the Start menu select Control Panel and then click Printers and Other Hardware Printers and Faxes Windows Vista From the Start menu select Control Panel and then click Printer e Windows Server 2008 From the Start menu select Control Panel and then double click
271. ices This section describes regulations regarding use and disposal of the printer classification of the printer under the International ENERGY STAR Program and legal notices and trademarks used in the e Manual Please read this information thoroughly before operating the printer Legal Notices Legal Notices e Legal Notices Legal Limitations on the Usage of Your Product and the Use of Images e Legal Limitations on the Usage of Your Product and the Use of Images 17 705 B 01 Legal Notices e Product Name e EMC requirements of EC Directive e Laser Safety e International Energy Star Program e WEEE Directive e Trademarks e Copyright e Disclaimer Product Name Safety regulations require the product s name to be registered In some regions where this product is sold the following name s in parentheses may be registered instead LBP7210Cdn F159800 EMC requirements of EC Directive This equipment conforms with the essential EMC requirements of EC Directive We declare that this product conforms with the EMC requirements of EC Directive at nominal mains input 230 V 50 Hz although the rated input of the product is 220 to 240 V 50 60 Hz Use of shielded cable is necessary to comply with the technical EMC requirements of EC Directive Laser Safety This product is certified as a Class 1 laser product under IEC60825 1 2007 and EN60825 1 2007 This means that the product does not produce hazardous laser radiatio
272. ick OK nsdall fram UTSE reeset he naaa nion disk nid ther Mahe sac dial the conect dise Hi selecied baiia Cane 1 6 Click Next 542 705 Inzi all Prnbar i nias Te peared icu ira redd detonate vehech panied bae o ane 1 Specify the printer name 1 Enter a new name if you want to change the printer name 2 Click Next Name Tour Parte iw un Goi i LI gr If another printer driver has already been installed The message appears Select Yes or No Click Next Paniai Shannq You pan qhara Da pnie wath oe nebari grer 543 705 To share this printer on a network Perform the following procedure 1 Select Share name and enter a name for the shared printer 2 Click Next 3 The window for entering Location and Comment is displayed Enter them as needed 4 Click Next 1 e Select whether to print a test page m 1 Select whether to print a test page 2 Click Next Add Primoe Wizard Penb Fact Paese To cpi ha Eris poder arcade panperko vou cani pared a lect pags Dio gara vant ia print stan page Ced l g Cre aera co 2 Click Finish rl Add Printer Wrzard Completing the Add Printer Wizard Tom have successfully compie Ine deck Parites Wess Tos specibed Pe bilg order ng Hari Cans LEPTZIDC Shmenawer Med Shamed Put TIZIA UN Pist Cana LEPTZIDC D ii Yii lekpa Ye f chose ihi and chick Fresh chs J Freh The
273. ict the users who can print with IP addresses e Web browser Remote UI You can specify the settings by accessing the printer from your web browser via the network e FTP Client You can specify the settings by accessing the FTP server of the printer using Command Prompt This section describes the procedure for specifying the settings using a web browser Remote UI T This function restricts print commands only not access from the Remote UI NOTE About a computer whose IP address is rejected to print e If you try to print from a computer whose IP address is rejected to print the message Cannot Print gt appears in the Printer Status Window e f you are using a computer whose IP address is rejected to print some options cannot be executed from the Options menu in the Printer Status Window Specifying the settings using FTP Client aa FTP Client 1 Display the Printer Status Window Click i in the Windows task tray and then select the printer name NOTE When displaying the Printer Status Window from the printer driver Click e Display Printer Status Window in locations such as in the Page Setup sheet 2 Select Remote UI from the Options menu 668 705 By Canas LAST Pi The Remote UI 1s displayed NOTE If you cannot select Remote UI You cannot select Remote UI if the printer and computer cannot communicate via a network When starting the Remote UI d
274. idges amp NOTE About the power of the printer You can replace the toner cartridges either when the power of the printer is turned on or when it is turned off 1 Gently open the front cover 2 Pull out the toner cartridge tray 1 Press the lever on the handle 2 Pull out the toner cartridge tray until it stops 367 705 NOTE Order of the toner cartridges Yellow Magenta Cyan Black Hold the toner cartridge to be replaced by its handle and pull it straight up and out of the Ja printer IMPORTANT Hold the toner cartridges properly 368 705 When handling the toner cartridges hold them properly as shown in the figure Do not place it vertically or upside down Do not touch the high voltage contacts A This may result in damage to the cartridge A Take out the new toner cartridge from the protective bag You can open the protective bag with your hands from the notch When opening the protective bag with scissors be careful not to damage the toner cartridge 369 705 IMPORTANT Do not touch the toner cartridge memory A or the electrical contacts B This may result in damage to the cartridge Keep the protective bag Keep the protective bag for the toner cartridge You will need it when you remove the toner cartridge for printer maintenance or other purposes 5 Shake the toner cartridge to evenly distribute the toner inside the cartridge Hold t
275. ified Color Even When the Same Color Is Specified for Them Cause A special process may be applied depending on the line width of the border so that thin lines are printed clearly Solution Perform the following procedure in the printer driver Display the Quality sheet select the Manual Color Settings check box Click Color Settings Display the Matching sheet Select Gamma Adjustment from Matching Mode Change the gamma value for Gamma amp NOTE About the gamma adjustment The higher the gamma value the darker the colors in the image become when printed 479 705 H 28 Printout Is Skewed Missing or Has Unneeded Space If printout is skewed missing has unneeded space etc perform the following solutions a A Portion of the Page Is Not Printed The Printing Position Is Skewed he Printing Position Is Skewed Slightly Depending on the Color to Be Printed The Next Page Is Printed from Halfway across the Previous Page TIT o A Portion of the Page Is Not Printed The scale factor 1s incorrect Solution 1 Perform the following procedure in the printer driver 1 Display the Page Setup sheet 2 Clear the Manual Scaling check box If the check box is cleared the scale factor will be set according to Page Size and Output Size automatically Solution 2 Perform the following procedure in the printer driver 1 Display the Page Setup
276. ill appear in the Printer Status Window Follow the directions in the message Message Contents and Solutions Message Area Auxiliary l l e You can continue to print x lt T AE AE AE AE EE DEE e Have ready a new toner cartridge of the indicated color soon e It is recommended that you replace the toner cartridge before printing a large amount of data Message Area e Th inter stops printing Check the Toner Cartridges v Peer et p 8 e You can continue printing as is by clicking 2 Message Area Auxiliary Resolve Error however as this may result in damage to the printer it is recommended to replace the toner cartridge Toner Color l l l l with a new one Toner cartridges with print quality that cannot be guaranteed due to their decreasing lifetime etc or used toner cartridges that have reached their lifetime may have been inserted Continuing to use these cartridges may cause a malfunction so replacing these cartridges with new cartridges is recommended Message Area l l e When the black toner cartridge has reached the end of its Toner Cartridge Replacement Required l l 0l l life the printer stops printing and you cannot continue the us job Message Area Auxiliary l e When any of the toner cartridges other than black has TROHICOLIDEHSLOBSPAGOIUES E AE E reached the end of its life you can print only in black and an end Open the front cover to replace the tone
277. ils on the settings See Help How to Use Help Click OK The Print dialog box reappears 6 Click OK or Print Li The printer starts printing 315 705 F 33 Booklet Printing Booklet printing allows you to make a booklet by folding printouts in half For example when making a booklet of 8 pages 2 sheets are used in total because 2 pages are printed on each side of paper Also if you want to make a booklet of large amount of pages you can make it by specifying the number of sheets to be folded in half and binding them Cresc dehla PT Dire ge sse 9i twat ird Finn 8 LP eur an aon p a p Est NOTE About the printing procedure The printing procedure may differ depending on the application you are using For details on the printing procedures see the instruction manual supplied with the application P Open the printing preferences dialog box I 1 Select this printer 2 Click Properties or Preferences 316 705 Pre lw Tope Coo Pied Fare Gu C Cune yir 1 1 Debet S pages ni Page Hrad Duae 1 Pap Es ar DET Eu lur 2 Suto Extat ral Carden Chesees Papas sace by POF page dps Cl Print tn flo iii rib mmy NE 3 Specify the setting for Print Style Fs 1 Display the Finishing sheet 2 Select Booklet Printing af Canon Lh 2 0c Propertees Pape s Freien T 1 jue Dual Pula Bi Cala Satire Cepat Hai cd d Pini
278. immediately after the printer is turned on Level 2 2 Click OK Sarup Selina Css j 22 Ese IMPORTANT When Execute Later is selected If correction of a phenomenon of Out of Register Colors is performed for some reason before the printer is turned ON and performs first printing another correction of a phenomenon of Out of Register Colors is not performed after completion of the first printing even if Execute Later is selected When Execute Immediately Level 1 or Execute Immediately Level 2 is selected Calibration and correction of Out of Register Colors may not be performed immediately after the printer is turned on depending on the inside state of the printer When less than eight hours has elapsed from the time the printer was turned Off until the time the printer was turned ON again Calibration or correction of a phenomenon of Out of Register Colors may not be performed immediately after the printer is turned on or after completion of the first printing 350 705 When eight or more hours has elapsed from the time the printer entered the sleep mode until the time the sleep mode was canceled Calibration or correction of a phenomenon of Out of Register Colors will be performed according to the setting of Quality Correction when the sleep mode is canceled Depending on your environment calibration or correction of a phenomenon of Out of Register Colors may be performed even 1f les
279. in the Printer Status Window 32A Message Appears in the Printer Status Window NOTE If the Printer Status Window is not displayed a Printer Status Window 508 705 H 39 Miscellaneous Problems This section describes solutions for when the following problems occur An Error Message Is Displayed after the Printer Is Unpacked and Turned On for the First Time The Flap of the Printed Envelope Sticks Nothing Is Printed on the Paper Paper Is Output in a Certain Color with Nothing Printed on It Multiple Sheets of Paper Are Fed at a Time The Printout Is Different from What Is Displayed on Screen or The Printer Takes a Long Time to Print he Printer Takes a Long Time to Start the Next Print Job after Printing The Printer Pauses during Printing and then Printing Repeatedly Starts and Stops CD ROM Setup Does Not Appear Automatically Windows Vista and Server 2008 The Printer Driver Settings Cannot Be Changed Profiles Cannot Be Selected or Edited NOTE If an application software is configured to start up automatically in Remote Desktop Connection Even if you exit the application software which automatically started up after printing from the software Remote Desktop may not be disconnected automatically If a problem that is not indicated in this section occurs or if none of the suggested measures solve the problem contact your local authorized Canon dealer 509 705 An Er
280. ined in this manual There are no user serviceable parts inside the printer Adjust only those controls that are covered in the operating instructions Improper adjustment could result in personal injury and or damage requiring extensive repair that may not be covered under your Limited Warranty e The fixing unit and its surroundings inside the printer become hot during use When removing jammed paper or when inspecting the inside of the printer do not touch the fixing unit and its surroundings as this may result in burns e When removing jammed paper or when inspecting the inside of the machine do not expose yourself to the heat emitted from the fixing unit and its surroundings for a prolonged period of time Doing so may result in low temperature burns even though you did not touch the fixing unit and its surroundings directly as this may result in burns e f paper is jammed remove the jammed paper so that any pieces of paper do not remain inside the printer according to the displayed message Also do not put your hands forcibly in the parts other than those directed on the screen Failure to do so may result in burns or injuries e When removing jammed paper or replacing a toner cartridge be careful not to get any toner on your hands or clothing as this will dirty your hands or clothing If toner gets on your hands or clothing wash them immediately with cold water Washing with warm water sets the toner making it impossible to re
281. ing Plain Paper L2 Plain Paper L Plain Paper L Plain Paper Plain Paper Heavy Paper 1 Heavy Paper 1 Heavy Paper 2 Heavy Paper 2 Heavy Paper 3 Envelope Envelope H Coated Paper 1 Coated Paper 2 459 705 Coated Paper 2 Coated Paper 3 Coated Paper 3 Coated Paper 4 TIf you perform the above procedure residual images may appear on non printed areas Solution 2 Perform the following procedure in the printer driver 1 Display the Finishing sheet 2 Click Advanced Settings 3 Set Special Print Mode to Special Settings 6 Normally use the printer with Special Print Mode set to Off Specify Special Settings 6 only if the described problems occur Paper Creases Cause 1 Paper is not loaded properly in the paper drawer or multi purpose tray Solution Load the paper properly in the paper drawer or multi purpose tray Loading Standard Size Paper Other Than Index Cards and Envelopes Loading Index Cards Loading Envelopes Loading Custom Size Paper Non Standard Size Paper Cause 2 Paper is damp due to being stored under unsuitable conditions Solution Replace the paper with new paper in an unopened package Cause 3 Appropriate paper is not being used Solution Replace the paper with that which can be used with this printer Usable Paper and Unusable Paper Cause 4 There is a foreign object inside the printer Solution Remove the foreign ob
282. ing the Administrator Password 4 Select Network from the Device Manager menu Li J LET TDI BETIEETEN LAPT bia epee IEIELIMT ITEIPT Qe SA Arma dee i a Sehen Ul Fg 112 HSL eskir shiri Remote Ul Intesface Fact Ethernet 10H 20BaseT Ethenet Oriver Setting Auto Datect MAC Address 000085 DG Fi E x ss pig In esf aca Hae werslan i v bius La ree meer Fait Ethernet 1DITOOBassT Ethernet Drrzor Setting Auto Detect MAC Address 00 00 85 D Fi 3 Inform at onm Faanirea Heraark Job Mareen ET uai Print Server Hama I 6 Update the firmware L 1 Click Browse to select the update file for the firmware or enter the path for the saved update file 2 Click Update 666 705 E SETTE LI ijikite Fir maae Nuria i IM piei reel Cap koe a ck yea Pyro Jek rp Lo Select frasa updaler dls of enter the path te Start updating the Pirna aon 1 Fames Hark Job Manager Support Links The firmware is updated Y After updating the firmware check if the default values are set properly in the Parameter List page in the Remote UI or with the Network Status Print Printing Status Print to Check the Printer Status IMPORTANT If the firmware cannot be updated successfully See the Readme file supplied with the firmware 667 705 J 12 Restricting the Users Who Can Print with IP Addresses The following software allows you to restr
283. injury e The ventilation slots are provided for proper ventilation of working parts inside the printer Never place the printer on a soft surface such as a bed sofa or rug Blocking the slots can cause the printer to overheat resulting in a fire e Do not install the printer in the following locations as this may result in a fire or electrical shock 1 105 A damp or dusty location A location exposed to smoke and steam such as near a cookery or humidifier A location exposed to rain or snow A location near a water faucet or water A location exposed to direct sunlight A location subject to high temperatures A location near open flames When installing the printer gently lower the printer to the installation site so as not to catch your hands between the printer and the floor or between the printer and other equipment as this may result in personal injury e When connecting the interface cable connect it properly by following the instructions in the e Manual If not connected properly this may result in malfunction or electrical shock e When moving the printer follow the instructions in the e Manual to hold it correctly Failure to do so may cause you to drop the printer resulting in personal injury Moving the Printer m Ca ine the Printer to the Installation Site and Removine the Packin Materials 8 705 A 02 Power Supply A WARNING e Do not damage or modify the power cord
284. ink Installation Space Required installation space T Refer to the following dimensions of each part and ensure the installation space Front View gt mm 192 499 Jar 455 ore 62 705 E 03 Confirming the Supplied Accessories e Confirming the Contents of the Box e CD ROM Setup Confirming the Contents of the Box Make sure that all the following items are contained in the box before installing the printer If an item is missing or damaged please contact your local authorized Canon dealer LI Printer The following parts are The form of the already installed supplied power cord Paper Drawer may differ from the one Toner Cartridges in the above illustration L ICD ROMSs User Software The following are included Quick Setup Guide Printer Driver e Manual NetSpot Device Installer Auto Shutdown Tool C Ferrite core L ICD ROM Multi lingual Starter Guide Getting Started Guide Arabic Bulgarian Croatian Czech Estonian Greek Hungarian Latvian Lithuanian Persian Portuguese Romanian Slovakian Slovenian Turkish Ukrainian NOTE This printer includes two User Software CD ROMs You can use either CD ROM About the toner cartridges included with this printer e The average yield of the included toner cartridges is as follows e Average yield of K Black toner cartridge 1 200 pages 63 705 e Average yield of Composite C Cyan M Magenta and Y Y
285. installation To display Readme of NetSpot Device Installer click fr in NetSpot Device Installer for TCP IP in the Additional Software Programs screen in CD ROM Setup Solution If Windows Firewall is enabled you need to add NetSpot Device Installer to Windows Firewall Perform either of the following procedures e Adding NetSpot Device Installer to the Exceptions sheet in the Windows Firewall dialog box See Readme of NetSpot Device Installer e Installing NetSpot Device Installer You can add it to Windows Firewall during the 410 705 H 06 The Print Server for Connection Cannot Be Found The print server for connection cannot be found The interface cable is not connected properly C Solution Specify the printer as a shared printer a Configuring the Print Server Soluti The user does not have permission to access the print server or printer Ask your network administrator to change the user permissions Network discovery 1s not set to On Windows Vista and Server 2008 Solution Perform the following procedure Windows Vista 1 From the Start menu select Control Panel 2 Click View network status and tasks 3 Set Network discovery to On Windows Server 2008 1 From the Start menu select Control Panel 2 Double click Network and Sharing Center 3 Set Network discovery to On 411 705 H 07 The Shared Printer Cannot Be Accessed The shared printer
286. installation starts When printing a test page a confirmation dialog box appears Click OK to close the dialog box NOTE Removing the CD ROM You can remove the CD ROM from the CD ROM drive after the installation is completed 544 705 Step 4 After the Installation The following icons and folders are added to the following locations e Printers and Faxes folder Printer icon for this printer e Task tray Printer Status Window icon EE 73 Y The icon does not appear if you did not restart your computer after the printer driver installation e All Programs under the Start menu Canon Printer Uninstaller Canon LBP7210C Uninstaller All Programs am Ly x L Canon LEP7210C Uninstaller 545 705 1 04 Setting the IP Address There are the following three methods for setting the IP address e Setting the IP Address Using NetSpot Device Installer Set the IP address using NetSpot Device Installer in the supplied CD ROM e Setting the IP Address Using the ARP PING Command If you are using an operating system equipped with Windows Firewall set the IP address using the ARP PING command e Setting the IP Address Using the Printer Status Window If the printer driver is installed and the printer and computer are connected by a USB cable set the IP address using the Printer Status Window If you changed the IP address of the printer after installing the printer driver reset the port t
287. inter be sure to remove the sealing tape from the toner cartridges installed in the printer Preparing the Toner Cartridges T If the printer is turned on before the sealing tape is removed an error message is displayed in the Printer Status Window e Before turning on the printer be sure to insert the paper drawer in the printer e Although a sheet of blank paper may be output this is not an error Turning Off the Printer 1 Check that the printer is not performing the following operations a e Printing e While the printer is running a self diagnostic test immediately after turning the power on All the indicators are blinking 2 Press the power switch to turn the printer Off IMPORTANT Precautions when turning off the printer If you turn the printer off all print data remaining in the printer memory will be erased 175 705 Power consumption when the power is off when the power switch is not pressed Even if the power of the printer is turned off power is consumed only slightly while the power plug is inserted into the AC power outlet To cut the power consumption completely unplug the power plug from the AC power outlet 176 705 F 04 Printing Basic Procedure This section describes the basic procedure for printing from an application taking Adobe Reader 7 0 as an example T The printing procedure may differ depending on the application you are using NOTE When installing the print
288. ion with a temperature or humidity that differs significantly from the location where it will be used If you print on damp paper If you print on damp paper steam may be emitted from the printer output area Because moisture in the paper 1s evaporating due to the heat generated when toner fixes this is not a malfunction This is likely to occur when the room temperature 1s low A WARNING If you experience a burnt odor If you experience a burnt odor immediately turn off the printer unplug the power plug from the AC power outlet and then contact your local authorized Canon dealer Continued use can result in a fire or electrical shock Storing Printouts When handling or storing paper printed by this printer be careful of the following points How to store printouts e Store printouts on a flat surface e Avoid storing printouts in folders made of PVC material as this may cause the toner to melt and stick to 222 105 the PVC material Toner may peel when printouts are folded or creased e Store printouts in the condition where they are not folded or creased as toner may peel e Put printouts in a binder when storing for a long period of time two years or longer e Printouts may discolor when stored for a long period of time e Avoid storing printouts in a location subject to high temperatures Precautions when sticking printouts with adhesive e Be sure to use insoluble adhesive e Test the adhesive on an unneeded printo
289. irectly from a web browser Remote UI 3 Log in as Administrator a 1 Enter a password in Administrator Password 2 Click Log In E Sr LIE Tap Fip BE EIFLILMPERET TES ITE p Page Fia rk Wa Poet Teck Pip Om 6 xg Ef gp 6 3 Abbah B mie C Dut 218 ca tz aba Remote Ul Top Page Device Sale OO The printer it ready Device Hare i 4 Product Hame LBP P21 e 0 OD Location e Paper inl armatian Cimare Manager Pape Sauce Job Hanze Multi Purpose Tray NOTE If the administrator password is not set It 1s not required to enter any value in Administrator Password setting and Changing the Administrator Password 669 705 4 Select Information from the Device Manager menu a 713 m a LU MEL IH TH LEP PTE EI Q OQ x E49 tram D 2 s Remote ll Leewice Infanmation Device Hame Lecation Administrator Commens Fasfures Mandacturar CANCEL SC Product Name LB2721007 oF Ida L2 8j yerige Ta aT Links E D Click Change under Security a TUJINI zU nlarimalt TH LEP 2 TLE EI Ea ict a poi ook Pp Q O MEH seo remm OE Language Display Language 5 Security AXdmirgstrator Paeerwcad User FTF amp cceaa SHNP 1 Access Rights Community Hare 5HMP 3 6 Select the Restrict TCP IP Printing check box 670 705 i roce U Chang Em ir tale AI Fia rk Veo Pere Toh Pip Q
290. ishing sheet 2 Click Advanced Settings 3 Set Special Print Mode to Special Settings 13 Normally use the printer with Special Print Mode set to Off Specify Special Settings 13 only if the described problems occur Cause 3 Residual images appear depending on the printer status Solution Perform the following procedure in the printer driver 1 Display the Finishing sheet 2 Click Advanced Settings 3 Set Special Print Mode to Special Settings 4 Normally use the printer with Special Print Mode set to Off Specify Special Settings 4 only if the described problems occur G IMPORTANT Precautions when specifying Special Settings 4 Toner fixation may deteriorate In this case do not specify Special Settings 4 467 705 The drum in any of the toner cartridges has deteriorated 0000 drum in any of the toner The drum in any of the toner cartridges has deteriorated 0000 has deteriorated Solution Replace the toner cartridge with a new one Replacing Toner Cartridges Ca Depending on the paper type or the operating environment high humidity or high temperature environment residual images may appear on non printed areas Solution 1 Perform the following procedure in the printer driver 1 Display the Paper Source sheet 2 Set Paper Type as follows Current Setting Changed Setting Plain Paper L Plain Paper L2 Plain Paper Plain Paper L Heavy Paper 1 Plain P
291. isplayed in the field Displaying or Changing Support Links The links to the sites that provide information about the printer support are supplied in the Remote UI and you can access the sites from the Remote UI as needed If you have logged in as Administrator you can change the links e Displaying a Support Page e Changing Support Links Displaying a Support Page 1 Click a link you want to display F Sarete Ul Tap Peper E TES Fia ict Van prim Took Paip Ge Q x 2 eet Few 5 3 Seibert bal cit ramen ahead Multi Purpose Tray Mane Cassette 1 Loaded A4 size paper Tye Satin Cyan Torei fa lable Wlagar a Toner A rabia valle Tener Aa ighe Black Toner Ave lebe Cammanta Ubchte networcimwiere z NOTE 617 705 Displaying a support page from the Support Links page 1 Select Support Links 2 Click a link you want to display 3 treia U Sapperl Lina LEFFE Merrell eml Exp kee El r i a 2 p L 3 id G Aa yere 9 3 Adham tte RET tiu H prapa aha Remote Ul Support Links ETE Too Page gaite Manges _ Job Manager Copan CAREM IMC 2C Al rights re ered Changing Support Links You can change support links or comments 1 Log in as Administrator 1 Enter a password in Administrator Password 2 Click Log In Device Statue S The printer it ready Device Nama 1 Product Hame LBP T210C Location Papers Infarmatiar mire
292. istrator Password Setting and Changing the Administrator Password 4 Select Information from the Device Manager menu L 682 705 a 717 mu zii ET EH TH LEP STE Winits Fia rk a Perie Toh Pip Q O FB Par fr S Ee Remote Ll Leewice Infanmation Device Hame Lezcation Administrator Fhena Commens Manidacturar TAHTELE Product Name LBP 7210 non aT Links El u Language Display Language Security AXdmirgstrator Paeerwosd User FTF amp cceaa SHHP x 1 Access Rights Community Harm 5HHMP w 3 GT B Bs alas ng Forst Aedes Lirit Acide i ca perksstko Do ded all sogana IP Dddd d erit Resin ct Mulbicast Discovery amp Respond io Spacfiad E Addresses ODo Mot Responi ro Specfiad Addregsas IP Addresses lg asies rg Fori Aidaan Lak Arrirena d ix preemies In sed adl quent ad IP ACE A DECRE MAC Address Acca Getinge DR Resna MAC Address Accazz ft Demer nantad doddnnezae 0b ne Ped Ar remm 683 705 Select Respond to Specified IP Addresses or Do Not Respond to Specified Addresses E B artes ng Forst Axbsnrks Lat Arrriss i cs perisseka Do tel all sequential IP tree d rriv Ei Resin d Mulbic ast Discos Respond io Spectfiad E Addresses e Do Noc Respond ro Spechad Addragsas IP Addresses Cue lg cias rg Forni Adc Lack Aceh d ix pamti In sad adl sequent ad IP ACEO M De
293. ity setting ISO IEC 19798 1s the global standard related to Method for the determination of toner cartridge yield for color printers and multi function devices that contain printer components issued by ISO International Organization for Standardization About the life of the toner cartridges The life of the toner cartridges is affected by the following conditions e Printing environment and conditions e Spaced printing e Paper size and paper type settings e Printing ratio e Toner is used even when printing with a low printing ratio e Color printing e Multiple color toner cartridges may reach the end of their life at the same time e Printer configuration e Black and white printing may affect the life of the color toner cartridges Checking the status of the toner cartridges of each color You can check the status of each of the color toner cartridges in the Consumables Information dialog box in the Printer Status Window a Checking the Printer Status Using the Printer Status Window 365 705 G 05 Replacing Toner Cartridges e Precautions when Replacing Toner Cartridges e Replacing Toner Cartridges NOTE Checking the status of the toner cartridges of each color You can check the status of each of the color toner cartridges in the Consumables Information dialog box in the Printer Status Window a Checking the Printer Status Using the Printer Status Window Precautions when Replacing Toner Cartridges
294. ize Paper Other Than Index Cards and Envelopes y Open the Printers and Faxes or Printers folder e Windows XP Professional and Server 2003 From the Start menu select Printers and Faxes Windows XP Home Edition From the Start menu select Control Panel and then click Printers and Other Hardware Printers and Faxes Windows Vista From the Start menu select Control Panel and then click Printer Windows Server 2008 From the Start menu select Control Panel and then double click Printers 3 Right click the icon for this printer and then select Properties from the pop up menu a File dk eee Faeete Took bei T F ti ye Seth EC tees Eii i Ha Paii aral aa Provtor Tasis E ida inia gl Sea adata printing aj 203 pdr FrEE dj Pays piring d Ta Tir prine Mane thee mi MD Dais ic zer gi 5e peewer inopertes 4 Print a test page i g 1 Display the General sheet 2 Click Print Test Page 158 705 M seins wool EIE de esa rir J 2 The test page is printed NOTE If the test page is not printed properly Printing Does Not Work 159 705 E 19 Uninstalling the Printer Driver Using Canon LBP7210C Uninstaller The process of removing the printer driver to restore the computer to the same state as before the printer driver was installed is referred to as uninstallation To uninstall the printer driver perform the fo
295. ject inside the printer Cause 5 Depending on the paper type or the operating environment high humidity or high 2 Storing Paper or Printouts temperature environment the paper may crease Solution 1 Perform the following procedure in the printer driver 1 Display the Paper Source sheet 2 Set Paper Type as follows Current Setting Changed Setting Plain Paper L Plain Paper L2 Plain Paper Plain Paper L Heavy Paper 1 Plain Paper Heavy Paper 2 Heavy Paper 1 Heavy Paper3 Heavy Paper 2 Envelope H Envelope Coated Paper 2 Coated Paper 1 460 705 Coated Paper 3 Coated Paper 2 Coated Paper 4 Coated Paper 3 TIf you perform the above procedure the toner does not fix onto paper well and the print may come out faint Solution 2 Perform the following procedure in the printer driver 1 Display the Finishing sheet 2 Click Advanced Settings 3 Set Special Print Mode to Special Settings 5 Normally use the printer with Special Print Mode set to Off Specify Special Settings 5 only if the described problems occur IMPORTANT When Special Settings 5 is selected The printing speed drops 461 705 H 24 Poor Print Quality Data Is Not Printed in the Correct Position Streaks Appear Printout Is Skewed Missing or Has Unneeded Space Cc Unevenness Smudge Marks etc Data Is Printed Diagonally Appear C Qe Printing Is Fai
296. k Ez mm B thara arm tepa yru can taka in gri pour dans Browse my computer for driver software advanced becete amd mkali diran actives manually Insert the supplied CD ROM User Software into the CD ROM drive of your computer and then click Browse If CD ROM Setup appears click Exat Browse for driver software on your computer Search for diver sofware in thes Ince 7 jesclucde sa belied cheers Select the folder in which the printer driver is included If you are using 32 bit Windows Vista or Server 2008 1 Select the folders in the supplied CD ROM English 32bit Driver 2 Click OK a 9 DVC CD RW Driva D CANONLEPTZIOC p d AusethutsesasTael 4 jk Engli Ta wiew sutripiderz chck the symbol next 12 8 nicer Ee Jtt ir you are using 64 bit Windows Vista or Server 2008 116 705 1 Select the folders in the supplied CD ROM English x64 Driver 2 Click OK a4 DVD CD RW Greve D CASNOHLEPTIIDE d AutathurdesnTaal Ta wiew sutrfpiders chck the symbol next 12 8 nicer es irm NOTE If you are not sure whether you are using a 32 bit operating system or 64 bit operating system sTo Check the Processor Version of Windows Vista or Server 2008 e Click Next G Found Mee Hirden CanenL BRTZIOC Browse for driver software on your camputer Search hor derer sobane in hes Hector D Enginhi 32i f Der F jeciude gable
297. key on your keyboard B If the administrator password has not been specified yet do not enter any value but press the ENTER key on your keyboard Enter get config lt the file name gt and then press ENTER on your keyboard The config file is downloaded The characters entered for the file name become the name of the downloaded 621 705 config file NOTE When upgrading the firmware Enter put lt the update file of the firmware gt FLASH and then press the ENTER key on your keyboard For details on the update file of the firmware see Updating the Network Board Firmware If the config file cannot be found Search for the config file using the file search function of your operating system The download directory for the config file varies depending on the operating system or settings 6 Edit the downloaded config file in Notepad or a similar text editor u For details on descriptions of each option see Setting Items Enter put lt the file name gt CONFIG and then press ENTER on your keyboard In the file name gt enter the name of the config file that was entered when the file was downloaded 3 Enter get reset then press the ENTER key on your keyboard After completing the reset of the printer s network board the settings are effective T The settings also become effective by restarting the printer Turn off the printer once wait at least 10 seconds and
298. l SLP By using the multicast discovery function you can search for only the devices whose values in Scope Name are verified using the service location protocol SLP from utility software such as NetSpot Device Installer Specifying the settings using FTP Client FTP Client 1 Display the Printer Status Window Click i in the Windows task tray and then select the printer name NOTE When displaying the Printer Status Window from the printer driver Click S Display Printer Status Window in locations such as in the Page Setup sheet 2 Select Remote UI from the Options menu I Ey Canes LAPT Praa Umrah Preferences AXracectratorn Cpraganiser b man Sounder hirra iiy Carta Settings The Remote UI is displayed 681 705 NOTE If you cannot select Remote UI You cannot select Remote UI if the printer and computer cannot communicate via a network When starting the Remote UI directly from a web browser Remote UI 3 Log in as Administrator i Li 1 Enter a password in Administrator Password 2 Click Log In Remote Ul Top Page Device Saiya O8 The printer jt ready Device Harmar 1 Produc Hame LBP T210c LU Location e Paper Inf armatian Brice Manger Papa Same apb Maneger Multi Purpose Tray NOTE If the administrator password is not set It 1s not required to enter any value in Admin
299. lares Fia rk Vue Pace Tek Pip addet E hipy ra LEO Hyra fuquiprrt ahead x X on p wet uite G G us Remote Ul Features Max Print Spaad 20ppm Number of Total Printed Pages Hibar of Csxkammes dA 1 FDL CAPT Toner Cartridge Cyan Tonar Cartricige Tor LEFTHOT Mageni Toner Candas tor DBR ToS Ted low Toner Cartridge for LEPT271DC Elack Toner Carme tor LEPT210C 1 Displays information about the maximum print speed the total number of printed pages etc 206 705 F 10 How to Use Help For details on each setting in the printer driver or the Printer Status Window see the instructions in Help Use Help as follows 1 Click Help Canon LIP 210E I raperties Page Setup inhi Paper Sore Du xs Page joe id ry Uv Quiet Sirm Match Page ira Lar iz ism Deed oben A n Prato A C baias When displaying Help from the Printer Status Window select Help Topics from the Help menu 2 Display the option you would like information on m e Displaying the Option You Would Like Information on with Contents e Displaying the Option You Would Like Information on with Index e Retrieving a Word or Phrase Included in Help and Displaying the Option You Would Like Information on Displaying the Option You Would Like Information on with Contents 207 705 The following describes how to display a topic using Orientation in the Page Setu
300. lect My Computer e Windows Vista and Server 2008 From the Start menu select Computer 3 Right click the CD ROM icon then select Open from the pop up menu I 4 Double click the NetSpot Device Installer folder 627 705 CAMO BOT POC jT d Publish this folder 22 Ha Web sme B m RE T 4 zum gt j AITOR UP THF niher Miis i Shi Ld Weblioh e 77 rigen olla if My Computer iL Me Decameses Cy than Docurrants Mi Ver Matreork Pican END ii Fi Edt Eam o Prie Tee Help Qu Q S s ree ul QA SLEPT TTC Ex iL Py Documents Gn Sel Docaneemnis g My Competes LE bia Hairi Aar Fe EE Vea Frewbe Too o ep Qu Pfs ere i naris di Fit ered buddies Tashi i CTI Lied E 3 d Hol Wore Cure Pieler Nj Fanara thin hia ii rese tere dna aa Sy Copy thin fin E recess bee Retaped Cone Poule t Peis ris Pis Me hes voee DM T gt Forha his EY Emal Bin Fle m irs ctm QQNoTE If the User Account Control dialog box appears Windows Vista and Server 2008 Click Continue 628 705 Fi Read the contents of License Agreement and then click Yes a HeiSpat Device Installer Setup 11 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT AY CLICKING YES BUTTON BELOW OR USING THE SDF TWARE YOU ACKNOWLEDGE THAT YOU HAVE READ THIS AGREEMENT UNDERSTOOD IT AND AGREE O BE BOUND HY TS TERMS AND COMDITIDNS YOU ALSO AGREE THAT THES AGREEMENT IS THE COMPLETE AND EXCLUSIVE STA
301. lect Run 2 Enter D English MInst exe and then click OK e Windows Vista and Server 2008 1 Enter D English MInst exe in Start Search under the Start menu 2 Press the ENTER key on the keyboard If the AutoPlay dialog box appears Windows Vista and Server 2008 Click Run AUTORUN EXE If the User Account Control dialog box appears Windows Vista and Server 2008 Click Continue Click Easy Installation The printer driver and the e Manual are installed Canon LBP7210C BEEKE RRARGARGQGGAGAGSRSRSSEEREREEEEELEELRRRARARGAZIIAIGSISARSRGRSEEEREREREREERREEEELREEERRARGB GN CD ROM Setup Tou Caninstal scfhware programs atc on this screen Select a manu on the ngt 105 705 NOTE If you do not want to install the e Manual Click Custom Installation 5 Click Install ie Easy Installation Explanatie of Sedteare i README tite n3 i n4 C Free Diek Spore 31457 MB Sese Required te Install 121 MB NOTE If you selected Custom Installation in Step 4 1 Clear the e Manual check box 2 Click Install Custom Installation C Free Disk Space 31451 MH Space Required to meian ETT 6 Read the contents of License Agreement and then click Yes Fs 106 705 EX License Agreement Letirictor Ag aie Flease read tha folkwirg icange agreamarnt completaly and zor Carefully before installing tha software programs letal
302. les are connected turn the computer off and then disconnect the interface cables from the printer 3 Unplug the power plug from the AC power outlet 2 Remove the power cord from the printer JF 396 705 3 Pull out the paper drawer a Move the printer from the installation site Carry the printer with two or more people by holding the lift handles on the lower portion of the printer and lifting it up at the same time Right Side View A CAUTION Carry the printer with two or more people This printer weighs approximately 25 1 kg Please be careful not to hurt your back or other portions of your body when carrying the printer Be sure to hold the lift handles 397 705 Do not hold the printer by the front portion output area or any portions other than the lift handles If you do so you may drop the printer resulting in personal injury Pay attention to the balance The rear portion A of the printer is relatively heavy Be careful not to become off balance when lifting the printer If you do so you may drop the printer resulting 1n personal injury Do not carry the printer with the paper feeder installed If you do so the paper feeder may drop resulting in personal injury 398 705 IMPORTANT Do not carry the printer with a cover or tray open Make sure that the front cover and multi purpose tray are closed before carrying the printer amp NOTE If the optional pape
303. lick the desired option 211 705 TER TERR ee Help Cajas hele minil m md Edi Aerar Lu 212 705 K 11 Usable Paper and Unusable Paper e Usable Paper e Unusable Paper Usable Paper e Paper Size e Paper Type Paper Size The following shows the paper sizes that can be used with this printer The paper is available for 1 sided printing and automatic 2 sided printing C The paper is available for only 1 sided printing The paper cannot be used for printing Paper Source Paper Size Multi purpose Tray Drawer 1 Drawer 2 Optional A4 210 0 mm x 297 0 mm e D amp B5 182 0 mm x 257 0 mm Dy e E AS 148 0 mm x 210 0 mm Q Q O Legal 8 50 in x 14 00 in D e e Foolscap 8 50 in x 13 00 in ae D M Letter 8 50 in x 11 00 in e e e Executive 7 25 in x 10 50 in e DE e Statement 5 50 in x 8 50 in Q Q O 213 705 Envelope DL 110 0 mm x 220 0 mm C C C Envelope No 10 COM10 104 7 mm x 241 3 mm Q C Envelope C5 162 0 mm x 229 0 mm Q Q Envelope Monarch 98 4 mm x 190 5 mm C Envelope B5 176 0 mm x 250 0 mm O Index Card 102 0 x 152 0 mm 127 0 x 203 0 mm C Custom paper size d O is Custom size paper that is 76 2 to 215 9 mm wide and 127 0 to 355 6 mm long can be loaded 2 Custom size paper that is 100 0 to 215 9 mm wide and 148 0 to 355 6 mm long can be loaded IMPORTANT About print speed e
304. lines If the paper stack exceeds the load limit mark lines this may result in misfeeds Precautions when loading paper in the multi purpose tray e Load the paper so that it is straight e Ifthe rear edge of the paper stack is not properly aligned this may result in misfeeds or paper jams e Ifthe paper is curled or folded at corners flatten 1t before loading it in the printer e If you use paper that has been poorly cut multiple sheets of paper may be fed at once In this case fan the paper thoroughly and then align the edges of the stack properly on a hard flat surface NOTE When printing paper with a letterhead or logo See Paper Loading Orientation and load the paper in the proper orientation Align the paper guides with the width of the paper IMPORTANT Be sure to align the paper guides with the width of the paper If the paper guides are too loose or too tight this may result in misfeeds or paper jams 88 705 K 08 Paper Feeder The paper feeder 1s to be installed at the bottom of the printer Paper Feeder Unit PF 701 e Moving the Printer e Removing the Packing Materials and Installing the Paper Feeder e Specifying the Status of the Paper Feeder e Loading Paper in the Paper Feeder and Registering the Paper Size e Removing the Paper Feeder A WARNING When installing the paper feeder Be sure to turn the printer off unplug the power plug and then disconnect all the
305. llowing procedure D IMPORTANT Uninstallation by a user with administrative rights A user without administrative rights cannot perform the uninstallation To perform the uninstallation be sure to log on as a user with administrative rights T Contact your system administrator if you are not sure about your administrative rights Disconnect the USB cable before uninstalling the printer driver Windows 7 Be sure to disconnect the USB cable before uninstalling the printer driver NOTE If a user without administrative rights installed the printer driver The printer driver may not be able to uninstalled successfully using Canon LBP7210C Uninstaller depending on your operating system In this case uninstall the printer driver using the following procedure 1 Open the Printers and Faxes or Printers folder Windows XP Professional and Server 2003 From the Start menu select Printers and Faxes Windows XP Home Edition From the Start menu select Control Panel and then click Printers and Other Hardware Printers and Faxes Windows Vista From the Start menu select Control Panel and then click Printer Windows Server 2008 From the Start menu select Control Panel and then double click Printers 2 Right click the icon for this printer then select Delete from the pop up menu 3 Click Yes E Arm yu puras voL var Ep dalaca Ear printer anon LEP Tlic 4 Uninstall the printer drive
306. load Site under Firmware in the Device Manager Network page Fast Ethernet TDI TOXIBaseT Ethernet Drrier Setting Auto Detect MAD Address 00 00 8 amp D F1 32 Faaninms lere Job Mareen Sp Links Print Sarwar Hama 620 705 J 04 FTP Client FTP Client allows you to specify the settings for various information about the printer as well as configure the network and security by accessing the FTP server on the printer using Command Prompt Also you can upgrade the firmware e Managing the Printer Using FTP Client e Initializing the Network Settings Using FTP Client Managing the Printer Using FTP Client 1 Run Command Prompt e Windows XP Server 2003 Vista and Server 2008 From the Start menu select All Programs Accessories Command Prompt 2 Enter ftp the IP address of the printer then press the ENTER key on your keyboard a e Input Example ftp 192 168 0 215 NOTE If you are not sure about the IP address of the printer Refer to the Network Status Print printed in Printing Status Print to Check the Printer Status or ask your network administrator 3 Enter root as the user name then press the ENTER key on your keyboard NOTE About the user name You can log in by entering a name other than root or leaving the field blank In this case you can perform operations other than settings A Enter the administrator password then press the ENTER
307. local authorized Canon dealer When contacting your Canon dealer please report the displayed error code and problems cQ Scanner Error The scanner is in an abnormal condition Solution Turn the printer off wait for a while and then turn it on again If the scanner error appears even after cycling the power of the printer turn the printer off and then contact your local authorized Canon dealer Bo Unit Error Cause The fixing unit is in an abnormal condition Solution Turn the printer off unplug the power plug from the AC power outlet and then contact your local authorized Canon dealer cS Incompatible Printer The connected printer cannot be used Connect to the supported printer amp Communicate with Server The client computer cannot communicate with the print server Check the status of the print server and your computer cQ Communication Error The USB cable is not connected or the printer 1s not turned on Solution 1 Connect the USB cable R sou Board Error The LAN cable is not connected or the printer is not turned on Solution 1 Connect the LAN cable E Communicate with Printer Cause 1 Because the bi directional communication function is not enabled the computer cannot 445 705 communicate with the printer Solution Enable bi directional communication and restart the computer and printer a Checking Bi directional Communication Cause 2 The computer cannot communicate with t
308. lt Setting The name of the printer s network board print server 1 CANONXXXXXX to 15 characters Print Server Name PS NAME Device Name The name of the device 0 to 32 Blank SYS NAME characters l The installation site of the Location device Blank SYS_LOC 0 to 32 characters o The name of the administrator Administrator of the device Blank SYS CONTACT 0 to 32 characters Phone The telephone number of the administrator of the device Blank xl SYS_CONTACT_TEL 0 to 32 characters 575 705 Comments SYS CONTACT COMMENT SERVICE MAN NAME 2 SERVICE TEL SERVICE COMMENT Administrator Password ROOT PWD Display Language DISP LANG Link LINK NAME LINK NAME2 URL LINK URL LINK URL2 Comments LINK COMMENT LINK COMMENTO Link DOWNLOAD SITE NAME URL DOWNLOAD SITE URL Comments DOWNLOAD SITE COMMENT SNMP v 1 SNMP V1 ACCESS ENB Access Rights Comments from the administrator of the device 0 to 32 characters The name of the service person 0 to 32 characters The telephone number of the service person 0 to 32 characters Comments from the service person 0 to 32 characters The password of the device 0 to 15 characters The language displayed in the Remote UI English French German Italian Spanish Japanese Default T
309. m Indicator The Alarm Indicator Is On 2 The Alarm Indicator Is Blinking 903 705 H 37 The Alarm Indicator Is On Implement the following solutions according to the message displayed in the Printer Status Window Service Call Cause UE damm gu eure M rr red Im A problem Occurred in the fixing unit Solution If a fixing unit error is displayed you need to request service Follow the procedure in If a Fixing Unit Error Is Displayed and then contact your local authorized Canon dealer to request service sm amante nm rn Tum cfl ha prio and iuri pn E oc rn agai hes s aae U bes Lie ema e Pars d eue A problem Occurred in the scanner Following the procedure in If a Scanner Error or Service Error Is Displayed cycle the power of the printer Prpi amm iE pe eee tert A problem occurred in the printer NOTE If the Printer Status Window is not displayed 2 Printer Status Window If a Fixing Unit Error Is Displayed 1 Turn the printer off then disconnect the cables from the printer 1 Turn the printer off 504 705 2 If the interface cables are connected turn the computer off and then disconnect the interface cables from the printer 3 Unplug the power plug from the AC power outlet IMPORTANT Do not turn on the printer again A fixing unit error is displayed Do not turn on the printer after turning it off 2 Contact your local
310. mables Information 3 Icon 4 Message Area 5 Message Area Auxiliary 6 Animation Area 7 Job Information Area 8 Progress Bar 9 Status Bar 10 Resolve Error 11 EJ Cancel Job NOTE You can cancel a job resume a job which is paused during printing for some reason or display the print queue You can perform utility functions specify the settings for the printer unit and so on Use this menu to display Help and the version information Displays the print queue a function of Windows For details on the print queue see Windows Help Obtains the printer status and refreshes the Printer Status Window display Displays the Consumables Information dialog box You can check the status of the toner cartridges Displays the printer status Displays messages about the printer status Displays additional information situation explanation solutions etc if an error or other such event occurs Displays the printer status using an animated graphic Displays the printing progress or error conditions depending on the printer status Displays information about the job Displays the printing progress of the current job The bar gradually grows indicating the printing progress Displays the device to which the printer 1s connected You can resume a job when it 1s paused during printing for some reason Cancels the current job While another user s job is being printed the Cancel Job
311. matically Performing Calibration or Correction of Out of Register Colors Immediately after the Printer Is Turned On NOTE Calibration time It takes approximately 60 seconds Calibrating the Printer Immediately Manual Calibration D IMPORTANT Precautions when calibrating the printer If you perform calibration frequently this may affect the life of the toner cartridges 1 Display the Printer Status Window Click i in the Windows task tray and then select the printer name NOTE When displaying the Printer Status Window from the printer driver Click Sh Display Printer Status Window in locations such as in the Page Setup sheet 2 From the Options menu select Utility Calibration 7 344 705 Ey Canes LAO 21 Pra Uer Prado Amanietratoan Corea yer mend inn Crurdur imrar 1 T Desis Seti Aerie LE Refresh Corleaaal n P aga Print py l Retreat Stable Print 3 Click OK Calrhratiaon M Perfenra Colbratin CZJ Automatically Performing Calibration or Correction of Out of Register Colors Immediately after the Printer Is Turned On You can specify whether calibration or correction of Out of Register Colors should be automatically performed immediately after the printer is turned on IMPORTANT Precautions when performing calibration or correction of Out of Register Colors The computer connected to the printer needs to be running before
312. menu em e Ge Control Panal Marceere and found Printen da pem p 7 r F E m Canon LBETIIOC m E Pictures be Baca Open E Peay Sa Bc mum LJ Write We Run an acit GR Recent Changed AR IP Saarde Enrtrg Pertenece ali Public Eha Peng Shan 3 Perform the following procedure Change Share name as needed e Windows XP and Server 2003 Select Share this printer Change Share name as needed Windows Vista and Server 2008 Select the Share this printer check box Change Share name as needed 133 705 Bereci Sy Fors Advanced Car Managemen Sect rece Serie Prot yo you shen es nine onis usen on your epa wt Eo Lmaramm and peered tor i cempala ca rE sE d Date sil or Ds ee abun de corpor des Tr Ono Tum m rg um tow gc anm zT E I rore thes partes To ee EL ee ee ee N ihe inner a ahga ssh Las uy eT annpona 7 Pinoy ycu rur eant iz rm aoe coa mz dan asm dg nod hee rp Find rris aen dram ahan Turc nonne 2r bha bay peri Proceed to the following procedures according to clients operating systems Client Some users are using a 32 bit operating system To Step 4 No user is using a 32 bit operating system To Step 10 NOTE If Change sharing options appears Windows Vista and Server 2008 Click Change sharing options BI f Seen Fo Ados Color Managemen Seco Deos Dangi Priis yo Bytu shes des onnter only MP On pour neta t
313. mm T Paper of A4 B5 Legal Letter Executive or Foolscap size is available for automatic 2 sided printing T 164 to 176 g m heavy paper cannot be printed using 2 sided printing O IMPORTANT About print speed The print speed drops when printing on heavy paper Transparency This printer can print A4 and Letter size transparencies IMPORTANT Precautions when using transparencies e Transparencies can only be printed in black and white e Thoroughly fan the transparencies before loading them as they may stick to each other e Take care not to mark or stain the printing surface of the transparencies with fingerprints dust or oil e The print speed drops when printing on transparencies Label This printer can print A4 and Letter size labels 216 705 IMPORTANT Precautions when using labels e Do not use the following types of labels Using inappropriate labels may result in paper jams that are difficult to clear or may result in damage to the printer e Peeled labels or partly used labels e Coated labels that are easily peeled off from the backing sheet e Labels with uneven adhesive e The print speed drops when printing labels Coated paper This printer can print the following coated paper Size A4 Letter Weight 100 to 110 g m 120 to 130 g m 155 to 165 g m7 210 to 220 g m Envelope This printer can print the following envelopes Envelope DL Envelope Monarch Envelope B5 110 0 mm
314. move the toner stains e When removing jammed paper be careful not to allow the toner on the paper to scatter The toner may get into your eyes or mouth If toner gets into your eyes or mouth wash them immediately with cold water and consult a physician When loading paper or removing jammed paper be careful not to cut your hands with the edges of the paper e When removing a toner cartridge remove the toner cartridge carefully so as to prevent the toner from scattering and getting into your eyes or mouth If toner gets into your eyes or mouth wash them immediately with cold water and consult a physician e Do not attempt to disassemble the toner cartridge The toner may scatter and get into your eyes or mouth If toner gets into your eyes or mouth wash them 14 705 immediately with cold water and consult a physician If toner leaks from the toner cartridge be careful not to inhale the toner or allow it to come into direct contact with your skin If the toner comes into contact with your skin wash with soap If the skin becomes irritated or you inhale the toner consult a physician immediately 15 705 A 05 Consumables A WARNING e Do not dispose of used toner cartridges in open flames This may cause the toner to ignite resulting in burns or fire e Do not store toner cartridges or paper in a location exposed to open flames This may cause the toner or paper to ignite resulting in burns or fire e When di
315. n Since radiation emitted inside the product 1s completely confined within protective housings and external covers the laser beam cannot escape from the machine during any phase of user operation Do not remove protective housings or external covers except as directed by the equipment s manuals The label shown below is attached to the laser scanner unit inside the machine 18 705 CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT LASER KLASSE 1 APPAREIL A LASER DE CLASSE 1 APPARECCHIO LASER DI CLASSE 1 PRODUCTO L SER DE CLASE 1 APARELHO A LASER DE CLASSE 1 LUOKAN 1 LASER TUOTE LASERPRODUKT KLASS 1 J CAUTION Use of controls adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified in this manual may result in hazardous radiation exposure International ENERGY STAR Program ENERGY STAR As an ENERGY STAR Partner Canon Inc has determined that this product meets the ENERGY STAR Program for energy efficiency The International ENERGY STAR Office Equipment Program is an international program that promotes energy saving through the use of computers and other office equipment The program backs the development and dissemination of products with functions that effectively reduce energy consumption It is an open system in which business proprietors can participate voluntarily The targeted products are office equipment such as computers displays printers facsimiles and copiers The standards and logos are uniform among p
316. n Condensation can adversely affect the print quality of the toner cartridges 378 705 G 08 Loading Standard Size Paper Other Than Index Cards and Envelopes Click the following link to view the contents Loading Standard Size Paper Other Than Index Cards and Envelopes 379 705 G 09 Loading Index Cards Click the following link to view the contents Loading Index Cards 380 705 G 10 Loading Envelopes Click the following link to view the contents Loading Envelopes 381 705 G 11 Loading Custom Size Paper Non Standard Size Paper Click the following link to view the contents Loading Custom Size Paper Non Standard Size Paper 382 705 G 12 Performing Printing Appropriate for Particular Print Data Click the following link to view the contents Performing Printing Appropriate for Particular Print Data 383 705 G 13 Correcting Rough Textured Images Click the following link to view the contents Correcting Rough Textured Images 384 705 G 14 Adjusting the Toner Density Click the following link to view the contents Adjusting the Toner Density 385 705 G 15 Printing with Brightness and Contrast Adjusted Click the following link to view the contents Printing with Brightness and Contrast Adjusted 386 705 G 16 Adjusting the Color
317. n Load paper in the paper drawer a Loading Envelopes Loading Custom Size Paper Non Standard Size Paper 483 705 H 30 Adjusting the Color or Image Quality Correcting Rough Textured Images Adjusting the Toner Density Printing with Brightness and Contrast Adjusted Adjusting the Color Matching the Color on the Display Calibrating the Printer 484 705 Correcting Out of Register Colors 485 705 H 31 Paper Jams When a paper jam occurs the Paper Jam indicator orange blinks and a message appears in the Printer Status Window Drawers Multi purpose Tray 2 Output area gt 3 Remove the jammed paper according to the displayed message a Precautions When Removing Jammed Paper Multi purpose Tray insu NA OD co y Drawer 1 Drawer 2 Paper flow for 1 sided printing bag eed Unit Paper flow for 2 sided printing Paper Jam Area Message Clearance Procedure 1 Drawer area lt Drawers gt Clearing Paper Jams Drawer Area Clearing Paper Jams Multi purpose Tray 2 Multi t rea lt Multi Tray gt 2 ulti purpose tray area ulti purpose Tray ee 3 Output area lt Output area gt Clearing Paper Jams Output Area NOTE 486 705 If the Printer Status Window is not displayed Printer Status Window 487 705 H 32 Precautions When Removing Jammed Paper A WARNING Be careful not to allow
318. n Paper or Heavy Paper n 4 If either setting causes the following problems etc specify the other setting to print e Output paper curls e Residual images appear on non printed areas e The toner does not fix onto paper well and the printing comes out faint 5 If the printed paper curls the printed side curls outward when printed 60 g m paper with Plain Paper L selected select Plain Paper L2 6 164 to 176 g m heavy paper cannot be printed using 2 sided printing 7 You can load 129 to 163 g m heavy paper 8 If you want to improve the toner fixation when printed with Envelope selected select Envelope H 215 705 9 Envelope Monarch cannot be loaded IMPORTANT About print speed The print speed may drop depending on the settings for the paper size paper type and number of copies Plain paper This printer can print plain paper 60 to 90 g m of the following sizes e Standard paper size A4 B5 A5 Legal Letter Executive Foolscap Statement e Custom paper size Width 76 2 to 215 9 mm Length 127 0 to 355 6 mm T Paper of A4 B5 Legal Letter Executive or Foolscap size is available for automatic 2 sided printing T Recycled paper can be used as plain paper Heavy paper This printer can print heavy paper 86 to 176 g m of the following sizes e Standard paper size A4 B5 A5 Legal Letter Executive Foolscap Statement Custom paper size Width 76 2 to 215 9 mm Length 127 0 to 355 6
319. n by a user with administrative rights A user without administrative rights cannot perform the uninstallation To perform the uninstallation be sure to log on as a user with administrative rights T Contact your system administrator if you are not sure about your administrative rights 1 Insert the supplied CD ROM User Software into the CD ROM drive of your computer If the CD ROM is already in the drive eject the disk and reinsert it into the drive CD ROM Setup appears T It may take time to display CD ROM Setup depending on your environment NOTE If CD ROM Setup does not appear Display it using the following procedure The CD ROM drive name is indicated as D in this manual The CD ROM drive name may differ depending on the computer you are using e Windows XP and Server 2003 1 From the Start menu select Run 2 Enter D English MInst exe and then click OK e Windows Vista and Server 2008 1 Enter D English MInst exe in Start Search under the Start menu 2 Press the ENTER key on the keyboard If the AutoPlay dialog box appears Windows Vista and Server 2008 Click Run AUTORUN EXE If the User Account Control dialog box appears Windows Vista and Server 2008 Click Continue 2 Click Additional Software Programs 40 705 Canon LBP7210C BRR DEPP EERE RRR RRR RRR PPP PPA ERR RRR Rae You caninstal sofware programs atc on this screen Select a manu on the
320. n installing the paper feeder see Paper Feeder Store the removed packing materials They are required when transporting the printer for relocation or maintenance amp NOTE About the packing materials The packing materials may be changed in form or placement or may be added or removed without notice Step 1 Carrying the Printer to the Installation Site 1 Pull out the drawer 2 Carry the printer to the installation site Carry the printer with two or more people by holding the lift handles on the lower portion of the printer and lifting it up at the same time 66 705 Hight Side View A CAUTION Be sure to take the printer out of the plastic bag Do not place the printer in the plastic bag when carrying it If you do so you may drop the printer resulting in personal injury Carry the printer with two or more people This printer weighs approximately 25 1 kg Please be careful not to hurt your back or other portions of your body when carrying the printer Be sure to hold the lift handles Do not hold the printer by the front portion output area or any portions other than the lift handles If you do so you may drop the printer resulting in personal injury 67 705 Pay attention to the balance The rear portion A of the printer is relatively heavy Be careful not to become off balance when lifting the printer If you do so you may drop the printer resulting 1n personal injury
321. n paper Ex 80 g m Approx 50 sheets Approx 250 sheets Approx 250 sheets Heavy paper Ex 91 g m Approx 30 sheets Approx 200 sheets Approx 200 sheets Heavy paper Ex 128 g m Approx 20 sheets Approx 150 sheets Approx 150 sheets 226 705 Transparency black and white printing only Approx 20 sheets Label Approx 20 sheets Approx 50 sheets Approx 50 sheets Coated paper Approx 20 sheets Approx 50 sheets Approx 50 sheets Envelope Approx 5 sheets Approx 10 sheets Approx 10 sheets Selecting a Paper Source A paper source can be selected in the Paper Source sheet in the printer driver 1 Select Paper Source a 1 Display the Paper Source sheet 2 Select the paper source you want to use at Canon LIP 210C I raperties Page Setup rite Paper sauce Ji 1 Fide 3 E T ETTE i A Edeg Chott Hale d a Pink ww Je Fapa as eco JH fame Paa oa AM Peces mt 2 JL mJ La Fi g iJ es a a l i Paper Type Pm Face ki AM carr Aud Visa Sehr O Pugs shan Piring famn tha Multipurpose Trey l Gorina Punting path be Bul purpoas Tam L d B eshcee Delos Cwxd He NOTE When Paper Selection is set to a setting other than Same Paper for All Pages The Paper Source setting changes as follows e First Page Second Page e Cover Page e Other Pages 1 Last Page Cover Sheets select the paper source to be used
322. n this rating label shows the average power current consumption Interior View 46 705 Em 1 2 3 4 5 1 Y Yellow Toner Cartridge Slot The Y yellow toner cartridge is installed in this slot 2 M Magenta Toner Cartridge Slot The M magenta toner cartridge is installed in this slot 3 C Cyan Toner Cartridge Slot The C cyan toner cartridge is installed in this slot 4 K Black Toner Cartridge Slot The K black toner cartridge is installed in this slot 5 Toner Cartridge Tray Tray for installing the toner cartridges Replacing Toner Cartridges Multi purpose Tray 1 2 gee P 3 P 1 d 1 Paper Guides Adjust the guides to match the width of the paper 2 Auxiliary Tray Be sure to pull out this tray when loading paper in the multi purpose tray 3 Tray Extension Open to prevent the paper from hanging out of the multi purpose tray when loading long size paper such as A4 NOTE 47 105 How to load paper 2 Loading Standard Size Paper Other Than Index Cards and Envelopes 2 Loading Index Cards 2 Loading Envelopes Loading Custom Size Paper Non Standard Size Paper 3 c EE F LEEA A SS 1 Lock Release Lever Hold this lever to slide the paper guides 2 Lock Release Lever While holding this lever pull out the paper drawer when loading paper longer than A4 size 3 Paper Guides Adjust the position of the paper guides to the pap
323. nd Ext waterreand Portia Eg iler i EST Vs alarmas Disk ge X EMF Googling l Ett Esahk mage Comitis Chipsi kki Lsh rei Daura Lack Expired Fri Resin 37d Pong Pores Expari ue Xp z i lut TE Cajus La lati on Pau Lay pur Page Cinder hs 1 al Sr 7 riens CERCHI ar Poeni Status wWiedaed t Beppe Pa Lud gng Eass Defaults pum AF mapaa OE L earns nard rrem men nri ansha Hia mazim mir Retrieving a Word or Phrase Included in Help and Displaying the Option You Would Like Information on The following describes how to display a topic using Page Layout in the Page Setup sheet as an example 1 Perform the following procedure 1 Display the Search sheet 2 Enter a word or phrase related to the desired option i Canen ED JH DC Helg 3 d He Hia Bak Pm phos Cmimi ino e 1 Page Setup Sheet Ipah he gore be zer kr t 2 Psi Ld TT natal kiii Lack Fire Pape Size Oups Size Cape ria rati on Eae my Page Onder Manual Stone mm a Edi adea o zi 245 B risas Ponta S1sluz Winch c Fass 5 r Fip Lir oz Pastors Deuts 7 Click List Topics 210 705 B Canon LAPIN DC Hele Puge Lupa Page Onder italie i mak Ca kaparian a rena wa rir xi Ea Dianie Pinta Status hia iraj Era Eanos De mukz AP laeparmanr a nm marbr aii mas nri anshia Ha narsa miri ba A C
324. ndling Toner Cartridges The toner cartridges consist of light sensitive components and precision mechanical components Handling the toner cartridges without due care may result in damage to the toner cartridges or deterioration in print quality Observe the following points when handling the toner cartridges A WARNING Do not dispose of a used toner cartridge in open flames This may cause the toner remaining inside the cartridges to ignite resulting in burns or fire A CAUTION Precautions if you get toner on your hands or clothing If toner gets on your hands or clothing wash them immediately with cold water Washing with warm water sets the toner making it impossible to remove the toner stains IMPORTANT Do not touch the toner cartridge memory A or the electrical contacts B This may result in damage to the cartridge Do not touch the drum C Print quality may deteriorate 1f you touch or damage the drum C at the bottom of the toner cartridge 375 705 Hold the toner cartridges properly When handling the toner cartridges hold them properly as shown in the figure Do not place it vertically or upside down When removing a toner cartridge which is being used from the printer Immediately attach the drum protective cover to the toner cartridge and place it into the protective bag or wrap it with a thick cloth The packing materi
325. network administrator 1 Click Finish Add Standard TORN Printor Pari Wizard Completing the Add Standard TCP IP Printer Port Wizard f Adina camcn c quud eth Has beh chee 5SHHF LL Protocol PLA Poet Sti Daska 121583215 Fr hara Pix ii 325 Adapter Type Lamon Mee Printing Dess adi PHILO To corpia hus razor click Fk 1 1 Click Have Disk Rodd P rinier Wizard intal Prete Sele The Weiler agn acad ee teh rds eee Iz Lape Elect the nona ia sna mde od mor ear ale paid T e ERE EA el dk cick Hae Dih D pou peter oo riot ita conceit pou pond dacursantadlian lar Cannes p niv eee Forde Sg apran vic F Wl anFA ATE artF zz 3 eb epFA Aoos5et BUD E PT TEES m aar wd 3 Ek om 1 2 Insert the supplied CD ROM User Software into the CD ROM drive of your computer and then click Browse 541 705 If CD ROM Setup appears click Exit mstall Fron ek Iria the rara ewes rri allabon dick anxd then make pass tha the consc diee n pelected bee 1 3 Open the folder in which the printer driver is included e For Windows XP and Server 2003 32 bit version Open the folders in the supplied CD ROM English 32bit Driver e For Windows XP and Server 2003 64 bit version Open the folders in the supplied CD ROM English x64 Driver 1 4 Open the INF file LI 1 Select the INF file 2 Click Open ud Fis pars CaS TE MF kis Hw Fis of oper 1 Cl
326. ng Edition check boxes in the Profile sheet are cleared Edit is grayed out and cannot be specified see Allow Profile Selection or Editing and select the Allow Profile Selection and Allow Setting Edition check boxes 2 Delete a Profile 1 Select a Profile you want to delete 2 Click Delete T You cannot delete the default Profiles or a Profile which is being selected in the printing preferences dialog box 3 Click Yes Probie Ler Manes Sorc EJ Deni 5 etinge kori eanas o s a F apro l LIUM ae Scala la Vid tel i dau mu ue eru won oc dickes che Fiet Eas 3 3 Click OK The original sheet reappears 360 705 G Maintenance Consumables Adjustment y Others Checking the _ Adjusting the Color Installing the Printer Status C or Image Quality C Optional C Replacing or Cleaning and Handling Handling Toner e gt 361 705 G 02 Checking the Printer Status Using the Printer Status Window Click the following link to view the contents Checking the Printer Status Using the Printer Status Window 362 705 G 03 Checking by the Remote UI Click the following link to view the contents Checking by the Remote UI 363 705 G 04 When a Message Appears Toner cartridges are consumable products When a toner cartridge 1s nearing the end of its life a message w
327. ng USB cable replace it with the short one The cable is connected e If you have another USB cable use it properly Nevertheless if printing does not work proceed to Question 5 gt The cable is not Connect the cable properly connected properly 415 705 lt lt Previous question B Windows XP l Printer Test Page Printing can be performed from the printer driver Check the printing preferences in the Printable application Not printable lt lt Previous question Checking the USB Port 416 705 The port is selected correctly The port is not Select the correct port selected correctly Install the printer driver again a Installing from CD ROM Setup a Installing with Plug and Play The port to be used cannot be found lt lt Previous question Question 7 Is bi directional communication enabled a Checking Bi directional Communication E CaonLBP7210C Properts Bere Sheng Pots Adsmeced Dou Mseageneent Deviezen Profile B ae ce Canon LEP TEE Eni te Chae keg pud il Dearest coll ceed be thee bat Fn ghata pos Por ennn lads Ll COM gt Geka O GM Sena Por Ll roM4 Seal Pov Ll iui Pri iz Fike El O Fia Seared TOPE Pus X Enabled Not enabled Enable bi directional communication and restart the computer and printer lt lt Previous question Question 8 gt Try the following points 417 705 e Disa
328. ning message e Incompatible Printer e Cannot Communicate with Server e Communication Error e Network Board Error e Cannot Communicate with Printer e Incorrect Port o cy Error message e Out of Register Colors Correction Error e Cannot Print Could Not Print e Check the Printed Output The message type varies depending on the icon It is a pause message j the state where the printer pauses for checking It 1s an error message a printer error for which printer problems need to be corrected It is a warning _ message an error which disables communication with the printer It 1s an abnormality message a service call o c Error message continued Paper Jam inside Printer Calibration Error Insufficient Disk Space No Toner Cartridge Toner Cartridges Not Set in Correct Positions Packing Materials on Toner Cartridges Toner Cartridge Replacement Required Check the Toner Cartridges Output Tray Is Full Updating Firmware Printer Not Ready Insufficient Memory Out of Paper Specified Paper Different from Set Paper o cg Pause message 444 705 e Cover Open e Check the Paper cQ Service Error Cause The printer is in an abnormal condition Solution Turn the printer off wait for a while and then turn it on again If the service error appears even after cycling the power of the printer turn the printer off and then contact your
329. ns menu a Praa eih Prahaa Arnacectraborz Corres Ier Counter informatie Lina Carta Hahi The Remote UI is displayed NOTE If you cannot select Remote UI 674 705 You cannot select Remote UI if the printer and computer cannot communicate via a network When starting the Remote UI directly from a web browser x Remote UI 3 Log in as Administrator i Li 1 Enter a password in Administrator Password 2 Click Log In E CETT T a U p Pige LH 22 n e x E f eet Gee 5 2 addens mih VIG EO 21S ica abel Remote Ll Device SXatus The printer is ready Device Hama 1 Product Hame LBP T2100 NN 0 carton peg Paper information mice Maniga Papert e cS Ab Hangs j HWuli Furpose Tray NOTE If the administrator password is not set It 1s not required to enter any value in Administrator Password Setting and Changing the Administrator Password 4 Select Information from the Device Manager menu d maa pe b l lij rilsrrreale mj BIO M EI Fia fect a Poets Teck Pip Ge Q x 28 Pest Gee G S Sie ades B mg HIC 20 H Era cire inso Remote Ll Information Gace Infanmation Log d Too Page Device Hame Location Shs Administrator Comments Fears Mateo Manifaecturar CARCI Product Mame LE 72118 1 EE Maneger Weraion i T Tappat Links E 675 705 D Click Change under
330. ns to install the printer driver 154 705 E 16 To Check the Processor Version of Windows Vista or Server 2008 If you are not sure whether you are using 32 bit Windows Vista Server 2008 or 64 bit Windows Vista Server 2008 you can check that using the following procedure NOTE About the screenshots This procedure is described using screenshots from Windows Vista 1 From the Start menu select Control Panel 2 Display System e Windows Vista Click System and Maintenance System e Windows Server 2008 Double click System 3 Check the processor version e For a 32 bit operating system 32 bit Operating System is displayed e For a 64 bit operating system 64 bit Operating System is displayed View basit information about your computer fF Grace Manager Vides exditipe P g dass Vine Iri gis f Eerrezts neni Tp Syrierm protector i Cipria E 2008 Lirit Capin Sl nphti pir iac Tit rat Space Ik aR Pestis Fo Mobde CPU LOM LARGH 155 705 E 17 Printing Configuration Page Print After installing the printer driver check the operations by Configuration Page Print Configuration Page Print is used to print the settings of the printer unit the total number of printed pages and other printer information NOTE Load A4 size paper The Configuration Page Print 1s set to print on A4 size paper Be sure to load A4 size paper when printing the Configuration Page Prin
331. nstaller Uninstalling the e Manual Auto Shutdown Tool Setting the Energy saving Mode Display Manuals Allows you to view the HTML e Manual You can click the m button next to e Manual to display the e Manual Exit Closes CD ROM Setup NOTE If CD ROM Setup does not appear Display it using the following procedure The CD ROM drive name is indicated as D in this manual The CD ROM drive name may differ depending on the computer you are using e Windows XP and Server 2003 1 From the Start menu select Run 2 Enter D English MInst exe and then click OK e Windows Vista and Server 2008 1 Enter D English MInst exe in Start Search under the Start menu 2 Press the ENTER key on the keyboard If the AutoPlay dialog box appears Windows Vista and Server 2008 Click Run AUTORUN EXE If the User Account Control dialog box appears Windows Vista and Server 2008 Click Continue 65 705 E 04 Carrying the Printer to the Installation Site and Removing the Packing Materials Step 1 Carrving the Printer to the Installation Site Step 2 Removing the Packing Materials of the Printer A CAUTION Unpack the printer unit in a location with sufficient space Be sure to unpack the printer in a location with sufficient space IMPORTANT When installing the optional paper feeder Install the paper feeder before taking the printer out of the box For details o
332. nt ls Faded Has a Problem with Color etc c NOTE About the color adjustment or image quality correction which this printer can perform See Adjusting the Color or Image Quality Contacting your local authorized Canon dealer If a problem that is not indicated in the e Manual occurs 1f none of the suggested measures solve the problem or if you cannot determine the problem contact your local authorized Canon dealer When using the printer in a certain environment If you use the printer in a certain environment or print certain paper the data may not be printed properly or result in deterioration in print quality To solve such problems a service engineer may specify the print settings according to the operating environment or the paper The settings specified by the service engineer are registered in Service Settings in Special Print Mode in the printer driver If you want to use Service Settings print with Service Settings specified following the instructions of the service engineer 462 705 H 25 Streaks lines Appear If streaks lines appear on printout results perform the following solutions Thin Longitudinal Streaks lines Appear Thin Lateral Streaks lines Appear Cause Ifthe printer has not printed for an extended period of time thin lateral streaks may appear in halftone areas of the printed paper Solution Perform the following procedure in the printer driver 1 Display t
333. nt to cancel then select Cancel from the pop up menu n b Cansa LE 12107 NOTE About print jobs from other users Print jobs from other users are not displayed For the print server environment all print jobs are displayed on the print server T If an error has occurred with a print job from another user use the Cancel Job key to cancel the job 2 Canceling a Print Job Using the Cancel Job Key A Clicking Yes cancels the print job a Canceling a Print Job Using the Printer Status Window 184 705 1 Display the Printer Status Window Click i in the Windows task tray and then select the printer name NOTE When displaying the Printer Status Window from the printer driver Click 1 Display Printer Status Window in locations such as in the Page Setup sheet 2 Clicking IEJ Cancel Job cancels the print job NOTE About print jobs from other users While another user s job is being printed you cannot cancel the job For the print server environment you can cancel print jobs on the print server T If an error has occurred with a print job from another user use the Cancel Job key to cancel the job Canceling a Print Job Using the Cancel Job Key Canceling a Print Job Using the Cancel Job Key If an error has occurred with a print job from another user use the Cancel Job key to cancel the job 1 Pressing the Cancel Job key on the control panel cancels the job
334. nter 113 705 Step 2 Installing the Printer Driver with Plug and Play The procedure for installing the printer driver with Plug and Play varies depending on your operating system See the following according to your operating system e Windows Vista and Server 2008 e Windows XP and Server 2003 D IMPORTANT If you cannot install the printer driver with Plug and Play Windows 7 You may not be able to install the printer driver properly due to the Windows restriction even after detecting the printer with Plug and Play I Driver Soltera Installation mmi Device driver eofrware was ngi successfully inc tales LEJ Pring Sup pari x Beach in ing Canon BP OUO S rio drer found Vou oan charge yacur petti rey ba saripenuri kcal b eaeh Veiniaas else dor reram change geting Click What can I do if my device did not install properly and then see Windows Help or reinstall the printer driver in Installing from CD ROM Setup Windows Vista and Server 2008 NOTE About the screenshots This procedure is described using screenshots from Windows Vista Turn the computer on and start up Windows Vista or Server 2008 Log on as a user with administrative rights IMPORTANT If you are not sure about your administrative rights Contact your system administrator Click Locate and install driver software recommended 114 705 1 Found Mew Hardware Em PRE needs to inszall driver
335. nter e If you use paper that has been poorly cut multiple sheets of paper may be fed at once In this case fan the paper thoroughly and then align the edges of the stack properly on a hard flat surface NOTE When printing paper with a letterhead or logo See Paper Loading Orientation and load the paper in the proper orientation Align the paper guides with the width of the paper a IMPORTANT Be sure to align the paper guides with the width of the paper If the paper guides are too loose or too tight this may result in misfeeds or paper jams 242 105 F 18 Loading Index Cards The following Index Card sizes are supported e 102 0 x 152 0 mm e 127 0 x 203 0 mm T Index Card can be loaded only in the multi purpose tray aD IMPORTANT Detailed information about usable paper 1 Usable Paper and Unusable Paper Handling the multi purpose tray x Paper Source 1 Open the multi purpose tray Holding the opening at the center of the printer open the multi purpose tray IMPORTANT Be sure to insert the paper drawer If the paper drawer is not inserted you cannot print from the multi purpose tray 2 Pull out the auxiliary tray A e 243 705 IMPORTANT Be sure to pull out the auxiliary tray Be sure to pull out the auxiliary tray when loading paper in the multi purpose tray 3 Spread the paper guides a little wider than the Index Card width Gently load the Index Ca
336. nter sharing settings vary depending on your operating system See the following setting procedure according to your e 32 bit Operatin 64 bit Operatin System Windows XP Server 2003 Vista and Server 2008 o System Windows XP Server 2003 Vista and Server 2008 NOTE 127 705 To check the processor version of Windows Vista or Server 2008 If you are not sure whether you are using 32 bit Windows Vista or 64 bit Windows Vista see To Check the Processor Version of Windows Vista or Server 2008 32 bit Operating System Windows XP Server 2003 Vista and Server 2008 NOTE If you are using Windows XP The printer cannot be shared on a network with the operating system default settings the settings immediately after installation Before sharing the printer on a network run Network Setup Wizard to enable the printer sharing settings For more details see Windows Help 1 Open the Printers and Faxes or Printers folder Windows XP Professional and Server 2003 From the Start menu select Printers and Faxes e Windows XP Home Edition From the Start menu select Control Panel and then click Printers and Other Hardware Printers and Faxes e Windows Vista From the Start menu select Control Panel and then click Printer Windows Server 2008 From the Start menu select Control Panel and then double click Printers 7 Right click the icon for this printer and then select S
337. nters and Faxes folder or the Printers folder after the installation 1 1 Set the printer information amp 3 CAPT Printer Griver rtu Mirari Printer Jaimes pt Hee cet bo Fes ad Pier thes eid pri Abe you coh Hay feared Tor ha ere Sekected inden Cana Ltn Use Orroer Caes CAT Drreer wes 1 00 CEPS Pinte 1 spe netz j cw Printer Name Enter a new name if you want to change the printer name Set as Default Select the check box if you want to use this printer as the default printer Use as Shared Printer Select the check box to use the computer on which the printer driver 1s being installed as the print server T For details on the print server environment printer sharing see Print Server Environment Printer Sharing Shared Name Change the shared name as needed If you selected the Use as Shared Printer check box e For a 32 bit operating system If any client 1s using a 64 bit operating system perform the following procedure 1 Click Drivers to Add 2 Select Windows XP Vista Server 2003 2008 x64 3 Click OK e For a 64 bit operating system If any client 1s using a 32 bit operating system perform the following procedure 1 Click Drivers to Add 2 Select Windows XP Vista Server 2003 2008 x86 529 705 3 Click OK Ifa 64 bit operating system is running on the print server the download installation for the following client computers on
338. nto the AC power outlet o CO Connect the USB cable to the printer as needed Hu IMPORTANT When loading paper in the paper drawer for the first time after installing the paper feeder Before loading paper be sure to turn on the printer once Specifying the Status of the Paper Feeder Specify the status of the paper feeder after installing it 1 Open the Printers and Faxes or Printers folder e Windows XP Professional and Server 2003 From the Start menu select Printers and Faxes Windows XP Home Edition From the Start menu select Control Panel and then click Printers and Other Hardware Printers and Faxes Windows Vista From the Start menu select Control Panel and then click Printer e Windows Server 2008 From the Start menu select Control Panel and then double click Printers P Right click the icon for this printer and then select Properties from the pop up menu 96 705 Fie dk ean Fate Took beep T J d see Eerie E aidean yy Paii oral Pia Frrtor Tasis z T Cham i ida eines Printing Fretsasnices gl Zea refer printing a See r eiei T d He pring Reig bene Prini Tire Pii Pare JE Rz preter irg Obtain the status of the paper feeder 1 Display the Device Settings sheet 2 Click Get Device Status K amp Coon LHP2210C Properties Gerad Sheng Pods Adeseced Color Manager Device setings L1
339. o Can Access with MAC Addresses The following software allows you to restrict the users who can access with MAC addresses e Web browser Remote UI You can specify the settings by accessing the printer from your web browser via the network e FTP Client You can specify the settings by accessing the FTP server of the printer using Command Prompt This section describes the procedure for specifying the settings using a web browser Remote UI NOTE If you access to print or perform some other operation from a computer whose MAC address is rejected to access the printer The message lt Network Board Error gt appears in the Printer Status Window Specifying the settings using FTP Client FTP Client 1 Display the Printer Status Window Click i in the Windows task tray and then select the printer name NOTE When displaying the Printer Status Window from the printer driver Click eA Display Printer Status Window in locations such as in the Page Setup sheet 2 Select Remote UI from the Options menu i Preferences Arnacectraborz Copragushisc bi eva Sounder hirra Lira Caria attire The Remote UI is displayed 687 705 NOTE If you cannot select Remote UI You cannot select Remote UI if the printer and computer cannot communicate via a network When starting the Remote UI directly from a web browser Remote UI 3 Log in as Administrator 1 En
340. o Setup Recommended Method I 03 Manual Setup Windows XP Server 2003 Onl I 04 Setting the IP Address 1 05 Configuring the Protocol Settings I 06 Setting Items 1 07 Initializing the Network Settings 1 08 Settings for Adding a Port 1 09 Changing the Network Transmission Speed or Transfer Mode I 10 Changing the Port Name of the Printer I 11 Checking and Specifying the Unicast Communication Mode 1 12 Checking the MAC Address 1 13 Print Server Environment Printer Sharing I 14 Configuring the Print Server 1 15 Installation on Clients J Managing and Configuring the Printer J 02 Printer Status Window J 03 Remote UI J 04 FTP Client J 05 NetSpot Device Installer J 06 Setting and Chanaina the Administrator Password J 07 Specifying and Changing the Device Name or Administrator Information J 08 Checking by the Remote UI J 09 Printing Status Print to Check the Printer Status J 10 Setting the Energy saving Mode J 11 Updating the Network Board Firmware J 12 Restricting the Users Who Can Print with IP Addresses J 13 Restricting the Users Who Can Monitor and Change the Settings Using the SNMP Protocol J 14 Restricting the Users Who Can Perform Multicast Discovery J 15 Restricting the Users Who Can Access with MAC Addresses J 16 Restricting the FTP Access from End users J 17 Obtaining and Checking the Securi Access Logs 5 705 500 503 504 508 509 513 515
341. o be used for the printer driver e After Changing the IP Address Changing the Port Setting the IP Address Using NetSpot Device Installer IMPORTANT If Windows Firewall is enabled e It is recommended that you set the IP address using the ARP PING command e f you want to set the IP address using NetSpot Device Installer you need to add NetSpot Device Installer to Windows Firewall in advance Perform either of the following procedures Adding NetSpot Device Installer to the Exceptions sheet in the Windows Firewall dialog box Readme of NetSpot Device Installer T To display Readme of NetSpot Device Installer click 2 in NetSpot Device Installer for TCP IP in the Additional Software Programs screen in CD ROM Setup nstalling NetSpot Device Installer You can add it to Windows Firewall during the installation NetSpot Device Installer NOTE About the screenshots of NetSpot Device Installer The screenshots may be different from those actually you see on the screen How to install NetSpot Device Installer This section describes the procedure for using NetSpot Device Installer without installing it For details on the procedures for installing NetSpot Device Installer see NetSpot Device Installer 546 705 Attach the ferrite core to the LAN cable as shown in the figure Attach the ferrite core at 6 cm or less from the end of the connector connected to the printer Connector that
342. oad limit mark lines this may result in misfeeds 6 Insert the paper drawer into the printer Push it into the printer firmly A CAUTION Precautions when inserting the paper drawer Be careful not to catch your fingers Step 2 Registering the Size of Paper 252 705 This printer s paper drawer cannot automatically detect the paper size Therefore you need to register the size of the loaded paper Register the paper size using the following procedure 1 Display the Printer Status Window Click di in the Windows task tray and then select the printer name NOTE When displaying the Printer Status Window from the printer driver Click Al Display Printer Status Window in locations such as in the Page Setup sheet gt From the Options menu select Device Settings Drawer Settings Ey Canee LASTI Profercrces Umrah Preferences Arnacectraborz Cerar lera Crurdur EETRE Top San Sida Lug See herir Diiss iire HERH meg Ferd Serer 5 Kaha Batis ped Job infant Dzzumard Hara Ucar Flares Tirade Hina NOTE When registering a paper size As you cannot register a paper size while printing is in progress make sure that the printer is idle before registering the paper size However you can register a paper size while one of the following messages is displayed e lt Specified Paper Different from Set Paper gt e Out of Paper gt 5
343. od Printouts of a complete job are grouped For example if you are printing three copies of a three page document printouts of a complete job are grouped arranged in this page order 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 bu QA tbid M Mm EE NE XN EE EE EN EE EE e If you collate the printouts Printouts of a complete job are collated For example if you are printing three copies of a three page document printouts of a complete job are grouped arranged in this page order 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 Pees ey LP eur an aon pa p Est NOTE 291 705 About the printing procedure The printing procedure may differ depending on the application you are using For details on the printing procedures see the instruction manual supplied with the application 2 Open the printing preferences dialog box 1 Select this printer 2 Click Properties or Preferences 4 IF prre 1 mud 4 rcm Ts Cana LEFTZIOC Press Fird Farce n e K 837 313 C Cured yew Pages Sor 1 Babat A pages int Fags Haai 5 1 Pagi Sealy Finds k Firin darc ov 5n Folate aa Lert haee Fapa Sour by PDF pape ipa Piet oe ug m 1 8 i Rita Te 3 Specify the setting for Finishing Fs 1 Display the Finishing sheet 2 Select a paper output method a Canon LIS FA Toc Frapper Hes Page Sate Feasting f 1 Juse Quay Finis Br Cotes Sabirgs w a Edigi
344. of the envelopes IMPORTANT Be sure to align the paper guides with the width of the envelopes If the paper guides are too loose or too tight this may result in misfeeds or paper jams 258 705 F 20 Loading Custom Size Paper Non Standard Size Paper e Loading Custom Size Paper in the Paper Drawer e Loading Custom Size Paper in the Multi purpose Tray Loading Custom Size Paper in the Paper Drawer The following custom size paper can be loaded in the paper drawer e Width 100 0 to 215 9 mm Length 148 0 to 355 6 mm Step 1 Loading Custom Size Paper in the Paper Drawer Step 2 Registering the Size of Paper Step 3 Registering a Custom Paper Size IMPORTANT Detailed information about usable paper Usable Paper and Unusable Paper Handling the paper drawer n Paper Source NOTE How to load custom size paper in Drawer 2 optional paper feeder Load the paper in Drawer 2 in the same manner as you load the paper in Drawer 1 Step 1 Loading Custom Size Paper in the Paper Drawer Pull out the paper drawer A CAUTION 259 705 Be sure to remove the paper drawer If paper is loaded while the paper drawer is partially pulled out the paper drawer may drop or the printer may become damaged resulting in personal injury Load the custom size paper so that the edges of the paper stack are aligned with the rear side of the paper drawer A CAUTION Be careful when handling paper
345. om the printer driver Click El Display Printer Status Window in locations such as in the Page Setup sheet From the Options menu select Device Settings Drawer Settings Ey Canan LAPT Praa eih Praia Arnacectraborz Cerar lera Cpundar hirren iras Custa 1 REHE ej Ferd Serer lee raa NOTE When registering a paper size As you cannot register a paper size while printing is in progress make sure that the printer is idle before registering the paper size However you can register a paper size while one of the following messages is displayed e lt Specified Paper Different from Set Paper gt e lt Out of Paper gt 3 Register the paper size 1 Select the size of the paper loaded in the paper drawer e Drawer 1 The paper drawer supplied with the printer unit Drawer 2 The paper drawer of the optional paper feeder 2 Click OK IU 237 705 Loading Standard Size Paper Other Than Index Cards and Envelopes in the Multi purpose Tray The following standard size paper other than Index Cards and envelopes can be loaded in the multi purpose tray Paper Type Paper Size A4 210 0 mm x 297 0 mm B5 182 0 mm x 257 0 mm A5 148 0 mm x 210 0 mm Plain paper 60 to 90 g m Legal 8 50 in x 14 00 in Letter 8 50 in x 11 00 in Executive 7 25 in x 10 50 in Foolscap 8 50 in x 13 00 in Statement 5 50 in x 8 50 in Heavy paper 86 to 176 g m Tran
346. on starts Wait until the following screen disappears Y It may take time to install the software depending on your environment Install Manuals Instaling the manyas Wart a moment Check the installation results and then click Next P Install 29 705 3 Restart your computer eur 1 Select the Restart Computer Now Recommended check box 2 Click Restart Exit CD ROM Setup NOTE Removing the CD ROM You can remove the CD ROM from the CD ROM drive after the installation is completed When viewing the e Manual as Viewing the e Manual a Searching for Information After Installation The following shortcut icon and folders are added to the following locations e Desktop LBP7210C e Manual LBP 210C e Manual e All Programs under the Start menu Canon LBP7210C LBP7210C e Manual 30 705 C 04 Viewing the e Manual Read the e Manual to find information on the printer operations and familiarize yourself with the more detailed features You can view the e Manual using either of the following methods e Viewing the e Manual Installed on a Computer e Viewing the e Manual from the CD ROM Viewing the e Manual Installed on a Computer 1 Double click the icon of the e Manual on the desktop LEP7210C e Manual NOTE Viewing the e Manual from the Start menu e Windows XP Server 2003 Vista and Server 2008 From the Start menu select
347. on your keyboard Command Prompt closes IMPORTANT When returning to the normal mode broadcast communication mode Change USE IP PORT NAME to NO NOTE If the message lt Network Board Error gt appears If the message lt Network Board Error gt appears in the Printer Status Window after setting the unicast communication mode refresh the display of the Printer Status Window 596 705 I 12 Checking the MAC Address You can check the MAC address of the printer using the following methods Checking on the printer unit The MAC address is indicated at A on the printer unit as shown in the following figure Checking by Network Status Print The MAC address is indicated at A on Network Status Print as shown in the following figure rie OO BG Obs Pls ae fh FREE NOTE How to print Network Status Print Printing Status Print to Check the Printer Status Checking by the Remote UI The MAC address is indicated at A in the Network page in Device Manager as shown in the following figure 997 705 E EI s LO Pee aE a Fla ict Ves Perie Tooke Hp cde ME mig YMG Be 2 a abe Remote Ul aps informar on Fanus Firmiana Hieta interface Mame gralon EI ob Manager aT Links NOTE About the Remote UI See Remote UI 598 705 1 13 Print Server Environment Printer Sharing Click the following link to view the contents Print Ser
348. ontrast Adjusted You can perform color printing with the brightness and contrast adjusted Pte NUNT ea cs DIU Lieu an aon pa p NOTE About the printing procedure The printing procedure may differ depending on the application you are using For details on the printing procedures see the instruction manual supplied with the application 2 Open the printing preferences dialog box 1 Select this printer 2 Click Properties or Preferences 332 705 Deore tan Fred Pange e O Cune yere Ceni pare OPs subest osse noe op Pre nr Page Handing i 1 Wi Collate Pagi Deaky Fea bo Pandan Mayer w L Cheese Papas Source by PDF page aps L Print to il Printing Tes 3 Display the Color Settings dialog box E 1 Display the Quality sheet 2 Select the Manual Color Settings check box 3 Click Color Settings a Canon Lie FATU I raperlites Page Sup Fruiting Paps Sono Quir 1 Prat JE Dana Sarro v asm ema Chitra j mined E Ed wd Preces L Cer Pez Fiarzari adze sarar Design CAD Th i moda ti uied aem prinia decent general E 2 m ms 3 ee ee 4 Adjust the brightness and contrast 1 Display the Color Adjustment sheet 2 Adjust the brightness and contrast by dragging the Brightness and Contrast sliders 333 705 Confirm the settings then click OK The Quali
349. ortion of the printer and lifting it up at the same time Hight Side View Ta Pe Nea A CAUTION Carry the printer with two or more people This printer weighs approximately 25 1 kg Please be careful not to hurt your back or other portions of your body when carrying the printer Be sure to hold the lift handles Do not hold the printer by the front portion output area or any portions other than the lift handles If you do so you may drop the printer resulting in personal injury 91 705 Pay attention to the balance The rear portion A of the printer 1s relatively heavy Be careful not to become off balance when lifting the printer If you do so you may drop the printer resulting in personal injury IMPORTANT Do not carry the printer with a cover or tray open Make sure that the front cover and multi purpose tray are closed before carrying the printer 92 105 Removing the Packing Materials and Installing the Paper Feeder A CAUTION Put the printer or paper feeder down slowly and carefully Be careful not to hurt your hands or fingers Do not carry the printer with the paper drawer installed If you do so the paper drawer may drop resulting in personal injury Do not carry the printer with the paper feeder installed If you do so the paper feeder may drop resulting in personal injury IMPORTANT About disposal of the removed packing materials Dispose of the packing materials ac
350. ou configure the document to print the data smaller than the printable area 2 This printer supports Raw only It does not support LPR 56 705 D 06 Consumables The following consumables are provided for this printer Purchase them at your local authorized Canon dealer Use the following table as rough guides to replace consumables However you may need the replacement earlier than the described lifetimes depending on the printer installation environment or paper size Consumables Replacement Timing Canon Cartridge 718 Black Canon Cartridge 718 Yellow Canon Cartridge 718 Magenta Canon Cartridge 718 Cyan Average yield of the toner cartridges e Replacement toner cartridges e Average yield of K Black toner cartridge 3 400 pages Toner Cartridges e Average yield of Composite C Cyan M Magenta and Y Yellow toner cartridges 2 900 pages e Toner cartridges included with this printer e Average yield of K Black toner cartridge 1 200 pages e Average yield of Composite C Cyan M Magenta and Y Yellow toner cartridges 1 400 pages The average yield is on the basis of ISO IEC 197 98 when printing A4 size paper with the default print density setting ISO IEC 19798 is the global standard related to Method for the determination of toner cartridge yield for color printers and multi function devices that contain printer components issued by ISO International Organization for Standardization
351. p sheet as an example 1 Perform the following procedure 1 Display the Contents sheet 2 Select a sheet dialog box and others for your desired option b ETETEN Ure er Help F y Abruf This Hele x A eal Da Yeu events Erin Ly List of sheets and Deal pg Evi Comman Bseerts and Diah Seon TENTAT UC Le n F Custom Faser figs da 7E Laari Croton Shack 3l Forma Setiegs Disk ae T TTD sna S zo x b Paper Bourg Ext Jn bit sal xo Qu ie Sheet Brani son amp Wh Desk mem pa snis Page Lago xo Pario Sheet aga Osi dg Primer Stasis Vnd ros Marga Briag E Panter Sinton FA dl Jaberm ik 77 iPsstaremia s fu ses L E Tre ak 3 P earere as ar et 5j Cpr rums iem riere eue eame 3 Ces nian mfermalisn Ei vsu zi Pitar Elatus VOTO E of tee Cascel m 7 ps ree MEUS 3 leap Bettings Cea ig I mpm 7 T Eip Setiiegs Dist 2 kaning Diszbr Sein s AP ungart md a maia a bn piia cune enb gachn thz otc sich i Canen LAPIN C Helg kemani prime Smuch Page Setup Sheet x Wb Ase This Help ee tet Go rona Sant Le moe s ep Lais ahoski aec Disiag Boe Poor md commas Sheets sj Deui amp AD Pase setup reet Edi 8 Edd vianemmar Dar 8 Ic erem Paper Size Se Z Liras Giescni Shea JF p Finishing g a I Pea ee Hae ey Sheet amp Wh Sealine Brat Ae pesce seing Shee iat Ni Profis Greet Page Cinder z RO Pairk robes HA re Manual Sang H Frisiar Status n co Deis drea d E
352. parencies Labels and Coated Paper You can print in the area up to 5 mm of the edges of the paper 5 mm 5 mm 5 mmi I 5 mm Envelope This printer can print on the following area You may have to change the printable area before printing depending on the application you use 220 705 Sample Envelope No 10 mm 10 mm aL 1 40 mm 10 mm 104 7 mm 10 mim IMPORTANT When printing on envelopes It is recommended that you configure the document to print the data smaller than the printable area When printing data in the entire printable area you may not be able to obtain the optimum print quality 221 705 F 13 Storing Paper or Printouts e Storing Paper e Storing Printouts Storing Paper The quality of paper may deteriorate if stored improperly even when the paper meets the normal specifications Inferior paper may cause misfeeds paper jams or deterioration in print quality How to store paper Observe the following guidelines when storing and handling paper e Store paper on a flat surface e To help paper avoid moisture or dryness keep paper in its wrapper until it is ready to be used e Do not place paper in the condition where it may curl or become creased e Do not store paper vertically or store too many stacks of paper in one pile Do not store paper in the following locations e A location exposed to direct sunlight e A location subject to high humidity e A dry location e A locat
353. pe Canoe LEFTZIOC Pied Foge e C Cune yir 1 Sabet Page Hades EE Pap icib Fuck Peter dann o 9 2 Suto Extat ral Carden iha Pages East by POF page ape C Print tn fls 1 2 jil Printing Tes dubranced or Caros 4 Specify the settings for Page Size and Output Size 1 Display the Page Setup sheet 2 Select the page size of the document created by an application 3 Select the size of the paper loaded in the paper source as needed a Tr LAP NI Proper tien ILE HOLT Profle Ij DHr Gating bs ma Dia at Meet hune d Pm Che wll Fue zur hal y 2 3 Lopes le Dosey Dein Al D Prowl Al Chlir T EM Frage Lapi E toni k tiag C Maggual Sei 24 Fesing Au T ia ee dearga i l Ea tmc He IMPORTANT If the Page Size setting and Output Size setting are not the same The print is automatically reduced or enlarged to fit on the page When printing from the paper drawer Use the following procedure to check that the Output Size setting and Register Paper Sizes setting are the same 1 Click Display Printer Status Window 2 From the Options menu select Device Settings Drawer Settings 3 Check that the Register Paper Sizes setting is the same as the Output Size 275 705 setting Specify the setting for Print Style a 1 Display the Finishing sheet 2 Select 2 sided Printing Canon LIP F31
354. per Position in the application properly see the instruction manual supplied with the application The Printing Position Is Skewed Slightly Depending on the Color to Be Printed Cause Depending on the print image a phenomenon of Out of Register Colors may be slightly conspicuous due to the structure of laser printers TLaser printers are manufactured with technology of high precision A phenomenon of Out of Register Colors may be slightly conspicuous depending on the print image Please note that this 1s due to the structure of laser printers and 1s not a printer malfunction Solution 1 Correct the Out of Register Colors on the Printer Status Window a Correcting Out of Register Colors Solution 2 Perform the following procedure in the printer driver 481 705 1 Display the Quality sheet 2 Click Settings 3 Set Use Pure Black to Never The Next Page Is Printed from Halfway across the Previous Page Line Spacing or Lines Page in the application is not specified properly Solution Specify the settings for Line Spacing or Lines Page in the application so that the data fits in one page and then print again see the instruction manual supplied with the application 482 705 H 29 Data Is Printed Diagonally If data 1s printed diagonally perform the following solutions Data Is Printed Diagonally on Small Size Paper Data 1s printed from the multi purpose tray Solutio
355. per source to be used for each page Using Preview to specify the setting for Paper Source You can also specify the setting for Paper Source using Preview Using Preview to Configure the Printing Preferences When printing paper of a type other than plain paper or envelopes from the paper drawer Select Drawer 1 or Drawer 2 optional in Paper Source 180 705 T If you select Auto you cannot print from the paper drawer Paper is fed from the multi purpose tray About Paper Type Specify the setting according to the paper type as follows Paper Type Setting for Paper Type in the Printer Driver 60 to 74 g m Plain Paper L Plain paper 60 g m Plain Paper L2 70 to 90 g m Plain Paper 86 to 119 g m Heavy Paper 1 Heavy paper 120 to 128 g m Heavy Paper 2 129 to 176 g m Heavy Paper 3 Transparency black and white printing only Transparency Label Labels 100 to 110 g m Coated Paper 1 120 to 130 g m Coated Paper 2 Coated paper 155 to 165 g m Coated Paper 3 210 to 220 g m Coated Paper 4 Envelope Envelope Envelope HJ lif you want to print paper of 70 to 74 g m you can specify either of Plain Paper or Plain Paper L 3 2 If you want to print paper of 86 to 90 g m you can specify either of Plain Paper or Heavy Paper 1 4 3 Tf the printed paper curls the printed side curls outward when printed 60 g m paper with Plain Paper L selected select Plain Pape
356. perd el Decii iil Gel te thee bol fie chackad poi Pari ai ris Ll COME Seia Pon Ten Unas L Seal Pot Vnd iz Fd IMPORTANT Do not clear the Enable bidirectional support check box If the check box is cleared you cannot perform printing NOTE 430 705 If you changed the setting Restart the computer and printer 431 705 H 12 All the Indicators on the Network Board Are Off All the indicators on the network board are off Solution 1 Replace the cable with a straight LAN cable Solution 2 Connect the cross LAN cable to the UP LINK cascade port on the hub If the hub has an UP LINK loo cascade switch switch to the side e NOTE About the cross type LAN cable Use this type of cable when connecting the printer directly to a computer Solution Make sure that the power of the hub is on Cause 5 The hardware of the network board is in an abnormal condition Solution Report the problems to your local authorized Canon dealer Cause 4 Cannot communicate with the hub Is on 432 705 H 13 The ERR Indicator on the Network Board Is On The ERR indicator on the network board is on Cause 1 The LAN cable is not connected properly or broken Solution 1 Make sure the LAN cable is connected properly Solution 2 Replace the LAN cable with a proper one and check if there 1s no disconnection or damage Solution 3 If the ERR indicator still comes authorized Canon deal
357. plug from the AC power outlet and contact your local authorized Canon dealer Continued use can result in a fire or electrical shock e Do not use flammable sprays near the printer If flammable substances come into contact with electrical parts inside the printer this may result in a fire or electrical shock e Always turn off the power switch and unplug the power plug and interface cables before moving the printer Failure to do so can damage the cables or cords resulting in a fire or electrical shock e Confirm that the power plug or power connecter is inserted completely after moving the printer Failure to do so can result in an overheating and fire e Do not drop paper clips staples or other metal objects inside the printer Also do not spill water liquids or other flammable substances alcohol benzene paint thinner etc inside the printer If these items come into contact with a high voltage area inside the printer this may result in a fire or electrical shock If these items are dropped or spilled inside the printer immediately turn off the power switch and disconnect the interface cables if they are connected Then unplug the power plug from the AC power outlet and contact your local authorized Canon dealer When plugging or unplugging a USB cable when the power plug is plugged into an AC power outlet do not touch the metal part of the connector as this can result in electrical shock A CAUTION e Do not place h
358. printer has not decreased sufficiently the safety mechanism is reactivated and printing is paused temporarily When the inside temperature safety mechanism activates or until the printer resumes the normal printing speed varies depending on the printer usage conditions 911 705 CD ROM Setup Does Not Appear Automatically Windows Vista and Server 2008 CD ROM Setup is not specified to appear automatically Solution Perform the following procedure Windows Vista Click Play CDs or other media automatically in Control Panel Select the Use AutoPlay for all media and devices check box Set Software and games to Install or run program Windows Server 2008 Double click AutoPlay in Control Panel Select the Use AutoPlay for all media and devices check box Set Software and games to Install or run program The Printer Driver Settings Cannot Be Changed Spooling at Host is set to Disabled Solution Set Spooling at Host to Auto 2 Changing the Setting for Spooling at Hos Profiles Cannot Be Selected or Edited selecting or Editing Profiles 1s not allowed Solution Change the settings for the Profile sheet Allow Profile Selection or Editing 912 705 H 40 Changing the Setting for Spooling at Host You can change the setting for Spooling at Host whether the jobs are processed in the computer using the following procedure 1 Open the Printers and Faxes or
359. r 1 Enter a password in Administrator Password 2 Click Log In E ZEILE U Tap Pip SLAP IFIDE Hegal liri P Pepe Fia D a Poet Teh Pip Qe 6 FF Pes frm 3 Ga kem ME ip HE a0 2 LE rae zp abe Remote ll Top Page Device Salve The printer is ready Device Name j 1 Product Hame LB 27210C e JO Ls e Paper information Swine anager Papar Sauce Job Manager Wuli Furpose Tray NOTE If the administrator password is not set It 1s not required to enter any value in Administrator Password Setting and Changing the Administrator Password 4 Select Network from the Device Manager menu 565 705 J IET TI BETTE i LAPTZIDE Anosa riha aa F1 HTET ie Ddi Vae Beate bai Han Que ae Je quem G E a i kees eee EIS cart abo Remote Ul Interface Ethemet Driver Setting Auto Detect Mac Address 000085 DG Fi E Firmware 1 5 hatch In egsf aca Flare Vat enar versarn Support Lines E ERIT s LI Diez a LEG fri i Fia rk View Perie Took tp Qe O HB Lar grease S Ei axes ip VIE biu 2 L8 canat abe Ore ss 182 1680 215 Sukset Mask gon Gateway Address gage DIIS Server Address guuo DMS Host iame DMS Domain hame ENTP Server Flame WINS Server Address WIHE Hoot Hane FTP Seming i Lal aj Doppi CAR RE XC AJ rie marohi 6 Configure the protocol settings e Setting the IP Address e Configu
360. r Paper with Holes or Perforations e Paper with binding holes e Paper with perforations Paper with Adhesive or a Special Coating e Heat sensitive paper e Paper with adhesive e Carbon paper e Labels that are easily peeled off e Treated color paper 218 705 e Specially coated paper coated paper for ink jet printers etc e Paper that contains ink that melts burns evaporates or emits harmful gases at or lower than the heating temperature of the fixing unit Paper with Unwanted Substances Attached e Paper with staples clips ribbons or tape e Paper that has already been printed by a copy machine or another printer The reverse side of the paper is also unusable Paper That Is Difficult for Toner to Adhere to e Paper with rough surfaces e Paper containing thick fibers e Paper with an extremely rough or smooth surface e Paper that is thicker or thinner than the specified usable paper Paper Type 219 705 F 12 Printable Area e Plain Paper Heavy Paper Transparencies Labels and Coated Paper e Envelope NOTE If you want to extend the printable area Specify the following settings in the printer driver 1 Click Advanced Settings in the Finishing sheet 2 Set Print with Upper Left of Sheet as Starting Point to On Depending on the print data to be printed the edge of paper may be missing partly during printing or may blot during color printing Plain Paper Heavy Paper Trans
361. r with USB NOTE If a user without administrative rights installed the printer driver The printer driver may not be able to uninstalled successfully using Canon LBP7210C Uninstaller depending on your operating system In this case uninstall the printer driver using the following procedure 1 Open the Printers and Faxes or Printers folder Windows XP Professional and Server 2003 From the Start menu select Printers and Faxes Windows XP Home Edition From the Start menu select Control Panel and then click Printers and Other Hardware Printers and Faxes Windows Vista From the Start menu select Control Panel and then click Printer Windows Server 2008 From the Start menu select Control Panel and then double click Printers 2 Right click the icon for this printer then select Delete from the pop up menu 3 Click Yes E Arm yx pura ou ert bo chet Ear printer Caron LEP Tlic 4 Uninstall the printer driver using Canon LBP7210C Uninstaller a Uninstalling the Printer Driver Using Canon LBP7210C Uninstaller 407 705 H 03 When Installing the Printer Diver from the CD ROM the Printer Is Not Recognized Automatically after Connecting the USB Cable When installing the printer driver from the CD ROM the printer is not recognized automatically after connecting the USB cable Cause 1 The USB cable was already connected and the printer was turned on before the printer d
362. r other than Index Cards and envelopes can be loaded in the multi purpose tray Paper Type Paper Size A4 210 0 mm x 297 0 mm B5 182 0 mm x 257 0 mm A5 148 0 mm x 210 0 mm Plain paper 60 to 90 g m Legal 8 50 in x 14 00 in Letter 8 50 in x 11 00 in Executive 7 25 in x 10 50 in Foolscap 8 50 in x 13 00 in Statement 5 50 in x 8 50 in Heavy paper 86 to 176 g m Transparency A4 210 0 mm x 297 0 mm Label l l Letter 8 50 in x 11 00 in Coated paper IMPORTANT Detailed information about usable paper Usable Paper and Unusable Paper Handling the multi purpose tray Paper Source 1 Open the multi purpose tray Holding the opening at the center of the printer open the multi purpose tray IMPORTANT 84 105 Be sure to insert the paper drawer If the paper drawer is not inserted you cannot print from the multi purpose tray y Pull out the auxiliary tray IMPORTANT Be sure to pull out the auxiliary tray Be sure to pull out the auxiliary tray when loading paper in the multi purpose tray 3 When loading long size paper such as A4 etc open the tray extension Fe 4 Spread the paper guides a little wider than the actual paper width 85 705 AL When loading transparencies labels or coated paper fan them a few sheets at a time and then align the edges Thoroughly fan in Tap the edges on a flat small batches surface a few times Os
363. r L2 4 f either setting causes the following problems etc specify the other setting to print e Output paper curls e Residual images appear on non printed areas e The toner does not fix onto paper well and the printing comes out faint 5 If you want to improve the toner fixation when printed with Envelope selected select Envelope H 9 Specify the other printing preferences in the Page Setup Finishing Paper Source and Quality sheets as needed 181 705 at Canon LIP 210E I raperties Fa Setup Fateh Paper aaee Gua Ad Match Page Sw iz ius AJ fe Poh AJ C3 Landrcapa Pags Lii L Hapus Ss Co weak Page pkone NS Beste Deas m Lo e J 9 NOTE For details on the settings See Help How to Use Help 1 Confirm the settings then click OK The Print dialog box reappears NOTE About the settings e It is recommended that you check the Page Setup sheet and Paper Source sheet settings each time you print a document e The settings that are specified here apply only to jobs to be printed from the same application Exiting the application resets the changed settings to the default settings For details on the procedure for changing the default values for printing preferences see Changing the Default Values for Printing Preferences 1 1 Click OK The printer starts printing NOTE If the printer cannot print properly
364. r cartridge shite Replace the toner cartridge of the indicated color with a new one Black yellow magenta or cyan will appear in lt Toner Color gt More than one color may appear IMPORTANT About replacement toner cartridges For optimum print quality using Canon genuine toner cartridges is recommended Model Name Supported Canon Genuine Toner Cartridge Canon Cartridge 718 Black Canon Cartridge 718 Yellow LBP7210Cdn Canon Cartridge 718 Magenta Canon Cartridge 718 Cyan Be careful of counterfeit toner cartridges 364 705 Please be aware that there are counterfeit Canon toner cartridges in the marketplace Use of counterfeit toner cartridge may result in poor print quality or machine performance Canon is not responsible for any malfunction accident or damage caused by the use of counterfeit toner cartridge For more information see http www canon com counterfeit NOTE Average yield of the toner cartridges e Replacement toner cartridges e Average yield of K Black toner cartridge 3 400 pages e Average yield of Composite C Cyan M Magenta and Y Yellow toner cartridges 2 900 pages e Toner cartridges included with this printer e Average yield of K Black toner cartridge 1 200 pages e Average yield of Composite C Cyan M Magenta and Y Yellow toner cartridges 1 400 pages The average yield is on the basis of ISO IEC 19798 when printing A4 size paper with the default print dens
365. r computer L 1 Select the Restart Computer Now Recommended check box 2 Click Restart 109 705 Exit CD ROM Setup NOTE Removing the CD ROM You can remove the CD ROM from the CD ROM drive after the installation 1s completed When viewing the e Manual aa Viewing the e Manual searching for Information Step 3 After the Installation The following icons folders etc are added to the following locations e Printers and Faxes folder Printers folder for Windows Vista and Server 2008 Printer icon for this printer e Task tray Printer Status Window icon T The icon does not appear if you did not restart your computer after the printer driver installation 110 705 e All Programs under the Start menu Canon Printer Uninstaller Canon LBP7210C Uninstaller Al Programs fa Canon Printer Urirstaler t Canon LEP T2100 Uninstaller e Desktop LBP7210C e Manual LBP 210C e Manual Y The icon does not appear if you did not install the e Manual e All Programs under the Start menu Canon LBP7210C LBP7210C e Manual All Programs T The icon does not appear if you did not install the e Manual 111 705 E 11 Installing with Plug and Play This section describes the procedure for installing the printer driver with Plug and Play on a computer connected to the printer with a USB cable St
366. r environment Items that should be selected or buttons that should be clicked are enclosed in a red frame When multiple items or buttons can be clicked on the screen shot of computer operation screen all buttons are marked Select the button which suits your needs NOTE Example Screenshot Click Next LI Wakaona Fo tae hp S mard cer hhe Co AT Frinbis Dr Thi eoa ci irztali c CAPT eter driver zo yv STE Ta canine cw ire alacos cick Fast 1 Click this button for operation 25 705 Illustrations Used in This Manual Although the power cord used in this manual 1s as the one in the following illustration the form of the power cord may differ depending on the country or region Abbreviations Used in the e Manual Abbreviations of Operating Systems In the e Manual operating systems are abbreviated as follows Microsoft Windows XP operating system Windows XP Microsoft Windows Server 2003 operating system Windows Server 2003 Microsoft Windows Vista operating system Windows Vista Microsoft Windows Server 2008 operating system Windows Server 2008 Microsoft Windows 7 operating system Windows 7 Microsoft Windows operating system Windows 26 705 C 03 Installing the e Manual Install the e Manual included in the supplied CD ROM on your computer using the following procedure D IMPORTANT If your hard disk does not have sufficient space to install the printer dri
367. r feeder is installed Place the paper feeder on the new installation site before carrying the printer to the site For details on the procedure for installing the paper feeder see Paper Feeder Put the printer unit down carefully at the new installation site A CAUTION Put the printer down slowly and carefully Be careful not to hurt your hands or fingers 6 Insert the paper drawer into the printer Push it into the printer firmly 399 705 A CAUTION Precautions when inserting the paper drawer Be careful not to catch your fingers Connect the LAN cable to the printer as needed a 3 Connect the power cord to the printer 9 Plug the power plug into the AC power outlet 1 Connect the USB cable to the printer as needed i INFORMATION When transporting the printer unit To prevent damage to the printer during transport perform the following e Remove the toner cartridges e Securely pack the printer in the original box with packing materials T If the original box and packing materials are not available find an appropriate box along with packing materials and pack the printer and the parts appropriately 400 705 G 23 Paper Feeder Click the following link to view the contents Paper Feeder 401 705 G 24 Handling the Printer This printer consists of various electronic and precision optical parts Read the following section so that you can handle the
368. r using Canon LBP7210C Uninstaller 1 Close the following files and programs if open e Help file e Printer Status Window 160 705 e Control Panel e Other applications 2 Run Canon LBP7210C Uninstaller e Windows XP Server 2003 Vista and Server 2008 From the Start menu select All Programs Canon Printer Uninstaller Canon LBP7210C Uninstaller Al Programs ge Canon Printer Uninstal anon LEP7210 7 Urirstaller NOTE If the User Account Control dialog box appears Windows Vista and Server 2008 Click Continue 3 Perform the following procedure E If this printer is displayed 1 Select this printer 2 Click Delete Tot deli peed es plnbe gos eani Kj delete rad ihan bak bi Diver Pres Werion 1 Carnaro 1 00 If this printer is not displayed Click Delete To da daing salci thes prim scu cari iz dalia ard han check sita Paia Pone Duras Fame Veron 161 705 4 Click Yes i A dap pru reps annt kr cinieom sid ions es peepee in Fe peer mm rum If the printer is used as a shared printer the following screen appears Read the contents of the message and then click Yes Warning Thes printer Canon LERTZ TOC i beeing ced ee ERTZ ROC Tes printer ony nove bee in ue If vou celeste E She peter eal ro kea Se ered Qe ou sure wou want bo delete 7 The uninstallation starts Please wait a moment T Depending on your
369. rageam phet i Iram the byt ancien cbzk Uranchall Chege or Espar rl rame programa onimi at Ws derent beret piece B Oegange I Wiens Eh Uninstawchenge 2 e Dee puri em sob ear nir hocher Hama Publither s Tum Wiedows Fearne conor AEEA Adobe Systems Incorpoested E E canon LEPALE 1 NOTE 164 705 If Canon LBP7210C is not listed a Uninstalling the USB Class Driver If the User Account Control dialog box appears Windows Vista and Server 2008 Click Continue Perform the following procedure If this printer is displayed 1 Select this printer 2 Click Delete Toit deine select vs plnbe pos een E delete wudthenobok bete Diver Pres Version 1 Carnia 1 00 If this printer is not displayed Click Delete To da daing salci thes prim you ecard iz dalia ard han ckt D sita Parier Mas uras Fame Vem Click Yes ib Van prs m rape p man br cimo ond him mrs eres cud sid is em parier If the printer is used as a shared printer the following screen appears Read the contents of the message and then click Yes Warning Tres princes Canon LBPTZ10C is berg zen ee LET TE printer anas nove be in Ui TF vou celeste E She pris eal ro longer Se ered fre ou sure yeu want bo delete ke CeCe 7 165 705 The uninstallation starts Please wait a moment T Depending on your environment the uninstallation may take a long time NOTE
370. rd stack under the load limit guides A until it touches the back of the tray Make sure that the paper stack does not exceed the load limit mark lines B 244 705 A CAUTION Be careful when handling Index Cards Handle Index Cards carefully not to cut your hands with the edges of the paper IMPORTANT Be sure to load Index Cards in portrait orientation Multi purpose tray capacity for Index Card Up to approximately 20 Index Cards can be loaded in the multi purpose tray Be sure that the paper stack does not exceed the load limit mark lines If the Index Card stack exceeds the load limit mark lines this may result in misfeeds If Index Card is curled Bend it in the opposite direction to flatten it before loading Align the paper guides with the width of Index Card 245 705 IMPORTANT Be sure to align the paper guides with the width of Index Card If the paper guides are too loose or too tight this may result in misfeeds or paper jams of Index Cards 246 705 F 19 Loading Envelopes e Loading Envelopes in the Paper Drawer e Loading Envelopes in the Multi purpose Tray T Envelope Monarch can be loaded only in the multi purpose tray Loading Envelopes in the Paper Drawer The following envelopes can be loaded in the paper drawer e Envelope No 10 COMIO 104 7 mm x 241 3 mm e Envelope DL 110 0 mm x 220 0 mm e Envelope C5 162 0 mm x 229 0 mm e Envelope B5 176 0 mm x 250
371. re f Fils ct Ven ferie Took Pap Q O Ht P trem 3 Rest ca SM hemby eing Cares C Part Specnag sddretses Repel TOR fed Addresses IP Addresses By mien ng Furl Adds Lord Adee d ie porcetle io sei all paguani al I2 IDOL ERES Reso ol Mulbcast Discovery Resooid o Speofied IP amp ddresses O De Mot Respond ro Speofied Addresses IP amp ddrass43 You can also enter IP addresses as follows Input example of the IP addresses Method for entering IP addresses If you want to enter the IP addresses of consecutive numbers place hyphen between the address of the AAA BBB CCC 15 AAA BBB CCC 18 smallest number and that of the largest number The example on the left is equivalent to entering addresses from AAA BBB CCC 15 to AAA BBB CCC 18 Entering asterisk is equivalent to entering the numbers from 0 to 255 The example on the left is equivalent to entering addresses from AAA BBB CCC 0 to AAA BBB CCC 255 AAA BBB CCC NOTE The specifiable number of characters for the IP address Up to 255 characters can be set T The number of characters 1s counted as follows e Example 192 168 0 215 13 characters e Example 192 168 0 215 192 168 0 218 27 characters When deleting a set IP address 1 Select an IP address you want to delete 2 Click Delete 679 705 11 jd TT E s LII i Ieee 5e artg balers zi uni ri PMEpmI ile me EI EI Fia rk ee Toh Pip m Q x 28 Dam
372. required to enter any value in Administrator Password Setting and Changing the Administrator Password 4 Select Network from the Device Manager menu 588 705 kamio Ul Halsa Wi RE E TIE ar kl Que Aw Dm deen O A G ae E A T T Remote Ul Network iris face Inimi me Far Ethernet 10H QnBassT Ethemet Driver Setting Auto Datect Mac Address 000085 DG Fi E z Inkesf ace Hae Ha EC2 ah nene Version 1 XX Support Lines uL a Fla ict Ven Fuertes Toms apo Q O 852 fh jen rra D 3 2 ie Remote Ul Neberark Iriertacre interface Fast Ethernet 10 1 3E ass T Eiherrat Driver Setting Puta Delect MAC Addreaa 00 o0 8 amp 5 D F Fir i i pi Stans Inform at cn RENE EZEN Uem Fame e Huapsork Le a ne ne 2 Ea HB EC2 ob Maneger 1XX Tappat Links 6 Change the setting for Ethernet Driver Setting 1 Change the network transmission speed or transfer mode 2 Click OK 589 705 ATI a LI C hange ECher rr HL ae lie kl LB i ht 2445 aiai 1 Baca T pHa Dug ka tas informar on Fanus Piatak ob Manager Jupp Links Fla Erk Ven Fuertes Tok Pep Akhan mp C bat 0 H Syada abel Remote Ul eberar amp Iriermce interface Fast Ethernet 1061 Od Blass T Etharrat Driver Setting 100 Base TX Full Duplex MAC Addreaa 1 oo 85 OS F1 X2 ta rime O O Firmiana ES So Pile feat interface Mame i HEECI ob M
373. right a iy E a 3 Click Start in Manual Uninstaller Additional Software Programs Explanatsse of affer 4 Click Uninstall Uninstall Manuals Tha manuals installed by thes setup val ba uninstalled LBP7210C o Marual 15 2 ME The uninstallation starts Please wait a moment T Depending on your environment the uninstallation may take a long time 41 705 D Click Exit Uninstall Manuals Unnstalaton of te manuals rs complete 6 Click Back i Additional Software Programs Explanathes of Eafware README tite r3 7 Click Exit LI Canon LBP7210C You can instal scthware programs atc on this screen Select a manu on the right NOTE 42 105 Removing the CD ROM You can remove the CD ROM from the CD ROM drive after the uninstallation 1s completed 43 705 D Specifications and Parts Parts and Their Functions Optional Accessories Dimensions of Each Part Specifications Consumables p Location of the Serial Number 44 105 D 02 Parts and Their Functions e Front View e Rear View e Interior View e Multi purpose Tray e Paper Drawer e Control Panel A CAUTION Do not block the ventilation slots Blocking the ventilation slots may cause the printer to overheat resulting in a fire Front View 1 Front Cover Open when replacing toner cartridges a
374. ring the DNS Settings e Configuring the WINS Settings e Configuring the FTP Settings e Configuring the SNTP Settings Notifying the printer of the Time via an SNTP Server e Configuring the Multicast Discovery Settings Setting the IP Address 566 705 1 Specify IP Address Subnet Mask and Gateway Address F Rer LH largae TEUER Pikea ETT LBP PAE E DET DR IDEE E rel Fia Cet ieee Perie Teck Pip Qu O x XE Pes phe S Si sci ty 21a kh Remote Ll Change TCPIIP Protocol Settings The senings wil be changed as folka Frame Tyga IF Agdrtag IF Address Ta2 EE Q ETS Subnet Wask 255 215 255 Gateway Address Job Manager Support Links IP Address Enter the IP address of the printer Subnet Mask Enter the subnet mask that is being used on the TCP IP network Gateway Address Enter the gateway address that is being used on the TCP IP network NOTE When using DHCP BOOTP or RARP After the network board of the printer is reset the values obtained from DHCP BOOTP and RARP are displayed If the values have been specified previously they overwrite the obtained ones If you changed the IP address If you changed the IP address of the printer after installing the printer driver reset the port to be used for the printer driver For details on the procedure for resetting the port see Setting the IP Address 7 Select On for the option to be used when setting the
375. rint Result Is Faint The setting for Toner Density 1s not appropriate Solution Adjust Toner Density in the printer driver to a darker setting Adjusting the Toner Density Toner Save 1s enabled Solution Perform the following procedure in the printer driver 1 Display the Quality sheet 2 Click Settings 3 Clear the Toner Save check box 475 705 The Toner Does Not Fix onto the Paper Well Appropriate paper is not being used Solution Replace with paper that meets printing specifications a Usable Paper and Unusable Paper Cause 2 Depending on the paper type or the operating environment low humidity or low temperature environment the toner may not fix onto paper well and the printing may appear faded Solution 1 Perform the following procedure in the printer driver 1 Display the Paper Source sheet 2 Set Paper Type to Heavy Paper 1 Heavy Paper 2 or Heavy Paper 3 Solution 2 Perform the following procedure in the printer driver 1 Display the Finishing sheet 2 Click Advanced Settings 3 Set Special Print Mode to Special Settings 3 Normally use the printer with Special Print Mode set to Off Specify Special Settings 3 only if the described problems occur D IMPORTANT When using thin paper Do not specify Special Settings 3 This may result in paper wound around the fixing unit or other problems Solution 3 Perform the following proce
376. rinter driver T You cannot print unless you change the port D IMPORTANT If you are using Windows Vista or Server 2008 You cannot use Standard TCP IP Port to be created here Uninstall the printer driver and then install the printer driver again from CD ROM Setup n Uninstalling the Printer Driver Using Canon LBP7210C Uninstaller a Auto Setup Recommended Method 1 Open the Printers and Faxes or Printers folder j e Windows XP Professional and Server 2003 From the Start menu select Printers and Faxes e Windows XP Home Edition From the Start menu select Control Panel and then click Printers and Other Hardware Printers and Faxes Right click the icon for this printer and then select Properties from the pop up menu File dt ean Peete Took lp E Li x Search EC tees Eii 3 Perform the following procedure L 1 Display the Ports sheet 2 Click Add Port 559 705 amp CaaonLHP7210C Properties Bene Shean Pots a 1 Color Manager Eure Device Seting Poole n sets cel Canon LEP Tee Emi ie ihe Federer posi Docunnenii all ard te the insi fine chackad poi Pari Bamin Iris Ll DOHI Seil Port O Gon Sena Por Ll DOM Seid Poi O GO Send Port Ll FILE Pert te Fie O US8_ tos prin port n Fd Sides TRE mc TR Erabi tdrazaonad rapper CE gentle prices panera 4 Select the port type Li 1 Select Standard TCP IP Port 2 Click
377. rinter driver on the print server If the printer and print server are connected by a USB cable Installing from CD ROM Setup Installing with Plug and Play If the printer and print server are connected by a LAN cable Auto Setup Recommended Method Manual Setup Windows XP Server 2003 Only 3 Reinstall the additional driver Select the additional driver e Windows XP and Server 2003 1 Select the check box for Windows XP and Windows Server 2003 in the Version column 2 Click OK 135 705 e Windows Vista and Server 2008 1 Select the check box for x86 in the Processor column 2 Click OK You can install additional drivers go Eas users on the ollawing sprees Props Type rectal tus Type 3 isar Mode ta eum Rr 6 Click Browse E EARUM Type the oath where foe fle a locaped aed thet abk OK Copy files from Fi Open the folders in the supplied CD ROM English 32bit Driver e Select the INF file 1 Select CNACDSTK INF 2 Click Open 136 705 Cj Click OK mini miles Loa Fla co esca and Phe cec D Engleh 32pa Drs 7 Bme Installation of the additional driver starts NOTE Removing the CD ROM You can remove the CD ROM from the CD ROM drive after the installation of the additional driver 1s completed 1 Click
378. rinter is ready to print or in the sleep mode O Printing is paused cS Printer problems need to be corrected cq Displays a warning c The printer is in an error condition 3 Message Area Displays messages about the printer status 4 Message Area Auxiliary Displays additional information situation explanation solutions etc if an error or other such event occurs 5 Animation Area Displays the printer status using an animated graphic This area displays the printing progress or error conditions depending on the printer status Also according to the printer status the background color changes as follows 200 705 e Blue Ready to print e Orange An error is occurring e Red A service error is occurring 6 Job Information Area Displays information about the job 7 Progress Bar Displays the printing progress of the current job The bar gradually grows indicating the printing progress NOTE For details on the settings other than those related to the printer status See Help How to Use Help About the Consumables Information Dialog Box Clicking amp Consumables Information on the Printer Status Window displays the Consumables Information dialog box T You can also display the dialog box by selecting Consumables Information from the Options menu You can check the status of the toner cartridges in the Consumables Information dialog box Canumndhles lnlannali
379. river was installed Solution Perform the following procedure Turn the printer off Disconnect the USB cable Connect the USB cable again Turn the printer on Solution Use a USB cable that 1s appropriate for the USB interface environment of the printer and has the following symbol The following is the USB interface environment of this printer e Hi Speed USB e USB Cause 5 The USB class driver is installed Solution Uninstall the USB class driver a Uninstalling the USB Class Driver 408 705 H 04 When the Printer Driver Is Installed by Auto Setup the Printer Cannot Be Searched for When the printer driver is installed by Auto Setup the printer cannot be searched for Cause 1 The printer is not turned on Solution Turn the printer on Cause 2 The printer and cable are not connected properly Solution Make sure that the printer is connected to the network by an appropriate cable and then cycle the power of the printer 409 705 H 05 The Printer to Be Used Cannot Be Searched for in NetSpot Device Installer The printer to be used cannot be searched for in NetSpot Device Installer The printer 1s not turned on Turn the printer on S The printer and cable are not connected properly olution Make sure that the printer is connected to the network by an appropriate cable and then cycle the power of the printer An operating system equipped with Windows Firewall 1s being used
380. rk environment This printer supports IOBASE T and 100BASE TX connections Computer that Computer that supports 10BASE T supports 100BASE T X LJ RA too LAN Connector C Hub About the LAN cable e This printer does not come with a LAN cable or a hub Have cables or a hub ready as needed Use a Category 5 twisted pair cable for the LAN e f you want to connect the printer to a 100BASE TX Ethernet network all the devices to be connected to the LAN hub LAN cable and network board for computer must support 100BASE TX Contact your local authorized Canon dealer for more details 535 705 1 Attach the ferrite core to the LAN cable as shown in the figure Attach the ferrite core at 6 cm or less from the end of the connector connected to the printer Connector that connects to the printer Approximately 6 cm NOTE About a ferrite core A ferrite core is supplied with the printer 2 Connect the LAN cable to the LAN connector of this printer 936 705 A Press the power switch to turn the printer on 5 Make sure that the LNK indicator B on the printer s network board is on e Ifthe printer is connected by IOBASE T If the LNK indicator B is on the printer is connected properly e Ifthe printer is connected by I00BASE TX If the LNK indicator B and 100 indicator A are on the printer 1s connected properly NOTE When all the indicators are off All the Indicators on the N
381. rly e Ifthe printer is connected by I00BASE TX If the LNK indicator B and 100 indicator A are on the printer 1s connected properly NOTE When all the indicators are off All the Indicators on the Network Board Are Off When the ERR indicator C is on or blinking The ERR Indicator on the Network Board Is On ss The ERR Indicator on the Network Board Blinks at an Interval of Four Times aa The ERR Indicator on the Network Board Is Constantly Blinking 6 Turn on the computer and start Windows ud 555 705 Log on as a user with administrative rights Ie IMPORTANT If you are not sure about your administrative rights Contact your system administrator 3 Run Command Prompt e Windows XP Server 2003 Vista and Server 2008 From the Start menu select All Programs Accessories Command Prompt 9 Enter arp s lt IP address gt lt MAC address gt then press the ENTER key on your i keyboard lt IP address gt Enter the IP address to assign to the printer Specify the address with four numbers from 0 to 255 separated with a period MAC address gt Enter the MAC address of the printer Separate the number every two digits with a hyphen e Input Example arp s 192 168 0 215 00 00 85 05 70 31 NOTE MAC address location The MAC address is listed at A on the printer 1 Enter ping IP address gt 1 479 then press the ENTER key on yo
382. ror Message Is Displayed after the Printer Is Unpacked and Turned On for the First Time The sealing tape is not pulled out of the toner cartridges Solution Turn off the printer and pull out the sealing tape from each of the four toner cartridges inside the printer a Preparing the Toner Cartridges The packing material sheet 1s left in the output area Solution Turn off the printer and then remove the packing material sheet a Carrying the Printer to the Installation Site and Removing the Packing Materials The Flap of the Printed Envelope Sticks The envelope is inappropriate Solution Replace the envelope with one that can be used and print again Usable Paper and Unusable Paper The printer is being used in an environment with high humidity Solution Perform the following procedure in the printer driver 1 Display the Finishing sheet 2 Click Advanced Settings 3 Set Special Print Mode to Special Settings 1 Normally use the printer with Special Print Mode set to Off Specify Special Settings 1 only if the described problems occur Nothing Is Printed on the Paper Multiple sheets of paper were fed at a time Solution 1 If you are using transparencies labels or coated paper fan them thoroughly before loading them Solution 2 Perform the following procedure in the printer driver 1 Display the Finishing sheet 2 Click Advanced Settings 3 Set Special Print Mode to Special Settings
383. rox 150 sheets Label Approx 50 sheets Coated paper Approx 50 sheets When using paper that has been poorly cut If you use paper that has been poorly cut multiple sheets of paper may be fed at once In this case fan the paper thoroughly and then align the edges of the stack properly on a hard flat surface NOTE When printing paper with a letterhead or logo See Paper Loading Orientation and load the paper in the proper orientation Hold down the paper then set it under the hooks A on the paper guides Make sure that the paper stack does not exceed the load limit mark lines B 235 705 IMPORTANT Do not load the paper stack which exceeds the load limit mark lines Be sure that the paper stack does not exceed the load limit mark lines If the paper stack exceeds the load limit mark lines this may result in misfeeds 6 Insert the paper drawer into the printer Push it into the printer firmly A CAUTION Precautions when inserting the paper drawer Be careful not to catch your fingers Step 2 Registering the Size of Paper This printer s paper drawer cannot automatically detect the paper size Therefore you need to register the size of the loaded paper Register the paper size using the following procedure 236 705 1 Display the Printer Status Window Click di in the Windows task tray and then select the printer name NOTE When displaying the Printer Status Window fr
384. rre 5 3 Ades AME tp IC e H cai fed recur ator Big anian rg Furl Aihen Lact Aces d ic pebi Io sz all pagani od IP area EFE X phim Akesa SNMP piombi gening Changes C Parr Specified Accdmzses am Adia IP Zddrassa4s E 1 2 foe 128 d d Bg anjaam Pirri Addeess Lest ieee t is possetis o zt 0d pa eni id I2 TEE M on 2 Res ot Mulpcast Discovery amp Resgend t speofied IP Addresses Oa Nor Bespend ro Speedlied Addresses IP Addresses mE Emmin Click OK a Tm SEIL large 5e arg Alal EprTIOC dice bier re La pirer Fia rk Ven Parie Tek Piip Q O zh Drm pe eu s Jude mp MHI ao Remote Ll Change Security Information The asinis wil be changed s Folks Log oui AR era Para laco Fage info mat cn Fears betwen ob Hanger pT Links 680 705 J 14 Restricting the Users Who Can Perform Multicast Discovery The following software allows you to restrict the users who can perform multicast discovery e Web browser Remote UI You can specify the settings by accessing the printer from your web browser via the network e FTP Client You can specify the settings by accessing the FTP server of the printer using Command Prompt This section describes the procedure for specifying the settings using a web browser Remote UI NOTE Multicast discovery This is a function that searches for certain devices using Service Location Protoco
385. rsion Windows 7 32 bit or 64 bit version For details on the procedures instructions and so on for Windows 7 refer to those for Windows Vista T For details on the latest status of the supported operating systems and Service Pack see the Canon Web site http www canon com e Minimum System Requirements Windows XP and Server 2003 Windows Vista and Server 2008 CPU 300 MHz or more CPU and RAM conforming to recommended Available system requirements for Windows Vista or memory 128 MB or more Server 2008 RAM Available hard The disk space displayed on the printer driver installation window disk space e Recommended System Requirements Windows XP and Server 2003 Windows Vista and Server 2008 CPU 1 2 GHz or more CPU and RAM conforming to recommended Available system requirements for Windows Vista or memory 256 MB or more Server 2008 RAM Interface When connecting with USB Hi Speed USB USB When connecting to a network Connector IOBASE T or I100BASE TX Protocol TCP IP 101 705 e NOTE About available memory The actual amount of available memory varies depending on the system configuration of your computer and the software currently in use In any of the above system environments print quality is not guaranteed About unidirectional communication equipment The printer performs bi directional communication Operation of the printer when connected via unidirectional communication equipment has not been te
386. rtridges 1s as follows e Replacement toner cartridges e Average yield of K Black toner cartridge 3 400 pages e Average yield of Composite C Cyan M Magenta and Y Yellow toner cartridges 2 900 pages e Toner cartridges included with this printer e Average yield of K Black toner cartridge 1 200 pages e Average yield of Composite C Cyan M Magenta and Y Yellow toner cartridges 1 400 pages The average yield 1s on the basis of ISO IEC 19798 when printing A4 size paper with the default print density setting ISO IEC 19798 1s the global standard related to Method for the determination of toner cartridge yield for color printers and multi function devices that contain printer components issued by ISO International Organization for Standardization 6 Weight of genuine Canon toner cartridges Black Yellow Magenta and Cyan e Canon Cartridge 718 Black e Canon Cartridge 718 Yellow e Canon Cartridge 718 Magenta e Canon Cartridge 718 Cyan software Specifications Printing software Canon Advanced Printing Technology CAPT software Data can be printed with a margin of 5 0 mm Printable area 10 mm for envelopes l Supported protocol TCP IP 55 705 Network board TCP IP Frame type Ethernet II Printing software Windows Standard TCP IP Port Port 9100 When printing data in the entire printable area of an envelope you may not be able to obtain the optimum print quality It is recommended that y
387. s he vou ch ey aaa in rhe ee Selected Pinder Casos LEFT PC Caos CAPT Driver wee 1 00 1 Select a port to be added L 1 Select Network 2 Click OK Select the port ba scd end rsen click Ok 1 1 Select a shared printer L 1 Select a shared printer on the print server 2 Click OK Hererark Past Settings Select a shared preter wth ah b create a port i S Mab Computer c BM etre PIT Parcin Printers gh WORKGROUE remm c Ere NOTE If you are not sure about the print server name the computer name of the print server Ask your print server administrator about the problem 1 2 Select whether or not to use the printer as the default printer 1 If you want to use the printer as the default printer select the Set as Default check box 143 705 2 Click Next amp 3 CAPT Printer river rtu ard Idol Printer 1h wrasteoni met hee prt bos bes esed l or thes cesbecia S printer Bie vin Gan ipid y arvarea For Hs eerte ele edi Printer Caec Le Ue Cera Caos CAT Gener wes 1 00 Port en See aec ETE OC Frider Mone AMTET a BS 1 en poo Fe Ses Maree ELIT Daret Print d Mb Peneta Batt d Ce fe 0203 1 3 Click Start amp 3 CAPT Printer river Seep Girard Thes zetup orogeans ei hes desees vut thet Bodine sag Tonfin des cette Printer iut for Crier itallaliore m Ee m Printer TAIT CR VT Ep nior DIE 2 LOC os a
388. s port sach a IEEE 12908 tele nid enon pou do not nest bn ure dus sand Deck Lance Im closes Pe vend 47d psy deg He pres oscole adc yat celeb o pond Eres peed bosses yer Compiler s nfmaed Dort ani ham des pnr on Wrecks Wal qaid nan anc a Pris pani Lor od Te continue Geek Med 6 Specify the type of printer to be used e Windows XP and Server 2003 1 Select Local printer attached to this computer 2 Clear the Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer check box 3 Click Next Local m Heteeork Frinta The viu E rt Ez bari sra Pet c mind t t up 1 Tey nra ori ad eae Pose paene ace een bee Gea grin tached iz Be comi aic ee ceder eu rein nea Pa meni Pony zin phar zc ar cu a conden adac ac Iz anct ar como 2 Tags ah a ntn plein Raat oh mind micis ia A Dini GROVE WM uf uem a Local prin pE Cae E e 3 G1 Create a port E 1 Select Create a new port 2 Select Standard TCP IP Port 3 Click Next Select a Prete Post Compaen comninunicaks sihi painters thegugh poii Ebai Ehe ord pao rend pour Corie bn use II es poit i nor ple vacan Gee s rar prar C Use hes lokeeing poc LE S NO 1 pa Ca Ee 1 6388 71 539 705 3 Click Next Add Standard TORN Prinior Pari Wizard Welcome to the Add Standard TCP IP Printer Port Wizard Wit ure thet eead bo adhi d quud Piu ac recie Gere Bajona conirumg 5a sa Hui i The deere
389. s on Canon PageComposer See Help for Canon PageComposer T Help is displayed by clicking Help in the Help menu 323 705 F 35 Performing Printing Appropriate for Particular Print Data Selecting the appropriate mode for the contents of the document allows you to perform optimum printing 1 Select Print from the File menu in the application A gabe Reader Sampi gd Li eer an ae a pot i Est dac NOTE About the printing procedure The printing procedure may differ depending on the application you are using For details on the printing procedures see the instruction manual supplied with the application 2 Open the printing preferences dialog box 1 Select this printer 2 Click Properties or Preferences 1 EF Teen K li Type Care LEFF EOC Fed Forge ce A C Cured yey i Pages fore 1 EE Pgs Haai 3 1 Pape cake ee ba Fi i Aut Folate aa Lert 7 Cheese Fapa Source by POF papse ope L Print til Liegt rr Wit jil Printing Ties bukbeanced Canepa Specify the setting for Objective 1 Display the Quality sheet 324 705 2 Select the appropriate mode for the contents of the document T Selecting each mode displays a comment on the mode under the list af Canon LA Fa on Praperlies Page Setup Finithing Pape Stud Quse 1 Praise 2 Bein Th i rules ti uie leer prin rsg dacamenir is general acr Yo
390. s than eight hours has elapsed 351 705 F 43 Using Preview to Configure the Printing Preferences Using Preview in the Page Setup Finishing or Paper Source sheet in the printer driver you can configure the printing preferences Depending on which icon on the upper left on Preview or J is selected the specifiable options vary When is selected You can specify the following settings according to the clicked position on Preview Binding Location Left click an edge of the document image Page Layout Repeatedly left click within the document 1mage or right click on Preview Color Mode Right click on Preview The use of the buttons at the bottom of the preview pane is as follows Button Use By clicking the button you can switch the mode between 1 sided Printing and 2 sided Printing Bip di 2 sided Printing By clicking the button you can specify the setting for Color Mode gel El ir Auto Detect eV heel i Black and White 1 sided Printing 352 705 Bg con When 4 is selected You can specify the following settings according to the clicked position on Preview Paper Source Left click a paper source image the multi purpose tray or paper drawer Care Ad If you want to switch the paper source automatically according to the size or type of paper to be printed left click Auto
391. sing the following procedure The CD ROM drive name is indicated as D in this manual The CD ROM drive name may differ depending on the computer you are using e Windows XP and Server 2003 1 From the Start menu select Run 2 Enter D English MInst exe and then click OK e Windows Vista and Server 2008 1 Enter D English MInst exe in Start Search under the Start menu 2 Press the ENTER key on the keyboard If the AutoPlay dialog box appears Windows Vista and Server 2008 Click Run AUTORUN EXE If the User Account Control dialog box appears Windows Vista and Server 2008 Click Continue Click Easy Installation The printer driver and the e Manual are installed Canon LBP7210C ERRRRRRRRARG adaaa4HRHREEEEEEELEEELRRPBPBAGGQGIAGAGSAGRERESEREREEREEREERERBEEELEEERRRRAGA CD ROM Setup You caninstal software programs atc on this screen Select a manu on the right NOTE If you do not want to install the e Manual 140 705 Click Custom Installation Click Install 9 Easy Installation Explanatese of Eslfware i C Free Dirk Space 314527 MB Teme Required te Install 121 MB NOTE If you selected Custom Installation in Step 4 1 Clear the e Manual check box 2 Click Install Custom Installation C Free Disk Space FASI MH Space Required to meian LA 6 Read the contents of License Agreement and then
392. sparency A4 210 0 mm x 297 0 mm Label l l Letter 8 50 in x 11 00 in Coated paper IMPORTANT Detailed information about usable paper Usable Paper and Unusable Paper Handling the multi purpose tray Paper Source 1 Open the multi purpose tray Holding the opening at the center of the printer open the multi purpose tray IMPORTANT 238 705 Be sure to insert the paper drawer If the paper drawer is not inserted you cannot print from the multi purpose tray y Pull out the auxiliary tray IMPORTANT Be sure to pull out the auxiliary tray Be sure to pull out the auxiliary tray when loading paper in the multi purpose tray 3 When loading long size paper such as A4 etc open the tray extension Fe 4 Spread the paper guides a little wider than the actual paper width 239 705 AL When loading transparencies labels or coated paper fan them a few sheets at a time and then align the edges Thoroughly fan in Tap the edges on a flat small batches surface a few times Os Xena A CAUTION Be careful when handling paper Handle paper carefully not to cut your hands with the edges of the paper D IMPORTANT Be careful when handling transparencies labels or coated paper e Be sure to fan the transparencies labels or coated paper thoroughly before loading them If they are not fanned enough multiple sheets of paper may be fed at once causing paper jams
393. sposing of a toner cartridge place the toner cartridge into a bag to prevent the toner from scattering and then dispose of the toner cartridge according to local regulations e f you accidentally spill or scatter toner carefully gather the toner particles together or wipe them up with a soft damp cloth in a way that prevents inhalation Never use a vacuum cleaner that does not have safeguards against dust explosions to clean up spilled toner Doing so may cause a malfunction in the vacuum cleaner or result in a dust explosion due to static discharge A CAUTION e Keep the toner cartridges and other consumables out of the reach of small children If the toner or other parts are ingested consult a physician immediately e Do not attempt to disassemble the toner cartridge The toner may scatter and get into your eyes or mouth If toner gets into your eyes or mouth wash them immediately with cold water and consult a physician e ftoner leaks from the toner cartridge be careful not to inhale the toner or allow it to come into direct contact with your skin If the toner comes into contact with your skin wash with soap If the skin becomes irritated or you inhale the toner consult a physician immediately e Ifthe sealing tape is pulled out forcefully or stopped at midpoint toner may spill out If the toner gets into your eyes or mouth wash them immediately with cold water and immediately consult a physician 16 705 B Legal Not
394. ssword E Rara L T TAA LAS IRIE TES Fia D a Qe mag eo aah Yu reae a khai dE hipe ys ba Z Lira tp abe Remote Ul Tod ip Device S alus The printer jt ready Device Hans ProductHame LBP rac Location Paper infarmation Lied re b anocer Papes Sauce icb Manager Multi Purpose Tray Remote UI System Requirements Remote UI System Requirements O O Web browser Internet Explorer 4 01 SP1 or later Netscape Navigator 4 7 or later Operating system An operating system on which the above Web browsers can run Display Resolution 800 x 600 pixels or more Display colors 256 colors or more Starting the Remote UI There are the following two ways to start the Remote UI e Starting the Remote UI from the Printer Status Window e Starting the Remote UI Directly from a Web Browser 607 705 Starting the Remote UI from the Printer Status Window 1 Display the Printer Status Window Click di in the Windows task tray and then select the printer name NOTE When displaying the Printer Status Window from the printer driver Click Display Printer Status Window in locations such as in the Page Setup sheet 2 Select Remote UI from the Options menu ENT EE FL The Remote UI is displayed d ZCETE TIS BAI T op Pzgr LAS PFI eel j Fia Cet Aa Perie Teck Pip Om maf Drm free G A a djeka ME ip HE otn adp seri Remote Ul Device
395. sted and as a result Canon cannot guarantee printer operation if the printer is connected using unidirectional print servers USB hubs or switching devices 102 705 K 10 Installing from CD ROM Setup This section describes the procedure for installing the printer driver from the supplied CD ROM CD ROM Setup on a computer connected to the printer with a USB cable Step 1 Connecting a USB Cable Step 2 Installing the Printer Driver from CD ROM Step 3 After the Installation IMPORTANT If your hard disk does not have sufficient space to install the printer driver A message indicating that your hard disk does not have sufficient space appears during installation Cancel the installation free up space on your hard disk and then reinstall the software Step 1 Connecting a USB Cable A WARNING When the power plug is plugged into the AC power outlet When plugging or unplugging a USB cable do not touch the metal part of the connecter as this may result in electrical shock IMPORTANT Do not plug or unplug the USB cable while the printer or computer is on This may cause the printer to malfunction About unidirectional communication equipment The printer performs bi directional communication Operation of the printer when connected via unidirectional communication equipment has not been tested and as a result Canon cannot guarantee printer operation if the printer is connected using unidirectional print servers
396. supplied CD ROM but by downloading the printer driver from the print server There are the following two ways to download and install the printer driver e Installing from the Printers and Faxes Folder or the Printers Folder e Installing from Windows Explorer NOTE Precautions when downloading and installing the printer driver If a 64 bit operating system 1s running on the print server the download installation for the following client computers on which a 32 bit operating system is running is not supported due to the Windows restriction e Windows XP in which no service pack or SP1 is installed e Windows Server 2003 in which no service pack is installed T If you download and install the printer driver on any of the above 32 bit operating systems you may fail to install the driver and may not be able to open the printing preferences dialog box Installing from CD ROM Setup 1 Turn on the computer and start Windows 2 Log on as a user with administrative rights 8 O IMPORTANT If you are not sure about your administrative rights Contact your system administrator P Insert the supplied CD ROM User Software into the CD ROM drive of your computer 139 705 if the CD ROM 1s already in the drive eject the disk and reinsert it into the drive CD ROM Setup appears T It may take time to display CD ROM Setup depending on your environment NOTE If CD ROM Setup does not appear Display it u
397. t 1 Load A4 size paper in the multi purpose tray or paper drawer m Loading Standard Size Paper Other Than Index Cards and Envelopes Display the Printer Status Window Click i in the Windows task tray and then select the printer name NOTE When displaying the Printer Status Window from the printer driver Click 831 Display Printer Status Window in locations such as in the Page Setup sheet 3 From the Options menu select Utility Configuration Page Print Praa Deer Coney ni means Ceim cran iiy Calibration Desis Geltirak Ld Cuut o Hegkeber Cosek Correction A Click OK 1 9 156 705 Conteratlon Page Prin a Configuration Page Print is printed NOTE Sample of Configuration Page Print Canon See ae T T This is a sample of Configuration Page Print The contents may differ from the Configuration Page Print printed by your printer If Configuration Page Print is not printed properly Printing Does Not Work 157 705 E 18 Printing a Test Page in Windows You can check the operations of the printer driver by printing a test page in Windows D IMPORTANT If an error message appears in the Printer Status Window Follow the on screen instructions to solve the problem and then print a test page Printer Status Window 1 Load A4 size paper in the multi purpose tray or paper drawer Loading Standard S
398. t Occurs Images of blue color system were printed Solution Perform the following procedure in the printer driver 1 Display the Finishing sheet 2 Click Advanced Settings 3 Set Special Print Mode to Special Settings 11 Normally use the printer with Special Print Mode set to Off Specify Special Settings 11 only if the described problems occur Smudge Marks of Spattering Toner Appear around the Text or Patterns Appropriate paper is not being used Solution Replace with paper that meets printing specifications a Usable Paper and Unusable Paper Cause 2 Depending on the paper type or the operating environment smudge marks of spattering toner may appear Solution Perform the following procedure in the printer driver 1 Display the Finishing sheet 2 Click Advanced Settings 3 Set Special Print Mode to Special Settings 7 Normally use the printer with Special Print Mode set to Off Specify Special Settings 7 only if the described problems occur Toner Was Placed on Non printed Areas When printing on glossy paper toner may be placed on the non printed areas Solution Perform the following procedure in the printer driver 1 Display the Finishing sheet 2 Click Advanced Settings 3 Set Special Print Mode to Special Settings 8 Normally use the printer with Special Print Mode set to Off Specify Special Settings 8 only if the described problems occur The Overall Print
399. t or Patterns 2 l oner Was Placed on Non printed Areas Printed Pages Have White Specks Appropriate paper is not being used 466 705 Solution Replace with paper that meets printing specifications a Usable Paper and Unusable Paper The paper is moist Solution Replace the paper with new paper in an unopened package a Loading Standard Size Paper Other Than Index Cards and Envelopes Loading Index Cards a Loading Envelopes Loading Custom Size Paper Non Standard Size Paper The drum in any of the toner cartridges has deteriorated Solution Replace the toner cartridge with a new one a Replacing Toner Cartridges Residual Images Appear on Non printed Areas Cause 1 Appropriate paper is not being used Solution Replace with paper that meets printing specifications a Usable Paper and Unusable Paper Cause 2 Depending on the printing pattern or paper type images on the second previous page may be printed faintly on continuous printing Solution 1 Perform the following procedure in the printer driver 1 Display the Finishing sheet 2 Click Advanced Settings 3 Set Special Print Mode to Special Settings 12 Normally use the printer with Special Print Mode set to Off Specify Special Settings 12 only if the described problems occur Solution 2 If Solution 1 does not solve the problem perform the following procedure in the printer driver 1 Display the Fin
400. t the edges of them are aligned with the rear side of the paper drawer 249 705 A CAUTION Be careful when handling envelopes Handle envelopes carefully not to cut your hands with the edges of the envelopes IMPORTANT Loading orientation of envelopes See the instruction described at the top of the procedure Load envelopes with the front side non glued side facing up You cannot print on the reverse side glued side of envelopes Paper drawer capacity for envelopes Approx 10 sheets Align the paper guides with the envelopes Slide the side paper guides 1 Hold the lock release lever 2 Slide the paper guides to be aligned with the width of the envelopes T The side paper guides move together 250 705 Slide the paper guide at the front center 1 Hold the lock release lever 2 Slide the paper guides to be aligned with the length of the envelopes IMPORTANT Be sure to align the paper guides with the width of the envelopes If the paper guides are too loose or too tight this may result in misfeeds or paper jams 5 Hold down the envelopes then set them under the hooks A on the paper guides 251 705 Make sure that the paper stack does not exceed the load limit mark lines B IMPORTANT Do not load the envelope stack which exceeds the load limit mark lines Be sure that the paper stack does not exceed the load limit mark lines If the envelope stack exceeds the l
401. t zit e ome iil er T rv ronzmr Veron L dipha Wirdoen NT d 130 705 6 Click Browse Printer Drivers for Windows XP x64 g Plast provida a pira dreii ipe pt wor ihia a eee aral ir o op Flac hom Open the folders in the supplied CD ROM English x64 Driver e Select the INF file 1 Select CNACDSTD INF 2 Click Open LT Compara Filer ars CHAC DST i INF HpHewok Fies of bpa ih in Cj Click OK Printer Privers for Windows EP CL Q mm Cancel Tum pun sere n n icai aral Hr oiak Goop Har hom CEng ah Dwn Bee Installation of the additional driver starts amp NOTE Removing the CD ROM You can remove the CD ROM from the CD ROM drive after the installation of the additional driver is completed 131 705 10 Click Close or OK ik Cama LBP721 C Pm free ches Gere Shog Pots Adesced Dolor Management Ganada Deane Settings Profile ER Yours o Diner ith othe Ltrs oe por tent Te erable rha lar thin panier cle Share Sm eee Sree hane ur E Poel k nias congue lb dies Hac hana of de eat Ge Compnerd an the neben C3 Da et ghas F r pris 51 Sape cho pni ei Stam rar Leni ali Aan users Rare d feseni vei ion oi Sree ou rua sans be ecco cere o gt Ea n eo nid Face bo Fined Ehe pini eer nee Ghee corres ip Tu rhae pani esci reum The printer icon changes to the shared printer icon Y MO canonte
402. ta and Server 2008 Click Continue 7 Click Additional Software Programs Canon LBP7210C ERRRRARG B 134 44A44A4SAEESEEEREEELEbEbEERLERRARRGAZRGQAZRGAGARSRESEEEREEREREEREREEEELRELEERRARGBG CD ROM Setup Tou Caninstal sofware programs atc on this screen Select a manu on the right 3j Click Start for NetSpot Device Installer for TCP IP Additional Software Programs Esplanatsee af Exsfware 1 README tiie r3 gy MetSpet Device Installer ror TCPAP a pi 33 Manual Uninstaller l La Auto Shutdown Tou amem Hara you cen start ar instal programs atc Thase pragrams mast of which may nat ba inckudex in Easy and Custom Installation hal you make ra most of rna mam functions of ris device Operations vary depending on the program Click the button en the nght of aech program to peru I atk NOTE If the License Agreement dialog box appears Read the contents of License Agreement and then click Yes If the User Account Control dialog box appears Windows Vista and Server 2008 Click Continue 632 705 Using NetSpot Device Installer NetSpot Device Installer allows you to configure the basic protocol settings as well as display the statuses of various printers on a network For details on the procedure for setting the IP address using NetSpot Device Installer see Setting the IP Address For more details on other procedures for using NetSpot Device Installer
403. tallation e Power Supply e Handling e Maintenance and Inspections e Consumables 6 705 A 01 Installation A WARNING e Do not install the printer in a location near alcohol paint thinner or other flammable substances If flammable substances come into contact with electrical parts inside the printer this may result in a fire or electrical shock e Do not place the following items on the printer e Necklaces and other metal objects e Cups vases flowerpots and other containers filled with water or liquids If these items come into contact with a high voltage area inside the printer this may result in a fire or electrical shock If these items are dropped or spilled inside the printer immediately turn off the power switch 1 and disconnect the interface cables if they are connected 2 Then unplug the power plug from the AC power outlet 3 and contact your local authorized Canon dealer When installing or removing the optional accessories be sure to turn the printer off unplug the power plug and then disconnect all the interface cables and power cord from the printer Otherwise the power cord or interface cables may be damaged resulting in a fire or electrical shock A CAUTION e Do not install the printer in unstable locations such as on unsteady platforms or inclined floors or in locations subject to excessive vibrations as this may cause the printer to fall or tip over resulting in personal
404. tatement Foolscap Envelope DL Envelope No 10 COM10 Envelope C5 and l Envelope B5 Drawer 2 Optional e Custom paper sizes 100 0 to 215 9 mm wide and 148 0 to 355 6 mm long Paper size e Standard sizes A4 B5 A5 Legal Letter Executive Statement Foolscap Envelope DL Envelope No 10 COM10 Envelope C5 Multi purpose tray Envelope B5 Envelope Monarch and Index Card e Custom paper sizes 76 2 to 215 9 mm wide and 127 0 to 355 6 mm long 53 705 Drawer 1 Approx 250 sheets Paper l Drawer 2 Optional capac ty Multi purpose tray Approx 50 sheets Automatic 2 sided printing A4 B5 Legal Letter Executive and Foolscap Paper output method Face down Output tray capacity Approx 125 sheets e LwAd declared A weighted sound power level 1 B 10 dB Noise e During standby 4 3 B or less measured in accordance with ISO 7779 e During operation 6 7 B or less declared noise emission in accordance with ISO 9296 e LpAm declared A weighted sound pressure level bystander position e During standby Approx 24 dB e During operation Approx 52 dB e Operating environment e Temperature range 10 to 30 C 50 to 86 Operating environment Printer unit only SE e Humidity range 20 to 80 RH no condensation USB interface Hi Speed USB USB Host interface Shared IOBASE T 100BASE TX RJ 45 Network interface Full duplex Half duplex Nine LED indicators one operation key User interface
405. tatus Window remove the paper from the output tray Paper Capacity of the Output Tray Paper Type Paper Capacity Plain paper Ex 80 g m Approx 125 sheets Heavy paper Ex 91 g m Approx 50 sheets Heavy paper Ex 128 g m Approx 50 sheets Transparency black and white printing only Approx 10 sheets Label Approx 10 sheets Coated paper Approx 50 sheets Envelope Approx 10 sheets Actual paper capacity varies depending on the installation environment and paper type to be used 230 705 F 17 Loading Standard Size Paper Other Than Index Cards and Envelopes e Loading Standard Size Paper Other Than Index Cards and Envelopes in the Paper Drawer e Loading Standard Size Paper Other Than Index Cards and Envelopes in the Multi purpose Tray Loading Standard Size Paper Other Than Index Cards and Envelopes in the Paper Drawer The following standard size paper other than Index Cards and envelopes can be loaded in the paper drawer Paper Type Paper Size A4 210 0 mm x 297 0 mm B5 182 0 mm x 257 0 mm A5 148 0 mm x 210 0 mm Plain paper 60 to 90 g m Legal 8 50 in x 14 00 in Letter 8 50 in x 11 00 in Executive 7 25 in x 10 50 in Foolscap 8 50 in x 13 00 in Statement 5 50 in x 8 50 in Heavy paper 86 to 163 g m Label A4 210 0 mm x 297 0 mm Coated paper Letter 8 50 in x 11 00 in Step 1 Loading Paper in the Paper Drawer Step 2 Registering the Size of Paper IM
406. ter the value to be entered in Printer Name or IP Address on the following screen displayed in the process of port addition varies Add Standard TORN Primior Pari Wizard Adi Pan Fr vh devis din qeu wasnt 50 acd a pos Enter ha Prisa Hara ar F akan and s pot rana For ha Gece device Prir er Hase on P a Part Nae e If you want to set the IP address to be assigned to the printer manually If you know the IP address to use e Enter the IP address in Printer Name or IP Address e f you want to set the IP address using the DNS server specify the DNS settings for the printer Then enter the printer name the DNS name to be registered on the DNS server within up to 78 characters 1n Printer Name or IP Address For example enter the printer name as AAA BBB com if you have specified the host name as AAA and the domain name as BBB com However enter AAA CCC com if you can obtain the domain name CCC com simultaneously when you obtain the IP address from DHCP etc If you want to set the IP address to be assigned to the printer using DHCP etc e Specify the settings such as the DHCP settings so that the same IP address is always assigned to the printer when you start up the printer For more details see If you want to set the IP address to be assigned to the printer manually above e Ifa different IP address is assigned to the printer each time the printer starts up specify the DNS settings for the printer first
407. ter Di wi 1 RUE anims r pep n Check the installation results shown above and men chick Mex NOTE If the printer driver is not installed properly Ihe Printer Driver Cannot Be Installed or Uninstalled 145 705 1 6 Restart your computer 1 Select the Restart Computer Now Recommended check box 2 Click Restart pr Exit CD ROM Setup Restart Computer Mos Recommended 1 rd NOTE Removing the CD ROM You can remove the CD ROM from the CD ROM drive after the installation 1s completed When viewing the e Manual as Viewing the e Manual a searching for Information Installing from the Printers and Faxes Folder or the Printers Folder The procedure for installing the printer driver from the Printers and Faxes folder or the Printers folder varies depending on your operating system See the following according to your operating system e Windows Vista and Server 2008 e Windows XP and Server 2003 Windows Vista and Server 2008 NOTE About the screenshots This procedure is described using screenshots from Windows Vista 146 705 Turn the computer on and start up Windows Vista or Server 2008 7 Log on to Windows Vista or Server 2008 j Open the Printers folder e Windows Vista From the Start menu select Control Panel and then click Printer e Windows Server 2008 From the Start menu select Control Panel and then double click Print
408. ter a password in Administrator Password 2 Click Log In E mrs LII JR LPS d EE IW Fir ETE CERT T TETTE Fia rk a Poet Teck Pip Qes S82 tee fee 3 i Jubii AE itr 00 ier 0 ZI za tz abend Remote Ll Top Page Device Salve The printer is ready Device Harness 4 Product ame LB27210C C 10s e Paper informator Swine kanig Papes Sauce Multi Purpose Tray NOTE If the administrator password is not set It 1s not required to enter any value in Administrator Password Setting and Changing the Administrator Password 4 Select Information from the Device Manager menu Li 688 705 a 713 mu zii ET EH TH LEP 2 TLE TI Fia rk a Perie Toh Pip Q O FB Par fr S Ee Remote Ll Leewice Infanmation Device Hame Lezcation Administrator Informar cn Fhena Commerss Faaurns Matani Manidacturar TAHTELE Product Name LBP 7210 Varii 0 08 El ob Haneger aT Links Language Display Language zl Security AXdmirgstrator Paeerwosd User FTF amp cceaa SHHP x 1 Access Rights Community Harm 5HHMP 3 MAC Address Access Settings E Restiat MAC Address Access Pernt Specified Addresses C Risecl Spec iied Addresses Security Access Log Setiinge Access Loge D n GO Log Types O Respected TCR Print Jobs O Rgjected SNMP Montoring Settng Changes 689 705 J Select Permit Specified
409. ter cannot communicate with other devices on the network successfully set the network transmission speed or transfer mode manually When changing the settings using FTP Client FTP Client 1 Display the Printer Status Window Click i in the Windows task tray and then select the printer name NOTE When displaying the Printer Status Window from the printer driver Click S Display Printer Status Window in locations such as in the Page Setup sheet 2 Select Remote UI from the Options menu I Ey Canes LAPT Prae eih Praia Ana Corarisis b man Sounder hirra iiy Carta Settings The Remote UI is displayed 587 705 NOTE If you cannot select Remote UI You cannot select Remote UI if the printer and computer cannot communicate via a network When starting the Remote UI directly from a web browser Remote UI 3 Log in as Administrator i Li 1 Enter a password in Administrator Password 2 Click Log In E Sr LIE Tap Pier BE EIFLIE MEET TEST MIT p Page Fia feet Wa Poet Tozk Pip Dm x E fu pat Gee A u3 addens di ng Yr b H Sadap abl Remote Ul Top Page Device Statue The printer is ready Device Harmar 1 Produc Hame LBP T210c LU Location e Paper Inf armatian Brice Manger Papa Same apb Maneger Multi Purpose Tray NOTE If the administrator password is not set It 1s not
410. tha decr device a Port emer I 182 Tee 5 215 mw wc IMPORTANT If the printer cannot be detected 440 705 The following screen appears Perform either of the following operations Follow the on screen instructions and search again for the printer Specify the setting for Device Type 1 Select Standard and then select Canon Network Printing Device with P9100 2 Click Next Add Standard TCRAP Priaiar Part Wizard Adha Fmt biem abon Reya ed The deere condi cnt be reni Tha drara o nod fund en thai raik Bara that 2 Teenetrurk i connected d Theckeacesm poe oripa EO The addres on che persius pages ie conc li pou band Bee siie i6 nol coneco clc Back So rep So Eris peo pas These consect Pe addens end periom soles sesich on Pe neis Luca ane sure tee addiess n conet ni Cie Lie 2n NOTE If you are not sure about the value to enter The value to be entered varies depending on how the IP address of the printer was set For more details see Settings for Adding a Port or ask your network administrator f Click Finish o Add Standard TOANE Primo Pari Wizard Completing the Add Standard TCP IP Printer Port Wizard Pon Aun carichi c pond smith Has ele characteriboi 5SHHF LL Pacto ol FUA Prost Sri OD Dasit 121523215 For ame P2 5633715 Blsphey Type Ganon Feseeorc Printing Lessee wath POU Tio corepleds hus raza chick Fas 3 Click Close LI
411. the position of the size of the paper to be loaded T Align the position of A with the size mark of the paper to be loaded Pull out the paper drawer before loading Legal size paper 1 Hold the lock release lever at the front right 2 Adjust the length of the paper drawer NOTE Size abbreviation on the paper guides Paper Size Paper Guides Legal LGL Letter LTR Executive EXEC B5 JIS B5 4 When loading labels or coated paper fan them a few sheets at a time and then align the edges 79 705 Thoroughly fan in Tap the edges on a flat small batches surface a few times A CAUTION Be careful when handling paper Handle paper carefully not to cut your hands with the edges of the paper IMPORTANT Be careful when handling labels or coated paper e f you are using labels or coated paper fan them thoroughly and load them again If they are not fanned enough multiple sheets of paper may be fed at once causing paper jams e When fanning or aligning coated paper try to hold the edges to avoid touching the printing surface e Take care not to mark or stain the printing surface of coated paper with fingerprints dust or oil This may result in poor print quality Load the paper so that the edges of the stacked paper are aligned with the front side of the paper drawer A CAUTION Be careful when handling paper Handle paper carefully not to cut your hands with the edges of the paper 8
412. the print server e Ifthe printer and print server are connected by a USB cable Installing from CD ROM Setup z Installing with Plug and Play e Ifthe printer and print server are connected by a LAN cable z Auto Setup Recommended Method s Manual Setup Windows XP Server 2003 Only If your computer is a client computer s Installation on Clients 173 705 F 03 Turning the Printer On Off e Turning On the Printer e Turning Off the Printer Turning On the Printer 1 Press the power switch to turn the printer On All the indicators on the printer blink and the printer initiates a self diagnostic test on the printer unit and optional accessories e If the self diagnostic test result is normal The Ready indicator green turns on and the printer is ready to print e If the self diagnostic test result is not normal aa The is Alarm indicator orange turns on or blinks The Alarm Indicator Is On or Blinking IMPORTANT 174 705 Do not turn the printer on immediately after turning it off If you want to cycle the power of the printer wait at least 10 seconds before turning it on again If the printer does not operate properly a Problem Diagnosis Menu If an error message appears in the Printer Status Window 2 A Message Appears in the Printer Status Window When turning on the printer for the first time after the printer installation e Before turning on the pr
413. then turn it on C Enter quit then press the ENTER key on your keyboard e 1 Enter exit then press the ENTER key on your keyboard u Command Prompt closes Initializing the Network Settings Using FTP Client IMPORTANT Precautions when initializing the network settings Make sure that the printer is not operating before initializing the network settings If you initialize the network settings while the printer is printing or receiving data the received data may not be printed properly or may result in paper jams or damage to the printer 622 705 1 Run Command Prompt H e Windows XP Server 2003 Vista and Server 2008 From the Start menu select All Programs Accessories Command Prompt 2 Enter ftp lt the IP address of the printer then press the ENTER key on your keyboard Input Example ftp 192 168 0 215 amp NOTE If you are not sure about the IP address of the printer Refer to the Network Status Print printed in Printing Status Print to Check the Printer Status or ask your network administrator 3 Enter root as the user name then press the ENTER key on your keyboard NOTE About the user name You can log in by entering a name other than root or leaving the field blank In this case you can perform operations other than settings A Enter the administrator password then press the ENTER key on your keyboard u If the administrator password has
414. ti purpose tray 3 Spread the paper guides a little wider than the actual envelope width g 255 705 A Align the envelopes fe 1 Place the stack of envelopes on a flat surface flatten them to release any remaining air and be sure that the edges are pressed tightly 2 Loosen any stiff corners of the envelopes and flatten curls as shown in the figure 3 Align the edges of the envelopes on a flat surface 256 705 CAUTION Be careful when handling envelopes Handle envelopes carefully not to cut your hands with the edges of the envelopes Gently load the envelope stack under the load limit guides A until it touches the back of the tray Make sure that the paper stack does not exceed the load limit mark lines B CAUTION Be careful when handling envelopes Handle envelopes carefully not to cut your hands with the edges of the envelopes IMPORTANT Loading orientation of envelopes See the instruction described at the top of the procedure Load envelopes with the front side non glued side facing up You cannot print on the reverse side glued side of envelopes 257 705 Multi purpose tray capacity for envelopes Up to approximately 5 envelopes can be loaded in the multi purpose tray Be sure that the paper stack does not exceed the load limit mark lines If the envelope stack exceeds the load limit mark lines this may result in misfeeds 6 Align the paper guides with the width
415. tion C Free Disk Space 31451 MH Space Required to moian PETI 6 Read the contents of License Agreement and then click Yes i License Agreement Flease read tha folkmwirg icange agreameant completaly and TEM carefully bafore installing thia software programs beatall STATEMENT OF AGREEMENT RETWEER 04 AHD CAN OR IET 3 CONCERN THE SIBUECT MATTER HEREOF Ajai SUPERSEDES ALL BAGREEMEMT SHALL BE EFFECTIVE IRHLES S SIGHED EY DIR BUTHORISED REPRESEHTATIVE F CAMOR Sheed you hme aay questians rerem thie Ayeeman as if yom dere 2 cone Canon for amy reaesm please write 82 Canon s calles subsidiary or ditor dealer serving the commtry where you obtained the Product To accapt tha terms of this agreement click ras Ta dacing the tans of this agresment cick Mol To use this program the tans of his agreament must be accepted Click Next r CHIYT Primer Driver Gate Ju Afonso thes Sebup Aired Por ie RPT Faim Drrear This rainard pall incall Hes CRAFT prinber deese on poar iin max Tp continu the inhalation dick Pest 524 705 Select the method of installation 1 Select Search for Network Printers to Install 2 Click Next 53 CAPT Printer Driver Sefup Girard Name San Port s Sect 23 Jj diem for Mieten Predera to bnt ai Kewell pines comhad ba Has TCE TS rabei NH NN 27 The TCP IP port on the network is searched and the printer is d
416. tion Question 12 gt Check the indicators on the network board 100 Indicator LNK Indicator ERR Indicator The LNK or 100 indicator is on To Question 19 gt 5 All the indicators are m All the Indicators on the Network Board Are Off The ERR indicator is The ERR Indicator on the Network Board Is On on 419 705 The ERR indicator blinks at an interval of zThe ERR Indicator on the Network Board Blinks at an Interval of Four Times four times The ERR indicator is E he ERR Indicator on the Network Board Is Constantly Blinking constantly blinking lt lt Previous question Question 13 gt Can you print a test page Printing a Test Page in Windows Windows AP es Printer Test Page Printable Printing can be performed from the printer driver Check the printing preferences in the l application Not printable lt lt Previous question lt Question 14 gt Is the IP address set properly n Checking the IP Address The IP address is set properly 420 705 The IP address is not Set the IP address properly set properly a Setting the IP Address lt lt Previous question Question 15 Is the port to be used selected correctly 7 Checking Standard TCP IP Port ik CisonLBP7210C Prep tis Berea Sheng Pods agasan Lok Haeagenenr Device Settings Profile on cal Canon LEP 72230 Ei o he oiia jil arae ird ba hn nat Finn chakad pod Pai Dennen
417. tive rights can also install the printer driver 3 Open the Printers and Faxes folder J ih Windows XP Professional and Server 2003 From the Start menu select Printers and Faxes Windows XP Home Edition From the Start menu select Control Panel and then click Printers and Other Hardware Printers and Faxes Display Add Printer Wizard e Windows XP 150 705 Click Add a printer Prisen and Faun Ee ph eee pete Hee Cw Q B Lae rem Rl iiien F Fanie snd Freee Preetor aehe La zu print e Windows Server 2003 Double click Add Printer L e i Click Next Add Primio Wizard Welcome to the Add Printer Wizard Tha wai Fal octal a pn e miti irdi Concho d E exa baee a Pig an Ply prie Hi conmsciz JJ s Ibvossgh a LS B port jor arm ofner hol playable port gach a IEEE 129 iniae and soon pou do not nee En use Shes vazand Click Earl clos Pe vend 37d pen dag He pnis oscole adco pra apaia Cd prosnd Hes pines Loses vun Cormculers infrased mori and lum de pemer on cries ual qb cma al Pris pind gs Eos ooa Te continue Geek Med 6 Select a printer type 1 Select A network printer or a printer attached to another computer 2 Click Next Add Primoe Wizard Local mr Mbenik FProriii The rara raesde bn brer ahihi pps od pines a 28 un Snc the option that darnier ihe paris pou rari In cac mn ee real o T aii up remecdk prea dal ioo
418. tly 7 Checking Standard TCP IP Port A ceon LAPADE P oper CRE Gere Shang Pots Adasacad Coke Meeagereent Device Seinge Profile CER Cnipa Eni te the aa perd ell Decii ill Ser be thee bot Fes Pari Benan Pris Cl CONS Seial Pon O Goma Sena Port Ll FILE Pew te File O ugi viss pria pest in z EL Seared TPI Fe The port is selected correctly To Question 6 gt o The port is not Select the correct port selected correctly The port to be used Create the port cannot be found Specifying Standard TCP IP Port You changed the IP Create the port address Specifying Standard TCP IP Port 454 705 You are using a port created by Manual Install the printer driver again Setup on Windows Auto Setup Recommended Method Vista or Server 2008 lt lt Previous question Question 6 gt Is there any problem with the computer that is trying to print a document Check the following points e The printer is specified as the default printer e The TCP IP protocol is running e The users who can print are not restricted Restricting the Users Who Can Print with IP Addresses Nevertheless if printing does not work proceed to lt Question 7 gt Not printable lt lt Previous question lt Question 7 gt Is the unicast communication mode specified Checking and Specifving the Unicast Communication Mode The normal mode the broadcast 455 705 comm
419. trator password has not been specified yet do not enter any value but press the ENTER key on your keyboard 594 705 Enter get config lt the file name gt and then press ENTER on your keyboard The config file is downloaded The characters entered for the file name become the name of the downloaded config file NOTE If the config file cannot be found Search for the config file using the file search function of your operating system The download directory for the config file varies depending on the operating system or settings 6 Open the downloaded config file in Notepad or a similar text editor E Grargpe T Hatepad Die Ede Fama wew Heb KcCanraor HB DIZI eint Server v1 52 Jun OT 2011 3 Hi BHBBTITCERIZ2 Parameter settings G ral Baer P nae D OCAHONMCEATIB82 EI MAME i zz pU Xr COHTA T iT TE SERVICE MAH MABE EzhwvlcE TEL SERVICE COMMENT l f LAH i Default AEngl ish French German Italien Spanish Japanese Gefault ER MIT SENSE CAUTO PEME LO ALF Dx LO FLLL_ 0H 100 HALz Dx loo FULL Do zt YE R amp ad wrira Eead only Raad wrira a ADDIT faccepr mgg ecr tH i Apt Accupt Eaject EMB MD ote 3 Lecet fAccept ejet ov 1 1 Accept f ccepr eject LOG_KIMD LTRK RAHEL Change USE IP PORT NAME to YES E Georgel Medrepad 3 Dh Ett Apei ves Heo Linux dil i LIMs_COMMENT 1 r Lime iE LTME dL LI
420. ttings Changing the Port Name of the Printer 4 Protocol Displays the network protocol settings Y How to change the settings Configuring the Protocol Settings amp NOTE Changing the settings 651 705 e You can change the settings only if you have logged in as Administrator e After changing the network settings click Reset in the Network page to reset the print server If you do not reset the print server the changed settings cannot be enabled 652 705 J 09 Printing Status Print to Check the Printer Status You can check the printer status or network settings by printing Status Print e Printing Configuration Page Print e Printing Network Status Print Printing Configuration Page Print Configuration Page Print is used to print the settings of the printer unit the total number of printed pages and other printer information NOTE Load A4 size paper The Configuration Page Print is set to print on A4 size paper Be sure to load A4 size paper when printing the Configuration Page Print 1 Load A4 size paper in the multi purpose tray or paper drawer u Loading Standard Size Paper Other Than Index Cards and Envelopes 2 Display the Printer Status Window Click ti in the Windows task tray and then select the printer name NOTE When displaying the Printer Status Window from the printer driver Click 831 Display Printer Status Window in locations such as in the Page
421. ty sheet reappears Click OK The Print dialog box reappears Click OK or Print The printer starts printing 334 705 F 39 Adjusting the Color You can perform color printing with the color adjusted ICI an eon p a p Ext NOTE About the printing procedure The printing procedure may differ depending on the application you are using For details on the printing procedures see the instruction manual supplied with the application 2 Open the printing preferences dialog box 1 Select this printer 2 Click Properties or Preferences 335 705 Deore tan Fred Pange e O Cune yere Ceni pare OPs subest osse noe op Pre nr Page Handing i 1 Wi Collate Pagi Deaky Fea bo Pandan Mayer w L Cheese Papas Source by PDF page aps L Print to il Miura Te ademend 3 Display the Color Settings dialog box E 1 Display the Quality sheet 2 Select the Manual Color Settings check box 3 Click Color Settings a Canon Lie FATU I raperlites Page Sup Fruiting Paps Sono Quir 1 Prat JE Dana Sarro v asm ema Chitra j mined E Ed wd Preces L Cer Pez Fiarzari adze sarar Design CAD Th i moda ti uied aem prinia decent general E 2 m ms 3 ee ee 4 Adjust the color L 1 Display the Color Adjustment sheet 2 Adjust the color by moving Preview Image
422. u cannot install the printer driver again 3 Restart Windows la O IMPORTANT If the uninstallation fails Uninstalling the Printer Driver in Control Panel Uninstallation of the e Manual The installed e Manual are not uninstalled by uninstalling the printer driver See Uninstalling the e Manual and uninstall the e Manual 163 705 E 20 Uninstalling the Printer Driver in Control Panel If you cannot uninstall the printer driver using Canon LBP7210C Uninstaller use the following procedure to uninstall the printer driver 1 Perform the following procedure e Windows XP From the Start menu select Control Panel and then click Add or Remove Programs e Windows Server 2003 From the Start menu select Control Panel Add or Remove Programs e Windows Vista From the Start menu select Control Panel and then click Uninstall a program e Windows Server 2008 From the Start menu select Control Panel and then double click Programs and Features 2 Perform the following procedure e Windows XP and Server 2003 1 Select Canon LBP7210C 2 Click Change Remove P idd ar Hizmeem Prapranm Leri er a Leet Wi ra au E e Windows Vista and Server 2008 1 Select Canon LBP7210C 2 Click Uninstall Change prn Le LS k Costrel Panel Programs rogami and Feet Tankx rm nll Uninstall ar change a program wires irirtalled zpdains a To amine s p
423. ual Setup setting the IP Address j Windows XP Server 2003 Only TIf you are using Windows Vista or Server 2008 you cannot print using a port created by Manual Setup Be sure to install the printer driver using Auto Setup Network Settings for the Printer Setting the IP Address Initializing the Network Changing the Port Settings Cc Name of the Printer Cc Settings for Adding a Port Cc 517 705 Checking and Specifying the Unicast Communication Mode C Changing the Network Transmission Speed or Transfer Mode cl Checking the MAC Address c If you share the printer in the print server environment Client Print Server USB Cable LAN Cable ILAN Cable Print Server Environment Configuring the Print Installation on Clients Server C Printer Sharing 518 705 1 02 Auto Setup Recommended Method This section describes the procedure for installing the printer driver from the supplied CD ROM CD ROM Setup on a computer connected to the printer with a LAN cable Step 1 Connecting a LAN Cable Step 2 Installing the Printer Driver from CD ROM Step 3 After the Installation IMPORTANT If your hard disk does not have sufficient space to install the printer driver A message indicating that your hard disk does not have sufficient space appears during installation Cancel the installation free up space on your hard disk
424. uld escape and enter your eyes exposure may cause damage to your eyes 12 705 A 04 Maintenance and Inspections A WARNING e When cleaning the printer turn off the printer and computer remove the interface cables and then unplug the power plug Failure to do so can result in a fire or electrical shock e Unplug the power plug from the AC power outlet periodically and clean the area around the base of the power plug s metal pins and the AC power outlet with a dry cloth to remove all dust and grime In damp dusty or smoky locations dust can build up around the power plug and become damp which can cause a short circuit resulting in a fire e Clean the printer with a well wrung out cloth dampened with water or mild detergent diluted with water Do not use alcohol benzene paint thinner or other flammable substances If flammable substances come into contact with electrical parts inside the printer this may result in a fire or electrical shock e Some areas inside the printer are subject to high voltage When removing jammed paper or when inspecting the inside of the printer be careful not to allow necklaces bracelets or other metal objects to touch the inside of the printer as this can result in burns or electrical shock e Do not dispose of used toner cartridges in open flames This may cause the toner remaining inside the cartridges to ignite resulting in burns or fire e f you accidentally spill or scatter toner c
425. unication mode is specified The unicast she nee Reset it to the normal mode or contact your network administrator communication mode Checking and Specifying the Unicast Communication Mode is specified lt lt Previous question Question 8 gt Try the following points e Connect the printer and computer with a cross cable Nevertheless if printing does not work proceed to Question 9 gt Not printable lt lt Previous question Question 9 gt Install the printer driver again e Uninstalling the Printer Driver Using Canon LBP7210C Uninstaller Auto Setup Recommended Method Manual Setup Windows XP Server 2003 Only Nevertheless if printing does not work proceed to Question 10 gt Not printable lt lt Previous question Question 10 gt Can you print from another computer connected to the printer with a LAN cable 456 705 Try the following point Printable e Disable resident software including security software Not printable Contact your local authorized Canon dealer 457 705 H 23 Paper Curls or Creases If printed paper curls or creases implement the following solutions Paper Curls Paper Creases Paper is damp due to being stored under unsuitable conditions Replace the paper with new paper in an unopened package a Storing Paper or Printouts Un 2 mm m o Appropriate paper is not
426. ur keyboard B P address Enter the same IP address as the one entered in Step 9 T Enter a lowercase L for l e Input Example ping 192 168 0 215 1 479 556 705 The IP address is set for the printer T The subnet mask and gateway address are set to 0 0 0 0 1 1 Enter exit then press the ENTER key on your keyboard Command Prompt closes NOTE If you changed the IP address after installing the printer driver Specify the port to be used again in the printer driver After Changing the IP Address Changing the Port Setting the IP Address Using the Printer Status Window 1 Display the Printer Status Window Click i in the Windows task tray and then select the printer name NOTE When displaying the Printer Status Window from the printer driver Click 851 Display Printer Status Window in locations such as in the Page Setup sheet 2 From the Options menu select Device Settings Network Settings LI El Canes LAPT 21 Prae eri Preferences Apnacectraborz Crearase lera Pounder hirra iin Li Urram Satir Settings of ce eee Job E Shop Erg Map Satire QDzcumard Hara Ui Hire Corset H aane Pred Pager ESI Hil HIF Set the IP address 1 Specify each setting 557 705 2 Click OK Ce 8 1 Cm 3 IP Address Setting with Select the method for setting the IP address IP Address Subnet Mask
427. ut before using e Before stacking printouts that stuck with adhesive check that the adhesive has completely dried 223 705 F 14 Paper Loading Orientation To print paper with letterheads or logos load the paper in the proper orientation as follows ze in the table indicates the feeding directions Portrait Layout Paper drawer 1 sided printing Paper drawer automatic 2 sided printing Multi purpose tray 1 sided printing Multi purpose tray automatic 2 sided printing With the front side facing down amp NOTE Loading orientation of envelopes 224 705 Landscape Layout With the front side facing down uum a g di ee m E ra e With the printing side facing up With the front side facing down See Loading Envelopes 225 705 F 15 Paper Source e Paper Source Type e Paper Capacity of Paper Source e Selecting a Paper Source e Precautions for Handling the Multi purpose Tray or Paper Drawer Paper Source Type This printer has the following paper sources A Multi purpose Tray B Drawer 1 C Drawer 2 Optional A B C IMPORTANT When printing from the multi purpose tray or Drawer 2 Make sure that Drawer 1 is set before printing from Drawer 2 Paper Capacity of Paper Source The paper source cannot be used Paper Source Paper Type Multi purpose Tray Drawer 1 Drawer 2 Optional Plai
428. uto Shutdown After for auto shutdown with hour increments between Ihr and 8hr T If you specify the setting for this option shorter than the default setting this may shorten the life of the toner cartridges the default setting is 4 hours 661 705 J 11 Updating the Network Board Firmware To update the firmware specify the update file and then update the printer s network board firmware e Downloading the Firmware e Updating the Firmware Downloading the Firmware 1 Display the Printer Status Window Click i in the Windows task tray and then select the printer name NOTE When displaying the Printer Status Window from the printer driver Click E28 Display Printer Status Window in locations such as in the Page Setup sheet 2 Select Remote UI from the Options menu L Preferences Arnacectraborz Cpragnuahier b man Cpunhmr infornater iin Casia Salting The Remote UI is displayed NOTE If you cannot select Remote UI You cannot select Remote UI if the printer and computer cannot communicate via a network When starting the Remote UI directly from a web browser x Remote UI 3 Log in as Administrator 662 705 1 Enter a password in Administrator Password 2 Click Log In E TETTE LI p rel LH 22 n m x Fe Drm free O A Sie Akben E mig rc gn 2 Remote Ul Device Statue The printer is ready Device Nama
429. ver A message indicating that your hard disk does not have sufficient space appears during installation Cancel the installation free up space on your hard disk and then reinstall the software 1 Turn on the computer and start Windows 2 Log on as a user with administrative rights O IMPORTANT If you are not sure about your administrative rights Contact your system administrator 3 Insert the supplied CD ROM User Software into the CD ROM drive of your computer Ifthe CD ROM is already in the drive eject the disk and reinsert it into the drive CD ROM Setup appears T It may take time to display CD ROM Setup depending on your environment NOTE If CD ROM Setup does not appear Display it using the following procedure The CD ROM drive name is indicated as D in this manual The CD ROM drive name may differ depending on the computer you are using e Windows XP and Server 2003 1 From the Start menu select Run 2 Enter D English MInst exe and then click OK e Windows Vista and Server 2008 1 Enter D English MInst exe in Start Search under the Start menu 2 Press the ENTER key on the keyboard 27 105 If the AutoPlay dialog box appears Windows Vista and Server 2008 Click Run AUTORUN EXE If the User Account Control dialog box appears Windows Vista and Server 2008 Click Continue 4 Click Custom Installation Canon LBP7210C ERRRRRR RE EGER EERE RRR RR R
430. ver the printer name If you are not sure about the print server name the computer name of the print server Ask your print server administrator about the problem O Click Install driver Pri A To use The shared printer PRINTSERVER Y anon LBP TZIO you reed ta install the grinder driver an your computer H you OO nat recognize or trust The name and locaton af the printer pa nat install the dryer NOTE If the User Account Control dialog box appears Click Continue 1 Click Next bcr mw Add Printer Type a printer name Briner name Canoe LBBTZ UK PRINTSER VES etra Pu ero miner Tua pr han Saeed eer Eu Lan2n LEP TZIDC row m gt am NOTE If another printer driver has already been installed Set as the default printer is displayed To set the printer as the default printer select the check box 11 Click Finish 149 705 lc WR Ade Printer Youve successfully added Canon LBPT210C on PRINTSERVER Ta sux if cha per eek comecis or ip ses Poubiezheondog fornia for Pe premier primi B wert Da NOTE Printing a test page Click Print a test page A confirmation dialog box appears Click Close to close the dialog box Windows XP and Server 2003 1 Turn the computer on and start up Windows XP or Server 2003 P Log on to Windows XP or Server 2003 NOTE When logging on as a user without administrative rights A user without administra
431. ver you can register a paper size while one of the following messages is displayed e lt Specified Paper Different from Set Paper gt e Out of Paper gt 3 Register the paper size 1 Select Custom Drawer 1 The paper drawer supplied with the printer unit Drawer 2 The paper drawer of the optional paper feeder 2 Click OK Step 3 Registering a Custom Paper Size If printing custom size paper you need to register the custom paper size in the printer driver previously Register the custom paper size using the following procedure 1 Open the Printers and Faxes or Printers folder e Windows XP Professional and Server 2003 From the Start menu select Printers and Faxes Windows XP Home Edition From the Start menu select Control Panel and then click Printers and Other Hardware Printers and Faxes e Windows Vista 264 705 From the Start menu select Control Panel and then click Printer e Windows Server 2008 From the Start menu select Control Panel and then double click Printers 2 Right click the icon for this printer then select Printing Preferences from the pop up menu E Primi ard Feer Fe dt Eea Pembe T Help Gu Qd Dm ete Piiraa ag Renters and Panes Printer Tasks i dd a nantes M aa neat printing dig noce printer Mj Serye the orice MC Dein Ei cenar x Set preter Ere Ue 3 Display the Custom Paper Size Settings dialog
432. ver Environment Printer Sharing 599 705 I 14 Configuring the Print Server Click the following link to view the contents Configuring the Print Server 600 705 I 15 Installation on Clients Click the following link to view the contents Installation on Clients 601 705 Managing and Configuring the Printer Printer Status Window C FTF Client C NetSpot Device Installer C I Specifying and Changing the Adm inistrator Inform ation Setting and Changing the Administrator Password Specifying and Changing the Device Name or Administrator Information J Managing and Configuring the Printer Checking the Printer Settings Checking by the Remote Ul C Printing Status Print to Check the Printer Status Reducing the Power Consumption of the Printer Setting the Energy saving Moders Updating the Network Board Firmware Updating the Metwork Board Firmware G 602 705 Configuring the Security Settings Restricting the Users Who Can Print with IP Addresses Restricting the Users Who Can Monitor and Change the Settings Using the SNMP Protocol Q Restricting the Users Who Can Perform Multicast Discovery Cc Restricting the Users Who Access with MAC Addresses c Restricting the FTP Access from End users Obtaining and Checking the Security Access Logs c J 02 Printer Status Window The
433. vice Installer NetSpot Device Installer E All Programs faa NetSpot Device Instaler fy MetSpot Device Installer For NetWare P Uninstall NietSpok Device Installer NOTE If NetSpot Device Installer is not found in the Start menu Double click nsdi exe in the folder in which NetSpot Device Installer is installed If the User Account Control dialog box appears Windows Vista and Server 2008 Click Continue Running NetSpot Device Installer Directly from the Supplied CD ROM 1 Insert the supplied CD ROM User Software into the CD ROM drive of your computer If the CD ROM 1s already in the drive eject the disk and reinsert it into the drive CD ROM Setup appears T It may take time to display CD ROM Setup depending on your environment NOTE If CD ROM Setup does not appear Display it using the following procedure The CD ROM drive name is indicated as D in this manual The CD ROM drive name may differ depending on the computer you are using e Windows XP and Server 2003 1 From the Start menu select Run 2 Enter D English MInst exe and then click OK e Windows Vista and Server 2008 1 Enter D English MInst exe in Start Search under the Start menu 2 Press the ENTER key on the keyboard 631 705 If the AutoPlay dialog box appears Windows Vista and Server 2008 Click Run AUTORUN EXE If the User Account Control dialog box appears Windows Vis
434. which a 32 bit operating system is running is not supported due to the Windows restriction e Windows XP on which no service pack or SP1 is installed e Windows Server 2003 on which no service pack 1s installed If you download and install the printer driver on any of the above 32 bit operating systems you may fail to install the driver and may not be able to open the printing preferences dialog box 1 2 Click Next amp 3 CAPT Printer Griver Setup Mirari Printer 1t wrasteoni Bt Hee cest bo Fes used Pier thes cherie prin Ae you can ply fames Fer ha ete Tened Printer Cases Lee Cassa CAPT Driver wes 1 00 Case La 1 3 Click Start amp 3 CAPT Printer Griver Seep Birard Thee Seu orogeana Rall eed thes desees et het Along sam Corian des cbt Prinber Lee fer Greer riballatiere m Eke m Frite Conon l DETZ HOC iDa LB E Le DP 132 059 0215 NOTE If you are using Windows Vista or Server 2008 The following screen appears Click Yes 530 705 To Lethe orien gn p nete pou mur nemis de Vd cess A Fires Beek pet agpareri thi previa The Windows Freni black wil bet rermersed chin thes prinier ri connected ip a neteark forthe ir tine ater the ngalio De yaa sein be charege the Aided Aitra setireqs sa than the biksek will bee reed 1 4 Click Yes Warning kisishi canini he chopped ore it oats Ea vpu mant Ir rei Installation of the printer driver starts T It may
435. x fh os mm reae T c3 zi dE eh aed cy aor i SAMF Settings ENMP v 1 mon OO Access Rights Omeed nk Peed and Varie Community Hamas make SHMP v 93 Liger Name Authentiz aman Kay i Privacy Fey A dminristraepr Paseo Lacs om lo andar Di dim ad ep nal ptr E tn eg 15 EMI a 3 IP Address Range Settings DO Reena TOP Printing m Permt specdfhed Addresses C Peper Soe hed Addresses If you want to use the SNMP v 3 protocol 1 Set SNMP v 3 to On 2 Specify the authentication key or privacy key to be used in SNMP v 3 in Authentication Key Privacy Key 3 Enter the administrator password for the Remote UI in Administrator Password If you do not want to use the SNMP v 3 protocol Set SNMP v 3 to Off D IMPORTANT If the SNMP v 3 protocol is specified using an application other than the Remote UI The SNMP v 3 protocol settings are not displayed in the Remote UI To display the settings again reset the network settings to the default values Initializing the Network Settings NOTE About the user name to be used for the SNMP v 3 protocol The user name to be used for the SNMP v 3 protocol is set to initial If the administrator password for the Remote UI is not set It 1s not required to enter any value in Administrator Password 677 705 e Select the Restrict SNMP Monitoring Setting Changes check box J eres Li Liga Secure nlermianj EREHER S
436. x 220 0 mm 98 4 mm x 190 5 mm 176 0 mm x 250 0 mm 1 Envelope Mo 10 Envelope C5 104 7 mm x 241 3 mm 162 0 mm x 228 0 mm m N IMPORTANT Precautions when using envelopes Do not use the following types of envelopes Using inappropriate envelopes may result in paper jams that are difficult to clear or may result in damage to the printer e Envelopes with fasteners or snaps e Envelopes with address windows e Envelopes with adhesive on the surface e Wrinkled or creased envelopes e Poorly manufactured envelopes in which the glued parts are uneven e Irregularly shaped envelopes e Before loading envelopes flatten the stack of envelopes to release any remaining air and press the fold lines along the edges tight e Do not print on the reverse side glued side of envelopes e The print speed drops when printing on envelopes 217 705 NOTE When printing on envelopes They may become creased Unusable Paper Do not use the following types of paper as these may cause paper jams printer malfunction or damage to the printer Paper That Was Stored Poorly Paper with Holes or Perforations Paper with Adhesive or a Special Coating Paper with Unwanted Substances Attached Paper That Is Difficult for Toner to Adhere to Paper That Was Stored Poorly e Creased or folded paper e Torn or damaged paper e Wrinkled paper e Curled paper e Wet or moist paper e Paper with rough edges e Irregularly shaped pape
437. xecute Later is selected If correction of a phenomenon of Out of Register Colors is performed for some reason before the printer is turned ON and performs first printing another correction of a phenomenon of Out of Register Colors is not performed after completion of the first printing even if Execute Later is selected When Execute Immediately Level 1 or Execute Immediately Level 2 is selected Calibration and correction of Out of Register Colors may not be performed immediately after the printer is turned on depending on the inside state of the printer When less than eight hours has elapsed from the time the printer was turned Off until the time the printer was turned On again Calibration or correction of a phenomenon of Out of Register Colors may not be performed immediately after the printer is turned On or after completion of the first printing 346 705 When eight or more hours has elapsed from the time the printer entered the sleep mode until the time the sleep mode was canceled Calibration or correction of a phenomenon of Out of Register Colors will be performed according to the setting of Quality Correction when the sleep mode is canceled Depending on your environment calibration or correction of a phenomenon of Out of Register Colors may be performed even if less than eight hours has elapsed 347 705 F 42 Correcting Out of Register Colors If a phenomenon of Out of Register Colors occurs
438. y 488 705 IMPORTANT Precautions when operating the printer e Leave the printer on when removing the jammed paper If the power is turned off the data being printed will be deleted e Removing jammed paper with excess force may cause the paper to tear or damage the inside of the printer Pull out the jammed paper in the direction indicated e Ifthe paper is torn remove all remaining pieces of paper e After the jammed paper is cleared the next printed paper may have toner stains e Do not touch the transfer roller A as this may result in deterioration in print quality e The area surrounding the output tray is hot during and immediately after printing Do not touch the area surrounding the output tray when removing paper or clearing a paper jam 489 705 H 33 Clearing Paper Jams Drawer Area 1 Open the rear cover Open it completely 3 Remove the jammed paper by pulling it gently in the direction of the arrow Fa e In case of the printer unit 490 705 e In case of the paper feeder 491 705 Close the duplex print transport guide 1 Hold the tabs A on both sides 2 Close the guide firmly until it clicks 492 705 6 Remove the jammed paper by pulling it gently in the direction of the arrow 1 Pull out the top edge of the paper 2 Remove the paper by pulling it gently z AD r D i iE r hw aie i X 1 p per P B Nw toT E Md
439. y from a web browser x Remote UI 3 Log in as Administrator a 1 Enter a password in Administrator Password 2 Click Log In F Raro UI Tap Pepe SERO Qm O NEG Dem fom D S deem ME bip MPIC H adp abe Remote Ul Device Statue S The printer is ready Device Hama e 1 Product Hame LB 7210C Location e Paper infermation Brice bM nacer Job Manager Multi Purpose Tray ona NOTE If the administrator password is not set It 1s not required to enter any value in Administrator Password Setting and Changing the Administrator Password 4 Select Network from the Device Manager menu a Oh Firs eats HELLTIESULS RE ORE US Que xz fo Oma Green O 0 4 ike AE hee S2 M E PSI rt abo Remote Ul Hetwork iniarTaca Interface Ethemet Driver Setting MAC Address E F n Ethernet 10 0BaseT Auto Detect 000985 DG F138 Firmware He EC2 Jah Nenage Version Support Lines In esf aca Hae 592 705 Click Change under General E OENE a sj S fa paws From 2 S irc ob Marneger er ocuidi 6 Change the Print Server Name setting 1 Change the port name of the printer the print server name 2 Click OK Lim a LI i large 1 aral LLE Fia rk a Perie To Pip a 9 S26 Dee remm ou ss ob Manager Support Links 593 705 I 11 Checking and Specifying the Unicast Communication
440. y the printer with the paper feeder installed If you do so the paper feeder may drop resulting in personal injury IMPORTANT When moving or servicing the printer Remove the paper feeder and paper drawer 1 Turn the printer off LI 98 705 10 11 If the interface cables are connected turn the computer off and then disconnect the interface cables from the printer Unplug the power plug from the AC power outlet Remove the power cord from the printer Pull out the paper drawers from the printer and paper feeder Lift the printer unit and remove it from the paper feeder Move the paper feeder Move back the printer to the installation site Insert the paper drawer into the printer Connect the LAN cable to the printer as needed Connect the power cord to the printer 99 705 1 Plug the power plug into the AC power outlet 1 3 Connect the USB cable to the printer as needed A 100 705 E 09 Printer Driver System Requirements The printer driver is software required for printing with this printer Be sure to install the printer driver in the computer you are using The following system environment is required to use the printer driver Operating System Windows XP Professional or Home Edition Windows XP Professional x64 Edition Windows Server 2003 Windows Server 2003 x64 Editions Windows Vista 32 bit or 64 bit version Windows Server 2008 32 bit or 64 bit ve
441. yr g adip g Bi nara a H En UST eil or Seep im p ee eee Eme Pirim Dau et h imini r Em m n Fides PSP Ceu r3 Arde ro ern H Crucis Dati Pam Wat senes Ba Printed A ki Ipaa Pireirgi occ Domo 7 Search for Index You can search for printer terms Example If you want to search for the procedure for loading Envelopes Dini Hla es d ARE LM H Ee IH i ig dra a Eg ull P ESEES ia REED irg zl a Tig ERE rp nic cr das Een d ed PR on n a ied Eimin m lbe kt ds n e Pa o EB Lor E Er 8 Search by Keyword 36 705 You can search for a topic by entering keywords Example If you want to search for the procedure for adding a watermark to a document to be printed watermark printing HET ER Eget npo xi EI D LP LET rry Fue EL gt Fr incer Po M brew i ee a i much eee ps mei alm biii ue eT db ih hhh HD yia d bi 9 Search for Finished Images You can search for a topic from the list of finished images of printout results Example If you want to search for the procedure for enlarging or reducing pages to be printed 37 105 10 Print Manual aD WR Di ma Lect Dow d dw Virirgiag and Ezmigurirg ite Peinner Masi mhg ndis go pe Pla pura ee En RTI eil mir Ten im pry ees E Exi aie on i WP Xin C Vo dion mi li m Lie um Val ics joie Pi il

Canon i-SENSYS LBP7210Cdn

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents